1 ■ . HARVARD UNIVERSITY mm m LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN /£r Zoo,ogy v JUN 3 1942 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS University of Kansas Science Bulletin - Vol. XXVIII - Part I May 15, 1942 Lawrence, Kansas NOTICE TO EXCHANGES The attention of learned societies and other institutions which exchange scientific publications with the University of Kansas is called to the list of publications of this University on the third page of the cover of this issue. Those marked "Supply exhausted" cannot be furnished at all; as far as the supply permits the remaining numbers will be furnished gladly to any of our exchanges who may need them to complete their files. Back numbers of the Kansas University Quarterly, as far as pos- sible, will be sent to those of our newer correspondents who are able and willing to reciprocate. Separates are available to specialists. ANNOUNCEMENT The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (continuation of the Kansas University Quarterly) is issued in parts at irregular inter- vals. Each volume contains from 300 to 400 pages of reading mat- ter, with necessary illustrations. Exchanges with other institutions and learned societies everywhere are solicited. All exchanges should be addressed to: The University of Kansas Science Bulletin, Library of the University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Edward H. Taylor, Editor Editorial Board Robert Taft, Chairman Henry H. Lane H. T. U. Smith J. D. Stranathan Parke Woodard Notice. Only Part I of Volume XXVII was published. UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Science Bulletin DEVOTED TO THE PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS OF RESEARCH BY MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Volume XXVIII, Part I University of Kansas Publications Lawrence, May 15, 1942 PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT W. C. AUSTIN, STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, 1942 19-2836 s^ Zoology •> /}, its V dUN 3 m2 L IBRAH CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXVIII, PT. I NO. PAGK 1. Some Physico-Chemical Properties of the System Water- Thallous Formate. Robert Taft and Lee H. Horsley 3 2. A New Bog-lemming (Synaptomys) from Meade County, Kansas. Claude W. Hibbard and George C. Rinker 25 3. Tadpoles of Mexican Anura. Edward H. Taylor 37 4. The Frog Genus Diaglena, with a Description of a New Species. Edward H. Taylor 57 5. New Tailless Amphibia from Mexico. Edward H. Taylor. . 67 6. Some Geckoes of the Genus Phyllodactylus. Edward H. Taylor 91 7. Gerrinae in the University of Kansas Collections. Louis C. Kuitert 113 8. A Revision of the Genus Aligia (Homoptera, Cicadellidae) North of Mexico. Leon W. Hepner 145 THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII] May 15, 1942 ^^S^mo. 1 «iUN 3 t942 J Some Physico-Chemical Properties of the System Water- Thallous Formate ROBERT TAFT and LEE H. HORSLEY, Department of Chemistry, University of Kansas Abstract: The following properties of aqueous solutions of thallous formate have been measured over a wide range of concentrations and at temperatures between 0° and 60° C; density, viscosity, surface tension, electrical conductivity and solubility. A comparison of these properties with the properties of salt solutions in general, shows that solutions of thallous formate are characterized by a greater density and solubility than solutions of most salts containing an inorganic ion. I. INTRODUCTION THALLOUS formate is a white crystalline salt which is char- acterized by its low melting point of 94° C. and its high solu- bility in water — about eight grams of the salt being soluble in one gram of water at room temperatures. The solutions are clear and colorless or of an amber hue, depending upon the concentration and upon their age. The more concentrated solutions gradually darken upon standing and finally become almost black, especially if they are exposed to light. This change in color is due to the fact that the salt is light-sensitive and turns tan and finally brown upon exposure to light. The concentrated solutions are quite fluid and may have a density of more than three grams per cubic centimeter at room temperature. These two properties make the solutions useful for the determina- tion of the density of minerals — a use to which they have been adapted by Sullivan (1) and Clerici (2). Aside from the work of these two men, no studies have been made upon the physical prop- erties of thallous formate and their investigations are very limited in this direction. A few of the properties of solutions of other (3) 4 The University Science Bulletin thallous salts have been studied by other investigators from time to time and will be introduced later in this paper for comparison. The present paper is concerned with five of the more important physical properties of thallous formate solutions — densities, elec- trical conductivities, viscosities, and surface tensions as functions of concentration and temperature — and with its solubility. Measure- ments were made upon five solutions varying in concentration of solute from ten to eighty percent. The measurements were also made at five temperatures varying from 0° to 60° Centigrade. In the case of the eighty percent solution, determinations could not be made at 0° due to the fact that such a solution is supersaturated with respect to the solute. It should be emphasized that this paper is not a report on the conventional properties of dilute solutions, so frequently encountered in the field of physical chemistry, but upon the properties of solutions, none of which are dilute, and many of which are extremely concentrated. II. PREPARATION OF MATERIALS Thallous formate was obtained from two sources. Part of the salt was prepared from thallium metal and another part wTas ob- tained from the Eastman Kodak Laboratories. The latter sample was of a light-green color and was purified by recrystallization be- fore use. The preparation of thallous formate from the metal can be carried out in a number of ways. A simple method consists of first con- verting it into thallous hydroxide. This can be done by placing shavings of the metal in an evaporating dish and adding enough water to almost cover the metal. If part of the metal is left exposed to the air the metal is gradually converted into thallous hydroxide by the action of the oxygen of the air and of the water. The thallous hydroxide can then readily be converted into the formate by treat- ing it with formic acid. The excess of formic acid can be removed by evaporation at 100° C. This method serves very well, but it re- quires much patience and time to prepare the thallous hydroxide. Another method which may be used to prepare the thallous for- mate is to convert the metal into the sulfate by heating it with sul- furic acid. The sulfate is then treated with an equivalent quantity of barium hydroxide. Barium sulfate is precipitated and can be re- moved by nitration, leaving thallous hydroxide in solution which can then be converted into the formate with formic acid. By this method either barium formate or thallous sulfate remains in a small Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties 5 amount as an impurity which is difficult to remove by recrystalliza- tion. A third method, and probably the most satisfactory, consists in using the thallium metal as the anode in an electrolytic cell with a carbon cathode. A small amount of sulfuric acid is added as an electrolyte and a large current is passed through the cell. By using a high current-density at the cathode the thallium is deposited as a spongy mass of metal. It is then washed with water and treated with formic acid. The thallium in the spongy state is readily at- tacked by formic acid to form thallous formate. All three methods were used in the preparation of thallous formate and produced products which could not be distinguished by their melting points. However, the method last described was the most satisfactory. The melting point of the salt was taken as a criterion of purity. References differ as to its melting point. Beilstein, and the Interna- tional Critical Tables give a melting point of 95° C. whereas Sulli- van (1) found a melting point of 94° C. The samples used in the present investigation melted at 93.5-94° C. Since different samples of the salt gave results which agreed within the limits of other ex- perimental error, the purity of the samples was assumed to be suffi- cient. Distilled water was used in making up all solutions except for con- ductivity and surface tension measurements, in which case con- ductivity wrater was used. In the case of the conductivity measure- ments the same sample of conductivity water was used for preparing the standard potassium chloride solutions (for the standardization of conductivity cells) and for the preparation of the solutions. III. DENSITIES OF THALLOUS FORMATE SOLUTIONS Density determinations were made by the use of a Parker pyk- nometer (3), which was standardized at each of the temperatures of measurement with distilled water. The volume of the pyknometer capillaries was determined by filling each with mercury, weighing the mercury, and calculating the volume. In calculating the density of the solutions, account was taken of the buoyant effect of the air in making the weighings. The average values of the densities from two independent deter- minations are given in the following table: 6 The University Science Bulletin TABLE I Cone, of , Densities of Thallous Formate Solutions , Solution 0° C 20° C 30° C 45° C 60° C 0 percent 0.9998 0.9982 0.9957 0.9902 0.9832 10 percent 1 . 0927 1 . 0902 1 . 0878 1 . 0804 1 . 0730 20 percent 1 . 2033 1 . 1994 1 . 1946 1 . 1882 1 . 1795 40 percent 1.5033 1.4950 1.4893 1.4801 1.4693 60 percent 1 . 9849 1 . 9727 1 . 9644 1 . 9509 1 . 9374 80 percent 2.8679 2.8549 2.8358 2.S152 A general equation for the variation of the density of any one solution with temperature may be determined from the above table. The familiar equation is of the form: I), = D0 + at + bt2 + . . . where Dt is the density at temperature t, D0 is the density of the solution at 0° C, and a and b are constants. By substituting two values of Dt and the corresponding values of t from the above table, two equations are obtained which may be solved simultaneously for a and b. By doing this, using t as 30° and 60°, the following equa- tions are obtained for water, 20 percent thallous formate, and 60 percent thallous formate : For water, Dt = .9998 + .0000033t— .00000474t2. For the 20 percent solution, Dt = 1.2033 — .00029t — .00000178t2. For the 60 percent solution, Dt = 1.9849— .00068t— .00000150t2. Similar equations for the other solutions may be obtained in the same manner. Likewise it is possible to determine the equation for the variation of density with concentration of solute at any one temperature. The equation is of the usual form Dx = Do + ax + bx2 + ex3 + . . . where Dx is the density at any concentration x, DQ is the density at zero concentration, i. e., density of the solvent, and a, b, and c are constants. Below is given the equation for the variation of density with concentration at 20° G. The constants were calculated from the densities of the 10 percent, 40 percent, and 80 percent solutions in Table I. The concentrations are expressed in grams of solute per 100 grams of solution, i. e., percent of solute. At20°C, Dx = .9982 + .009078x— .0000116x2 + .05238x3. Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties Similar equations may be obtained for the solutions at other tem- peratures in the same manner. The density-temperature behavior of these solutions is quite simi- lar to most aqueous solutions of electrolytes. There is a gradual in- crease in the temperature coefficient in going from dilute to concen- trated solutions and also in going from low to higher temperatures. 3.0 02.8 0 O C\J < 02.4 o £2.2 0- 1 2.0 < or O 1.8 1.2 1.0 / « $7 ?/7 4 "//&* 4 <$ "3$ <(^v \C£5» 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Concentration of Solute. Fig. I. The variation of density with concentration at 20° C. in indicated in Fig. 1. Here again the form of the curve is quite normal as com- pared to other salt solutions, as can be seen from the concentration- density curves for several other aqueous solutions of inorganic salts included in the figure. (4) This group of curves show two interest- ing facta. First, the curve for thallous formate is identical with the curve for barium iodide and bromide and cadmium bromide. The 8 The University Science Bulletin densities of these four salt solutions at 20° coincide within 0.1 per- cent over the entire range of their solubilities. Data for cadmium bromide was found for solutions containing forty percent solute and for the barium salts the data was extended up to sixty percent solu- tions. The agreement at other temperatures is not quite as good but is of the order of 0.5 percent. In the second place, only two salts were found whose solutions had higher densities than thallous formate solutions at a given concentration and these two salts were both salts of thallium, namely, thallous hydroxide and thallous flu- oride. Most concentration-density curves lie below the curve for thallous formate. IV. VISCOSITIES OF THALLOUS FORMATE SOLUTIONS The viscosities of the solutions were determined with an ordinary Ostwald viscosimeter; the instrument being calibrated with water at each of the temperatures used. In order that the height of the liquid column would be the same in every case, the same volume of liquid was used in each determination. The times of flow were taken with a stop-watch which was read to one-tenth of a second. The watch was checked with an electric clock and was found to agree within one part in six hundred. Readings were taken until several values checked within 0.1 to 0.3 seconds, a precision which was usually not difficult to attain. In using the Ostwald viscosimeter the viscosity of the liquid in question is proportional to the density of the liquid and to the time of flow, thus ,= kDt where r\ is the viscosity, D is the density, t is the time of flow, and k is a constant characteristic of the instrument and depending upon the size and length of the capillary and upon the volume of liquid which flows through the capillary. If -q, D, and t represent the viscosity, density, and time of flow of the unknown liquid, and -q D , and t represent the corresponding values for water, then the relative viscosity of the unknown liquid referred to that of water is given by the expression. r = ,Aw-kDt/kDwtw = Dt/Dwtw The relative viscosities obtained in this way may be changed to ab- solute viscosities by multiplying by the absolute viscosity of water at the temperature in question. Therefore, v (absolute) =,,wdT/Dwt, \v \v Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties 9 where ^ is the absolute viscosity of water. The above equation is not strictly true unless the time of flow is quite large and the differ- ence in viscosity between the unknown liquid and water is small. In the present case these conditions are fulfilled sufficiently to warrant the use of this equation. Below are given the experimental data obtained in the determina- tion of viscosities of the thallous formate solutions. TABLE II Relative Viscosities of Thallous Formate Solutions Cone, of Solution 0° 20° 30° 45° 60° 0 percent 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 10 percent 1.020 1.047 1.055 1.065 1.088 20 percent 1.050 1.080 1.097 1.131 1.161 40 percent 1.150 1.237 1.270 1.346 1.386 60 percent 1.491 1.610 1.684 1.770 1.810 80 percent 2.930 2.966 3.006 3.042 TABLE III Absolute Viscosities of Thallous Formate Solutions (millipoises) Cone, of Solution 0° 20° 30° 45° 60° 0 percent 17.94 10.09 8.004 5.970 4.699 10 percent 18.31 10.56 8.44 6.36 5.10 20 percent 18.84 10.89 8.78 6.75 5.46 40 percent 20.64 12.48 10.18 8.04 6.50 60 percent 26.79 16.24 13.49 10.57 8.51 80 percent 29.58 23.75 17.91 14.30 All electrolytes, excepting a few salts of potassium, rubidium, caesium and ammonium, increase the viscosity of water. In most cases the change in viscosity is not large even in the more concen- trated solutions. There are a few exceptions to this statement, notably calcium chloride and zinc chloride solutions. The latter has a relative viscosity of 153 for a solution containing 75 percent salt at 25° C. The change of viscosity of thallous formate solutions with con- centration is similar to that of most electrolytes, the viscosity in- creasing slowly at low concentrations and very rapidly at higher concentrations as may be seen by a study of Figure II. The vis- cosity of most solutions of electrolytes lies above that of thallous formate solutions of the same concentrations as can be seen from the same figure which includes representative values for several salts. (5) 10 The University Science Bulletin 70 100 90 o £80 h < J 260 _l -J ^50 z >40 230 > 20 10 0 v/ V 10 20 30 40 50 60 Per Cent Solute. Fig. II. 70 80 The change of viscosity with concentration can best be expressed by an equation of the form r/x — Vo + ax + bx2 + ex3 where r)x is the viscosity of the solution of concentration x, rj0 is the viscosity of the pure solvent, and a, b, and c are constants. The constants may be evaluated from known values of the viscosities at three concentrations. At 20° the equation is Vx = VnX .0666x— .002555x2 + .0000596x3. This equation was calculated from known values of the viscosity of ten, forty, eighty percent solutions and fits the curve well except in the neighborhood of the sixty percent solutions where it agrees only within 10 percent. This agreement is fair considering the wide range Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties ]1 of concentrations to which it is applicable. A more exact equation might be obtained over a smaller concentration range. The variation of the viscosity of thallous formate solutions with temperature resembles the variation of the solvent itself as may be seen in Figure III. Changing the concentration of the salt does not alter the general form of the curve to an appreciable extent. 30 28 26 24- o a 20 I l8 y t 16 •■0 o o > 12 10 6 6 A- ,80 >60 >40 >20 Water 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70' Tlmp^raturl in De.gre.cs Celntigrade_ Fig. III. 12 The University Science Bulletin The variation of viscosity with temperature can best be expressed by an equation of the form ^t = ^0/(l + at + bt2) where t/0 is the viscosity at 0° C, rjt is the viscosity at temperature t, and a and b are constants. By evaluating these constants from the viscosities at 20° and 45°, the following equation was determined for the twenty percent thallous formate solution: Vt = Vo/{l + .03388t + .0001317t2) This equation holds well up to 50° C. and within 4 percent up to 60° C. V. CONDUCTIVITIES OF THALLOUS FORMATE SOLUTIONS Conductivity measurements were made by the Wheatstone bridge method. An alternating current of 1,000 cycles per second was used which was obtained from a triode vacuum tube oscillator. A radio- tube amplifier was used to increase the sensitivity of the measure- ments. The minimum in the bridge was detected by means of a set of phones tuned to the 1,000-cycle frequency. The conductivity measurements were made with two cells of simi- lar design ; a third cell was also used of somewhat different construc- tion. The first two cells had the advantage of having stationary electrodes and there was little danger of the distance between them changing. The third type, with adjustable electrodes, had the ad- vantage of being easily washed and dried and did not require as much solution as the other two cells. All three cells were designed for use with high-conducting solutions and for small amounts of solution. The cell constant of each was determined at each temper- ature by standardizing it with a potassium chloride solution of known conductivity. The precision of measurement was only of the order of one percent, but this should also be the order of accuracy of the measurements since different cells and different samples of the salt were used, all of which gave results agreeing within one per- cent of each other. Also with the last cell, the Wheatstone bridge arrangement was changed whereby the amplifier was eliminated, without any detectable change in the values of the conductivities. For the determination of the cell constant of cells 1 and 2 a solu- tion of potassium chloride containing 7.4790 grams of potassium chloride per 1,000 grams of water was used. For the third cell, due to its higher cell constant, a solution containing 76.628 grams of potassium chloride per 1,000 grams of water was used. In each Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties 13 case the cell constant gradually increased with temperature due to expansion of the glass. To obtain a better value of the constant it was plotted as a function of temperature and a smooth curve drawn through the points. Values lying on this curve were taken for the cell constants at each temperature, thus giving a "smoothed" value for the constant. In only one case did the "smoothed" value differ from the experimental value. The experimental data for the deter- mination of the cell constant of the cells follows: TABLE IV Cell Corn tants of the Three Condm ztivity Cells , Cell Tem- perature No. 1 , Cell Constant , Cell No Tem- perature o Cell Constant , Cell N Tem- perature o. 3 s Cell Constant 0° c 17.45 0° C 23.52 0° C 42.00 20° C 17.61 20° C 23.66 20° C 42.65 40° C 17.78 30° C 23.72 30° C 42.50* 60° C 17.96 45° C 23.82 45° C 43.38 60° C 23.92 60° C 43.80 Having obtained the cell constants of the cells it is possible to de- termine the specific conductance of any solution by dividing the cell constant by the resistance of the cell filled with the solution whose conductivity is to be measured. Table V gives the average values (two independent measure- ments) for the specific conductivities for the various solutions at the various temperatures: TABLE V Specific Conductivities of Thallous Formate Solutions, mhos. Cone, of Solution 0° 80 percent 60 percent 123 40 percent 0885 20 percent 0447 10 percent 0228 5 percent 0119 20° 30° 40° 45° 60° .184 .224 263 .285 347 .188 .227 .254 .277 339 .136 .164 .203 242 .0708 .0850 .107 131 .0367 .0443 .0562 0693 .01936 .0235 ("*r n The equivalent conductance, which is a more useful quantity, can be calculated from the specific conductance and the density and concentration of the solution. The equivalent conductance is equal to the product of the specific conductance by the volume of solution containing one gram equivalent of the solute. Thus, if d represents the density of a solution containing p percent of solute, then the * This value seems to be in error and a "smoothed" value of 42.92 was used in its place. 14 The University Science Bulletin volume of solution containing one gram equivalent or 249.4 grams of thallous formate, is given by the relation, 100 X 249.4 Equivalent volume = . dp Therefore the equivalent conductance is 100 X 249.4 X spec. cond. d p The equivalent conductivities of the solutions so calculated are given in the following table: TABLE VI Equivalent Conductivities of Thallous Formate Solutions, mhos Cone, of Solution 0° 20° 30° 40° 45° 60° 80 percent 19.99 24.47 28.81 31.33 38.41 60 percent 25.74 39.65 48.09 54.03 58.99 72.78 40 percent 36.73 56.66 68.70 85.50 102.8 20 percent 46.31 73.72 88.68 112.3 138.6 10 percent. 52.05 84.00 101.8 129.7 161.2 5 percent 56.83 92.38 112.3 Figure IV shows the variation of the equivalent conductance with concentration and temperature for the solutions studied. The varia- tion of conductance with temperature (at a given concentration) is that to be expected of a normal electrolyte. The conductivity rises quite rapidly with increasing temperature over the temperature range considered. Most aqueous solutions of electrolytes show an increase in conductivity with temperature at first and a decrease at higher temperatures — that is, the conductivity-temperature curve goes through a maximum. The position of this maximum depends upon the concentration of the solute and occurs at lower tempera- tures for the more concentrated solutions. (6) The temperature of maximum conductivity was not reached in the measurements upon thallous formate as it probably lies well above 200° C. The relation between the equivalent conductance of the solutions and the logarithm of the equivalent dilution at individual tempera- tures is the most important feature shown in Figure IV. The curves are similar to those for most electrolytes in water, the equivalent conductivities tending toward a maximum at infinite dilution. Meas- urements were not made on sufficiently dilute solutions to determine the maximum equivalent conductance with much accuracy. It appears to be of the order of 65 mhos at 0° C, 110 mhos at 20° C, Taft and Horslev: Physico-Chemical Properties 15 ZZ 2.4 2.6 2.Q 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 Log of the. Equivalent Dilution Fig. IV. &8 and 195 mhos at 60° C* Data in the International Critical Tables (7) give an ionic conductance of 63.5 mhos for the thallous ion and 47 mhos for the formate ion at 18° C. This value would correspond to an equivalent conductance of 110.5 mhos for thallous formate at 18° C. and infinite dilution. Another interesting factor brought out by Figure IV is that it shows that the conductance ratio decreases with increasing tempera- * Obtained by plotting the equivalent conductance as a function of the square root of the normality and extrapolating to zero concentration. 16 The University Science Bulletin ture. Thus for any given concentration, the low temperature curves approach more closely to the maximum value of equivalent conduct- ance than the high temperature curves. This agreement means that at a given dilution the conductance ratio is greater at low tempera- tures than at higher temperatures. VI. SURFACE TENSIONS OF THALLOUS FORMATE SOLUTIONS The measurement of surface tension presented the greatest diffi- culty in the present study. The first attempts to make the measure- ments were made by the ring method of duNoiiy. The results so obtained appeared to deviate markedly from the results with the capillary rise method, and since the latter method is known to give more reliable values, the ring method was discarded. It might be mentioned that the ring method indicated a slight rise in surface tension with concentration of solute at low concentrations — in agree- ment with the capillary rise method. However, at higher concen- trations the surface tension by the ring method at first decreased slowly, and then above sixty percent solute, the surface tension fell rapidly to about two-thirds the value of water at a given temper- ature. The capillary rise method did not serve as satisfactorily as might be desired, especially at high concentrations. The accuracy of the method is limited by the accuracy of measurement of the capillary rise. For the eighty percent solutions the density is three times that of water with a capillary rise of only one-third of that of water. Consequently the relative error of measurement is three times as great for the concentrated solutions as for water. The capillary rise for water varied from about 30 to 55 millimeters, depending upon the size of the capillary, and could be determined within about one millimeter. This determination corresponds to an error of 1-2 per- cent for water. For the more concentrated solutions the error is in- creased to about 5 percent. The variation of surface tension with temperature was small, but appeared to be a linear relationship within the error of measure- ment. It was considered that the variation with concentration was the more important factor and measurements were made only at 0°, 30°, and 45° C. Measurements were made on pure water and six solutions of varying concentration from five to eighty percent solute. Four different capillary tubes were used. They were first examined for uniformity of bore and then their diameters were determined by Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties 17 filling them with mercury and determining the weight of the mercury. In case of deviations of results with different capillary tubes, the results with the smallest capillary were taken as the best values due to the fact that the accuracy of measurement was greater with a smaller capillary tube. The following series of data were obtained for the determination of the surface tension by the capillary method. TABLE VII Surface Tensions of Thallous Formate Solutions, dynes per cm. ■ Concentration of Thallous Formate - Temperature Water 5% 15% 25% 50% 70% 80% 0° C 72.5 73.5 76.6 .... 74.5 30° C 71.0 71.8 72.8 72.3 74.2 76.2 74.5 45° C 66.3 70.1 70.6 .... 72.1 The surface tensions fall with rising temperature and show a gradual increase with increasing concentration of the solute. At low concentrations — up to about forty percent solute — the relation is linear, but at higher concentrations the surface tension rises more rapidly. This phenomenon is common to the majority of salt solu- tions. It is to be expected from the fact that the surface tension of the pure fused salts is often very much higher than the surface ten- sion of the fairly concentrated solutions. It is apparently a hitherto unnoted fact that the increase in surface tension of aqueous solutions, as compared to water alone, depends largely upon the valence type of the salt, if the salt is a strong electrolyte containing inorganic ions only. Thus for nine mono- monovalent salts listed in the International Critical Tables (8) the surface tensions of 1 M solutions at 20° C. have an average value 1.3 dynes higher than water alone; 1 M solutions of five di-valent salts at 20° C. have an average value of 1.9 dynes higher than water alone; and 1 M solutions of nine mono-divalent salts at 20° C. have an average value 2.8 dynes higher than water alone. Solutions con- taining appreciable concentrations of H+ or OH" show abnormal variations from this rule and even in the case of certain other salts, effects due to the individual character of the ions are observable in any one valence class. Ammonium salts show, for example, the most marked deviations from the above averages. When the data is ex- amined for thallous formate, the increase in surface tension is approximately normal for salts of its valence type. A 1 molal solu- tion is roughly equivalent to a twenty weight percent solution of thallous formate. Interpolation of data in Table VII would give as 2—2836 18 The University Science Bulletin an increase in surface tension at 30° (over that of water alone) a value of 1.5 dynes. (Although the data for other salts given above corresponds to a temperature of 20° C, the value of the increase in surface tension — from the data available — is the same at 30° C.) It may be stated that the apparent fall in the surface tension above 70 percent, as shown by the data in Table VII, is probably in error. Though the 80 percent solution was checked with three capil- lary tubes, only one solution was used and it may be that some im- purity was present in this solution. The measurement at 70 percent was carried out quite carefully and the value so obtained is probably more reliable than the values obtained with the 80 percent solution. Such a fall in surface tension of the solution is out of line with the general behavior of salt solutions with regard to surface tension. VII. SOLUBILITY OF THALLOUS FORMATE IN WATER The solubility of thallous formate in water at various temperatures was determined by the freezing point method. The most satisfac- tory method consisted in placing a solution of known composition in a large test tube fitted with a stirrer and thermometer, freezing the mixture and then allowing the temperature to rise very slowly until the solid phase just disappeared. The data so obtained could be duplicated quite readily and was used to determine the complete temperature-composition phase diagram for the system thallous formate — water. In determining the diagram, four series of measurements were made as follows: (1) Measurements on solutions prepared by dilut- ing weighed quantities of a solution of known concentration; (2) measurements upon a series of solutions made up independently and used only for one determination at one concentration; (3) and (4) measurements made by placing a weighed quantity of salt in a test tube and alternately adding weighed quantities of water and deter- mining the freezing point over a range of concentrations. The sec- ond series of measurements was introduced to be certain that there would be no error in measurements due to error in the concentration of the solutions. However, the values on all series of measurements checked very well, except for two values in the first series which were later found to be in error due to too rapid warming of the solu- tions after freezing them. The eutectic point could be determined without difficulty by using a solution of the approximate composition of the eutectic mixture and freezing it. While the phase in excess was separating out the Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties V.) temperature would fall gradually until the eutectic point was reached at which point the temperature would remain constant for a consid- erable length of time, even if left in the freezing bath. After the contents of the tube had become solid the temperature would again begin to fall. In this way the eutectic temperature could be de- termined quite easily. No attempt was made to measure directly the composition of the eutectic mixture since it could be obtained from the phase diagram within about 0.2 percent. The composition of the eutectic obtained in this manner was 70.2 percent thallous formate. The data obtained are given below: Series I : Concentration A of solute =89.3% B 67.0% C 63.4% Freezing point = 27.05° —16.0° -14.0° Series II: Concentration A of solute = 0% B C 5% 10% D 20% e f 40% 60% G 80% Freezing point = 0.0° -.5° —1.2° —3.0° _6.4° —11.9° 1.9° Series III: Concentration A of solute = 74.9% B 71.27% C 66.8% D 61.28% Freezing point =z — 9 . 1 ° —15.6° —14.6° —12.3° Series IV : Concentration A of solute =92.7% B C 84.9% 80.45% D 78.47% Freezing point = 45.0° 14.6° 2.9° -1.7° Freezing point of thallous formate = 94 ° C. The complete phase diagram is shown in Figure V. The diagram is of very simple form, showing only one eutectic and no formation of hydrates. The diagram is strikingly similar to the diagram for silver nitrate except for the facts that the eutectic of the latter occurs at about fifty percent silver nitrate and the melting point of the silver nitrate is much higher than for thallous formate. 20 The University Science Bulletin 100 80 a < a p60 z Id O <0 id Id tc a a: < td a Z0 0 -Z0 0 Z5 50 75 100 PE.R CLNT ThALLOUS FORMATE. Fig. V. Taft and Horsley: Physi co-Chemical Properties 21 VIII. GENERAL SUMMARY In reviewing the physico-chemical properties of thallous formate solutions in relation to other aqueous solutions, three distinctions might be pointed out. First, the densities of the thallous formate solutions are greater than the densities of the majority of aqueous solutions. This prop- erty may properly be ascribed to the thallous ion inasmuch as the formate ion would not produce abnormally dense solutions. Perhaps if one considered a number of salts of the heavy metals, similar to thalium, this distinction would not be so great. At least the fact that thallium lies well down the list in the periodic table would sug- gest that solutions of its salts would be fairly dense compared to other solutions. Second, the thallous formate solutions are characterized by their low viscosities. This again may in part be ascribed to the thallous ion. A few salts such as salts of potassium, caesium, rubidium, and ammonium lower the viscosity of water. Jones and Veazey (9) ascribe this property to the unusually large atomic volumes of these elements. In this respect thallium has an atomic volume which is probably above the average, though it is much lower than the atomic volumes of the elements mentioned above. According to Jones and Veazey the larger ions would slide past one another with less friction than smaller ions. Their view is not strongly supported, but might furnish an explanation, in part, for the low viscosities of thallous formate solutions. One of the most outstanding properties of the thallous formate solutions is the high solubility at ordinary temperatures. One might again ascribe this property to the presence of the anion inasmuch as formates and acetates possess, in general, a high solubility. How- ever, it also appears that thallous salts, in general, seem to have fairly high solubilities. The hydroxide, sulfate, cyanide, fluoride, nitrate, and acetate are all quite soluble in water. Such a wide variety of soluble salts is noteworthy, especially if one considers the solubility of the corresponding silver and lead salts, since thallium resembles these two metals most closely in its physical and chemical properties. One further factor may be considered — a comparison of the con- ventional degree of ionization calculated from freezing point data with the conductance ratio of thallous formate in aqueous solution. The so-called degree of dissociation may be determined by the freez- 22 The University Science Bulletin ing point method or by conductivity measurements. At 0° C. the degree of ionization should not differ appreciably from the degree of dissociation at the freezing point of the solution, since the tempera- ture at which the solution freezes is only a few degrees below zero except for the concentrated solutions. The degree of ionization is also given approximately by the ratio of the conductivity of the solution in question to the conductivity at infinite dilution — if one assumes the original theory of ionization to be correct. A correction for viscosity may be made by multiply- ing this ratio by the relative viscosity of the solution. The equiv- alent conductance at infinite dilution at 0° is approximately 67 mhos. Representing the degree of ionization by a, the following results are obtained: a a Cone, of (no viscosity (with viscosity Solution correction) correction applied) 5 percent 848 .857 10 percent 777 .793 20 percent 692 .726 40 percent 548 .630 60 percent 384 .572 Let us now consider the degree of ionization from the freezing point data. If we let c be the number of mols of thallous formate in 1,000 grams of water and a be the degree of ionization then there will be 2ca mols of ion and c(l — a) mols of nondissociated salt which act in lowering the freezing point. Since each mol lowers the freezing point of 1,000 grams of solvent by 1.86° C, we have the fol- lowing relation : AT = freezing point lowering = 1.86(1 -f- a)c AT or a = 1 1.86c 1000 x Further, the molality, c, is equal to where x is the (1 — x) 249.4 weight fraction of thallous formate in solution and 249.4 is the molar weight of thallous formate. Therefore ATll — x)249.4 a = 1 1860 x Taft and Horsley: Physico-Chemical Properties 23 Using this equation the following values are obtained for the de- gree of ionization of thallous formate: Cone, of Freezing Point Degree of Solution Depression (AT) Ionization 5 percent 65° C 0.660 10 percent 1.35° C 0.628 20 percent 3.15° C 0.688 40 percent 6.55° C 0.318 60 percent 12.05° C 0.078 There seems to be an increase in the degree of ionization in going from the ten to the twenty percent solution. Undoubtedly this in- crease is due to experimental error inasmuch as an error of 0.1° will produce a marked change in the values of the degree of ionization obtained by this method. An error of this amount in the freezing point is quite possible and is the best explanation of the increasing ionization with increased concentration of solution. Aside from the one discrepancy noted, the "degree of ionization" for the various solutions is quite normal. The degree of ionization falls quite rapidly with increasing concentration. Again it is quite similar in behavior to solutions of silver nitrate. The latter decreases in "ionization" from practically complete ionization in a solution containing 0.17 percent silver nitrate to zero ionization in a solution containing about 33 percent silver nitrate. (10) However, the very considerable discrepancy — at a given concen- tration— between a calculated from conductance data and from freezing point data, especially in the more concentrated solutions of thallous formate, is but another contribution to the criticism of the original Arrhenius theory of ionization that has accumulated in the past thirty years. Following modern conceptions of the behavior of strong electrolytes in solution, it is probable that thallous formate is completely dissociated at all concentrations and the variations of a with concentration (from conductance data) are due to changes in ion mobility with concentration and that variations in "a" from freezing point data are due to the influence of the ion atmosphere — resulting in the so-called activity of the ions — upon the colligative properties of these solutions.* * Reviews of the criticism of the Arrhenius theory may be found in any modern textbook of physical chemistry. See, for example, Millard, Physical Chemistry for Colleges, 5th edition, New York, 1941, pp. 253 and 264. 24 The University Science Bulletin IX. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Sullivan, Technical Papers of the Bureau of Mines, No. 381, 1927. 2. Clerici, Chemical Abstracts, 16, 3834 (1922) or Atti Accad. Lincei, V. 31, i, 116 (1922). 3. Parker and Parker, J. Physical Chem., 29, 132 (1925). 4. International Critical Tables, 8, 51 et seq. (1928). 5. Hatschek, Viscosity of Liquids, New York, 1928, pp. 119-129. 6. Kratjs, The Properties of Electrically Conducting Systems, New York, 1922, p. 144. 7. International Critical Tables, 6, 230 et seq. (1929). 8. International Critical Tables, 4, p. 463 et seq. (1928). 9. Jones and Veazey, Amer. Chem. Jour., 37, 405 (1907). 10. International Critical Tables, 4, pp. 254-263 (1928). THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII] May 15, 1942 [No. 2 A New Bog-lemming (Synaptomys) from Meade County, Kansas CLAUDE W. HIBBARD and GEORGE C. RINKER, University of Kansas Museum of Natural History Abstract: A new bog-lemming, Synaptomys cooperi paludis nov. subsp. is described from Meade county, Kansas. The type and eighteen paratypes were collected from a bog area in association with Sigmodon hispidus, Peromyscus manicvlatus, Reithrodontomys megalotis and Crypotis parva. THE Kansas University Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology has been collecting vertebrate fossils in Meade county, Kansas, dur- ing the past six summers. Since the vertebrates obtained have been chiefly Upper Pliocene and Pleistocene mammals, we have endeav- ored to make a thorough study of the recent mammalian fauna for comparison with the Pleistocene faunas of that region. Feces of Synaptomys were observed during the summers of '37, '38, and '39 in the bog areas situated in the Meade County State Park. During these summers attempts to collect the lemming ended in failure, since the traps were sprung by cotton rats. Cotton rats are abundant in the area throughout the meadows, weed patches along the streams, and in the bogs. The only trap used was the "Museum Special" snaptrap which was not large enough to hold the cotton rats. When entering the area the summer of '41, a new effort was made to collect the lemming. A large series of snap rat traps was obtained to catch out the cotton rats from the bog area. Ex- amination on the seventh of July of the bog area showed abundance of cuttings and feces left by the lemmings. A trap line of 400 traps was put out around the edge of the bog, nearly every other trap being a rat trap. The first evening the traps were set, a number of Sig- modon hispidus were caught before the trap line was completed. The traps were run and baited three times each day during the first five (25) 26 The University Science Bulletin days. In the first twenty-four hours beginning July 7, seventy-six Sigmodon were taken. In two weeks more than 200 Sigmodon had been removed from the area. After the first five days the "Museum Special" snaptrap was moved into the best areas of the bog for trap- ping of the lemming. Over a period of nineteen days beginning July 8, twenty-one specimens of Synaptomys were taken, of which two were females. These have been compared with the other races known in North America and have been found to differ appreciably from the other forms. We are greatly indebted to the following persons: Messrs. Ralph Taylor, Henry Setzer, Jack Twente and Henry Hildebrand, members of the field party, who helped to trap the above series of specimens; to Mr. Lee Larrabee, chairman of the Kansas State Fish and Game Commission, Mr. John Carlton and Mr. Leonard Sutherland of Meade County State Park for permission to study in the area and for courtesies shown our party ; also to the following persons for the loan of specimens used in the study: Mr. C. D. Bunker, curator, Uni- versity of Kansas Museum of Birds and Mammals, Lawrence, Kan. ; Dr. W. H. Burt, curator of mammals, Museum of Zoology, Univer- sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.; Mr. E. A. Goldman, of Bio- logical Survey, Division of Wildlife Research, Washington, D. C; Mr. J. LeRoy Kay, curator vertebrate paleontology, Carnegie Mu- seum, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Mr. Woodrow Goodpaster, Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Cincinnati, Ohio; and Dr. G. C. Rinker of Ham- ilton, Kan. The new bog-lemming may be designated as Synaptomys cooperi paludis subsp. nov. Holotype. — Male adult, skull and skin, No. 13713, collection of Kansas University Museum of Mammals: collected by Claude W. Hibbard, July 12, 1941, from the bog area surrounding brooder pond No. 1, Meade County State Park, fourteen miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Par aty pes. — N os. 13708, adult male; 13709, immature male; 13710, adult male; 13711, adult male; 13712, immature male; 13714, im- mature male; 13715, immature male; 13716, adult male; 13717, im- mature male; 13718, subadult male; 13719, adult male; 13720, adult female; 13721, immature male; 13722, immature male; 13723, adult female; 13724, adult male; 13725, immature male; 13726, immature male. Distribution. -- Known only from bog areas found in Meade County State Park (see discussion). Hibbard and Rinker: A New Bog-lemming 27 Diagnosis. — Larger than Synaptomys cooperi gossii (Coues) Measurements in millimeters of type: total length, 146; tail, 23; hindfoot, 22; ear, 13. Skull heavier, larger and broader; color, bright cinnamon (neutralized sandy orange). Guard hairs thicker and more bristlelike, giving a darker appearance to the individual than in specimens o Variation. — The immature specimens are plumbeous. The small- est specimen taken is a male 97 mm. in length. The adult color is beginning to appear on the muzzle and just anterior to the ear re- gion. A male 116 mm. total length has an increase of adult colora- tion in the head region and the appearance of adult coloration as a small patch in the hip region. Another male 120 mm. in length has the adult coloration covering the head region, forelimbs and shoul- ders, hips and in the flank regions. A female 115 mm. in length possesses a greater amount of adult coloration and looks much like an old worn pelage possessing a series of shed lines. The adult pelage covers the head except between the ears where there is a patch of immature pelage, forelimb, shoulders, hind limbs, hips, flank regions, also a small patch between shoulders and across top of the hip region. Between the ears, in the middle of the back and on the rump, adult pelage shows through the immature pelage. Of the nineteen skulls of S. c. paludis available for study, ten pos- sess upper incisors with two grooves each. The added groove in most specimens is as wide and deep as the outer or normal groove. The added groove appears in both young and adult specimens and does Hibbard and Rinker: A New Bog-lemming 29 not seem to be an age character. In one specimen, No. 13709, an immature male, the two grooves converge on the upper incisor, meet- ing at the alveolus. The appearance of this character is probably due to a large amount of inbreeding that must take place in a stock living in such a small area. The individuals surely do not travel much from one area to another area, since no skull or lower jaw has been recovered from owl pellets in Meade county. Owl pellets have been collected in the area for the past six summers, and from them have been receovered remains of all of the other small mammals found in the area. Average and extreme measurements in millimeters of the type and seven paratypes, consisting of seven adult males and one adult fe- male; skull, condylobasal length, 28.2 (27.5-29) ; zygomatic breadth, 18.6 (17.9-19.7); incisive foramen, 5.17 (4.9-5.6); maxillary tooth row, 7.54 (7.3-8.0) ; width of upper incisors, 3.95 (3.7-4.2) ; mandib- ular tooth row, 7.15 (6.9-7.5) ; greatest width of lower jaws meas- ured across tips of angles, 17.47 (16.6-18.4). Average and extremes of seven adult males and one adult female (type and seven para- types) ; total length, 147.5 (142-154) ; tail, 21.87 (18-23) ; hindfoot, 21.87 (21-22); ear, 12.87 (12-14). Fig. III. ..Synaptomys c. paludis. Baculum, dorsal or ventral view (probably dorsal) and lateral view. X 12. Only one baculum was recovered, and this was freed from the dried penis in the laboratory, so it is impossible to know which is the dorsal or ventral side. On the anterior end is a second center of ossification, producing a small bone separated from the main shaft by a thin layer of cartilage in the individual recovered. 1 2 The two females possessed mammae numbering — , — . 30 The University Science Bulletin Comparison of S. c. paludis with S. c. gossii (Coues). — The one topotype from Neosho Falls, Woodson county, an adult female in fall pelage, is a dull cinnamon (Ridgway, 1886). The other speci- mens from Anderson and Douglas counties were taken in fall, win- ter or spring: There is not a series of adults from any one season so as to be certain of the coloration of the pelage during a given period. Most of the specimens from Douglas county are isabella (Ridgway, 1886) in color. A few from Douglas county and those from Anderson county are intermediate in color between a dull cin- namon and an isabella. The Stafford county specimen, an adult fe- male taken August 20, 1927, should correspond in color more nearly with that of the Meade county specimens, though it is distinct, being a fresh bistre (Ridgway, 1886), (deep sandy). We are indebted to Mr. Walter Yost for the analysis of the colors and for the compari- son made with Ridgway's color chart. In the Museum collection are 62 skins and skulls and 25 skeletons of Synaptomys cooperi gossii taken from the following counties in Kansas: Douglas, Anderson, Woodson and Stafford. These 87 speci- mens were collected during the following years: 1894, 1924, 1925, 1926, 1927, 1928, 1929, 1931 and 1937. Only one topotype exists in the collection, an adult female from Neosho Falls, Woodson county, No. 5016, length 135; tail, 23; hindfoot, 20; ear, 9. A single speci- men, No. 5548, was taken from Little Salt Marsh, Stafford county, in 1927. The skull of this specimen has been lost. It is a female possessing adult coloration, length, 126; hindfoot, 20; tail, 15; ear, 11. From the series of 87 specimens of S. cooperi gossii from Kansas the eight largest specimens, 6 females and 2 males, have been selected for comparison with S. cooperi paludis. Their measurements are as fol- lows: average and extremes, total length, 137.1 (134-148) ; tail, 19.75 (16-23); hindfoot, 20.5 (19-22); ear, 10.75 (8-14); condylobasal length, 26.7 (26.1-27.5); zygomatic breadth, 17.28 (16.6-17.9); in- cisive foramen, 4.97 (4.8-5.2) ; maxillary tooth row, 7.2 (6.8-7.4) ; width of upper incisors, 3.3 (3-3.5); mandibular tooth row, 6.75 (6.5-7.1) ; greatest posterior width of lower jaws measured across tips of angles, 15.2 (14.4-16.2). The most conspicuous difference observed between S. c. gossii and S. c. palu.lis is the greater width across the angles of the lower jaws of the latter. The spread of the angle on each individual half of the lower jaw in adult specimens is twice as wide as the angle on adult specimens of the same sex of S. c. gossii. Food and habits. — Only two plants were found to comprise the Hibbard and Rinker: A New Bog-lemming 31 food of the Synaptomys — these being Equisetum sp. and a large sedge. The Equisetum occurred in a rather large patch of perennial foxtail (Setaria geniculata (Lam.) Beaux). The Synaptomys had no runways in this area either underground or above ground. Over eighty percent of the Equisetum stalks in this area were cut, the lemming eating a small portion, leaving the stalk cut into lengths from IV2 to 2 inches long. These small piles of cuttings were abun- dant, ranging from six inches to three feet apart in the area, de- pending upon the abundance of Equisetum. Under each pile of cut- tings were abundant feces of the Synaptomys. The tall sedge was cut in the same manner; though the sedge was more abundant, it was not used for food as much as the Equisetum. Many sedges occurred in the bog, only one was observed to have been used for food; there were also grasses and some rushes, although the latter two were never found to be used for food. No individuals were ob- served feeding; however, in the evening when traps were being set just at sundown, the Synaptomys could be heard feeding and cutting the sedge. It was possible to approach within five to six feet of an individual, but the plant growth was so dense that one could not see through it. On parting the sedge, a fresh pile of cuttings would be found with fresh feces underneath. A. Brazier Howell, (1927) p. 8, makes the following comment in regard to the molar teeth of Synaptomys. "The molars, although hypsodont, never project so far beyond the alveoli as do those of most other genera of microtines with hypsodont dentition, and hence there is less provision made for rapid wear. Therefore, the teeth must be unusually resistant, or else the food is less abrasive than is that of most voles. Of these two theoretical explanations, the former is considered unlikely. The facts as known seem to justify the con- clusion that the molars grow at a less rapid rate than in most other genera of the subfamily, and hence are of a less pronounced order of hypsodontism." The type of plants which were observed to have been fed upon by the lemmings, such as, Equisetum, which contains large amounts of silica and the sedge, which also contains considera- ble silica, indicate that the molar teeth are very resistant to wear, and moreover that they are kept well worn by the type of vegetation eaten and may, in fact, grow far more rapidly than the molars of other forms feeding upon food with a smaller silicious content. Oat- meal, oatmeal and raisins, and apple were used as bait in trapping; in no case were the Synaptomys known to have taken the bait. The traps were set in most cases where there were fresh cuttings and the 32 The University Science Bulletin catch seems to have been accidental. The number of traps set in the areas used by the Synaptomys would allow for a number of chance catches without the taking of any t^ait. The entire bog was combed for runways and nests. A few run- ways were found leading into nests of old grass, but owing to the abundance of rain they were water soaked, and it was impossible to tell whether they had been used by Synaptomys. During most of the period of trapping, water covered much of the bog from one- fourth to two inches in depth. The area was revisited the last of August and the signs of Synaptomys were as numerous as before any trapping was done in the area in July. As stated above, over 200 Sigmodon hispidus were removed from the bog area and around its edges; few cotton rats were taken from the heavy sedge growth, but they overran the grass areas and espe- cially the area where the perennial foxtail and Equisetum were found. Harvest mice, Reithrodontomys megalotis (34 specimens taken) and Peromyscus maniculatus were common throughout the area. Peromyscus was next in abundance to Sigmodon. Also, there were eight specimens of Crypotis parva taken from the area. Discussion. — Those not familiar with Meade county, and looking only on a map for reference would wonder greatly at the presence of Synaptomys in the so-called "Dust Bowl." Western Meade county lies in the High Plains section while the eastern part of the county is in the Plains Border section as defined by N. M. Fenneman (1930). Crooked creek is the major stream flowing through the greater por- tion of the county. Chiefly along the west side of Crooked creek and along the tributary streams leading into Crooked creek are numerous artesian springs. A few of these occur on the east side of Crooked creek. They extend from above Fowler, Kan., southward to Meade County State Park. The discharge from these springs is from a few gallons up to more than 800 gallons a minute. For further reference see Frye (1940). This flow is deep seated and usually produces a quicksand area at the place of discharge. Around the discharge areas, bogs have been developed that support many plants, espe- cially, sedges, grasses, rushes, reeds, cattails, etc. The bog areas are favorable to Synaptomys. Many acres of meadow land occur along the flood plain of Crooked creek which have not been drained or heavily pastured, and should furnish a suitable habitat for Synap- tomys. At the present time Synaptomys c. paludis is known only from bog areas in the State Park, but should be found in the other iso- HlBBARD AND RlNKER! A New BOG-LEMMING 33 lated bog areas which furnish suitable food and cover. The proba- ble range should be along Crooked creek in Meade county, marshy areas along the Cimarron river in Seward and Meade counties, also in Beaver county, Oklahoma. They should be found along portions of the Beaver river in Beaver county, Oklahoma, where we have ob- served favorable habitats, though we have not had time to examine them. The range of Synaptomys in Meade, Seward and Beaver counties must have been widespread along the stream valleys when the country was first settled, for larger meadows existed along the flood plains of the Beaver and Cimarron rivers, and along Crooked creek. Many parts of the meadows were marshy and supported a large number of muskrats. The area between the true marsh and meadow would be the ideal area for Synaptomys. With the arrival of the "settlers" the meadows were cut for hay and burned in areas to furnish pasture. In many cases they were drained and plowed. Along the banks of the Cimarron river were large groves of native cottonwood as well as extensive meadows. The cottonwoods were cut, not only by the people along the river, but by those living on the plains. Following the settling of the country, large areas on the upland were plowed, heavy grazing was practiced and the beavers were exterminated. Until 1914 the Cimarron river was narrow, with grassy banks and extensive meadows on the flood plain, a permanent stream of clear, flowing water with some deep pools and abundant fishes. Much hay was cut along the river, and only two short timbers thrown across the river were needed to transport the baler. On May 1, 1914, there occurred one of the greatest floods along the Cimarron watershed that has ever been known. Due to the cutting of the cottonwoods, the extinction of the beaver, extensive plowing in the upland, and heavy grazing, the fast runoff of the water scoured the Cimarron river bed in places to a depth of thirty-five feet. As the flood cut the channel deeper, it filled it with sand released by plowing and overgrazing. During the flood, the few trees which had not been cut were washed out and covered by sand. The river channel changed from that of a narrow stream with a few feet of clear water to a broad sand bed with many sand bars which allows the constant blow of sand along the channel carrying a shallow stream, whose water is silty most of the time. The down cutting of the river channel and filling with gravel and sand had the same effect as that of laying a large, deep-seated drainage tile through the area. The flood plain drained at once into the channel. Most of the river flow being under- 3—2836 34 The University Science Bulletin ground, the meadows dried out and the grasses died, being replaced by sagebrush, sand plums, buffalo gourds, and small sand dunes. Following along the banks of the Cimarron one may see exposed areas- of dark soil full of plant remains marking the once common water table that supported the larger meadows and marshes. This change in the water table and flora along the Cimarron in recent times must have had a great effect upon the fauna. Synaptomys, which could once have been common along the valley, must now exist only in isolated areas. This same change has taken place along Crooked creek and the Beaver river, in part, but not as greatly as along the Cimarron. Conditions seem to have been favorable for the occurrence of Syn- aptomys in Meade county and adjoining areas throughout the Pleis- tocene, both during certain phases of the glacial and interglacial stages and the Recent. Artesian springs which must have existed in the area since middle Pleistocene would help to maintain a natural habitat for this bog-lemming; also, the occurrence of sink holes has helped to provide isolated habitats. Sink holes began to appear in Meade and Beaver counties at the close of the Tertiary and have been present throughout the Pleistocene and into Recent times. These sink holes, when they have ceased to be active and have be- come plugged, form lakes in their basins around the border of which appear marshes and meadows. The life of these lakes is long and lasts either until the sink hole is filled, until they are dissected by head erosion of a stream or until the sink again breaks through and allows further drainage. The oldest geological record of Synaptomys in Kansas is that of the subgenus Mictomys, specimens of which have been taken from the Pleistocene of Meade county below the horizon of the Borchers fauna. There is some evidence that these were associated with the boreal fauna that inhabited the area just prior to the Borchers fauna. Synaptomys (Mictomys) cf. vetm Wilson was reported by Hibbard (1941) from the Borchers fauna. This form was incorrectly re- ferred by Hibbard to the subgenus Mictomys. It must be considered as belonging to the subgenus Synaptomys. Outer external triangles are not present or indicated in the M1 and M2 of the subgenus Mictomys, while the Mx and M2 of the Synaptomys from the Bor- chers fauna possess an open external triangle, a condition which can be observed to a lesser degree in some immature specimens of S. cooperi. Synaptomys vetus Wilson (19331 cannot be considered as intermediate between the two recent subgenera since it possesses the HlBBARD AND RlNKER: A NEW BoG-LEMMING 35 open external triangles. Synaptomys bunkeri Hibbard (1940) is known from a later Pleistocene horizon than that from which the Borchers fauna was taken. It was taken from a dissected sink in Beaver county, Oklahoma, along the north side of the Cimarron river on the XI ranch. It is distinguished from S. c. paludis by its larger size, and the pattern of Mv REFERENCES Fenneman, Nevin M. 1930. Physical divisions of the United States. Map. U. S. Geol. Surv. Frye, John C. 1940. A Preliminary Report on the Water Supply of the Meade Artesian Basin. Meade county, Kansas. State Geol. Surv. Kan. Bull. 35 : 1-39, 5 pis., 7 figs., 3 tables. Hibbard, Claude W. 1940. A new Synaptomys from the Pleistocene. Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull. 26, no. 8: 367-371, 1 pi. 1941. The Borchers Fauna, a new Pleistocene interglacial fauna from Meade county, Kansas. State Geol. Surv. Kan. Bull. 38, pt. 7: 197-220, 2 pis. Howell, A. Brazier. 1927. Revision of the American Lemming Mice (genus Synaptomys) , North America Fauna, 50: 1-37, 2 pis., 11 text figs. Wilson, Robert W. 1933. A Rodent Fauna from Later Cenozoic Beds of Southwestern Idaho. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 440: 117-135, 2 pis., 8 text figs. THE UNIVEESITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII] May 15, 1942 [No. 3 Tadpoles of Mexican Anura EDWARD H. TAYLOR, Department of Zoology, University of Kansas Abstract: Tadpoles of the following species are described and figured: Scaphiopus multiplicatus Cope, Agalychnis dacnicolor (Cope), Rana pustulosa Boulenger, Rana montezumae Baird, Hypopachus caprim-imus Taylor, Hypo- pachus alboventer Taylor. Plectrohyla matudai Hartweg is discussed. A re- markable tadpole is described and figured without placing it in a species or genus. The eggs of Agalychnis callidryas are described. THE EHT-HMS collection contains numerous series of Mexican tadpoles which have been accumulating during the past ten years. Some thirty species have been identified, with reasonable certainty; and drawings are being prepared, as occasion permits, so that certain details of this stage of their life history can be made known to others. Certain other species have been tentatively identi- fied on the basis of probability, taking into consideration the fauna in the locality where they were found and the adult species taken in their particular breeding pool at various times. Frequently tadpoles can be referred to a given genus or family on the basis of generic similarity. However, this is not always possible. I am ignorant of even the family relationship of the species which I here describe, and figure. Genus? sp? (Plate I, figs. 2, 2a, 2b) The tadpoles of this species have been obtained two different years from a temporary pool near La Venta, Guerrero. The species is gregarious, the larvae moving usually in a ball-like mass, coming tc the surface and submerging as if the mass was revolving. They keep to the deeper water (3 feet). None was taken near the edge of the water where most tadpoles are accustomed to feed. (37) 38 The University Science Bulletin The dates of collection of this form are, No. 27692A, July 30. 1937. and No. 27692, July 4, 1938. Specimens from both lots are in about the same stage of development. Description of tadpole (from EHT-HMS No. 27692 consisting of about 130 specimens). — Head and body somewhat longer than broad; the snout flattened, truncate; the lips thin, the lower lip bend- ing in and covered by upper; no horny beak; no series of labial teeth present; no papillae surrounding edges of lips; a single, sharply pointed dermal spine directed forward from near the edge of the lower lip ; width of mouth opening about equal to half width of head ; palate and floor of mouth with only a few tiny papillae, scarcely discernible; two shallow pockets in front of gills; nostrils dorsal, nearer the level of the eyes than edge of mouth, narrowly separated, the distance between them equal to about half their distance from eye; eyes small, lateral; skin largely transparent so that in lateral and ventral view the coiled intestine, the gills, and the heart are visi- ble; the pericardium is pigmented; on underside of head there is visible a heavily pigmented transverse band of muscle that lies about as far forward as the level of the eyes; spiracula bilaterally sym- metrical, sinistral and dextral, opening lateroventrally ; the distance between eye and spiracle nearly twice distance of eye to mouth. Caudal fin transparent, arising near middle of back, low anteriorly, attaining its greatest height above and below at the middle, tapering to a fine point at tip; terminal portion of intestine included in the ventral part of caudal fin, the anal opening being medial at the edge of the fin; limbs small, flattened. Other details of the anatomy are indicated in the figures. Measurements in mm. — Total length, 41; length of head and body, 17; width of body, 11.3; distance between eyes, 9.3; distance between nostrils, 2; length of tail, 31. Color. — The body wall is transparent, and the coloration is largely that of the internal organs, which are greenish-olive in life. The tail musculature has some scattered pigment, the fin clear, transparent, without color. Remarks. — In the presence of a spiracle on each side of the body and in the presence of a dermal spine, this tadpole differs from the other tadpole species in the collection. Mrs. Helen T. Gaige in her paper "Some Reptiles and Amphibians from Yucatan and Campeche, Mexico," mentions a tadpole from Piste, Yucatan, which is thin-lipped, and lacking a horny beak and teeth. She suggests that the species may be Tetraprion petasatus. Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Axura 39 That species is as yet unknown in Guerrero. However, Diaglena reticulata, a recently described species of a genus believed to be re- lated to Tetraprion, may occur, since it comes from the Tehuantepec region in Oaxaca. Double spiracla occur in certain Pipidae. Plectrohyla matudai Hartweg A recent paper by Hartweg and Orton, 1941, describes two tad- poles from Mt. Ovando, Chiapas, believed to be those of species of the genus Plectrohyla, either Plectrohyla sagorum Hartweg or Plec- trohyla matudai Hartweg. The authors were unable "to correlate each of the larval forms with the adults of the correct species." The tadpoles (both species) were said to have been taken at an elevation of approximately 1,800 meters from a stream on Mt. Ovando at the same elevation where adults of the two species were collected in August, 1937. Dr. and Mrs. Hobart M. Smith, who visited Mt. Ovando April 15-18, 1940, rediscovered the two species, and collected a series of adult specimens as well as a series of tadpoles and transforming young. These latter have been sent to me by Doctor Smith, calling my attention to the fact that the tadpoles will identify Hartweg and Orton 's figures 1 and 2. Smith did not find the two species of Plectrohyla in the same habitat. He recognized the two species in the field, noting differ- ences in their calls and in habitat. One form, designated as the "sharp-nosed species" (■= Plectrohyla sagorum Hartweg), was found in bromelias at 5,000 feet and higher, that representing the approxi- mate elevation at which bromelias begin to appear on the mountain. Apparently none was found in any other habitat. The other species which he mentions, as the "rough-skinned form" or the "ravine form" (= Plectrohyla matudai Hartweg), was found in small streams from about 2,800 feet up to about 6,000 feet elevation. The call of this form is noted as sounding "like a couple of rocks struck once under the water, just a single note"; while in the bromeliad form, the call is a "croak — that sounds somewhat like the spoken word drawn out a little."* Smith obtained with his P. matudai a series of transforming young together with tadpoles at Las Nubes (approximately 2,900-3,000 * In the description of Plectrohyla matudai, Hartweg states, "no external vocal sac in tin- male"; of Plectrohyla. sagorum he states "males with a vocal sac"; he later states, "P. matudai differs from P. sagorum, in the absence of vocal sacs in the males, ... I found that the vocal sacs are equally developed in both species taken by Smith, and suspected that they might have been overlooked by Mr. Hartweg in his P. matudai. I communicated with him and he writes as follows: "P. sagorum has well-developed vocal sacs but P. matudai has no external evidence of vocal sacs, although vocal sac openings' are present." 40 The University Science Bulletin feet). These include tadpoles in which the hind legs are just be- ginning to form, up to individuals that have lost the labial beak and teeth, with well-developed limbs, and only a remnant of the tail. These tadpoles agree in most details with the form which Hartweg and Orton designate as Plectrohyla "Form a." It has the same typical fanglike serrations on the upper beak with the smaller sec- ondary serrations as is shown in figure 2. The serrations on the lower jaw are, for the most part, small and uniform, but the posterior serration is enlarged. It seems reasonably certain that Plectrohyla "Form a" is the larval form of Plectrohyla^ matudai. Hartwegi obtained the two forms of tadpoles in an area and at an elevation where Smith found the ranges of the two adult species overlapping. The finding of tadpoles transforming in the middle of April in the dry season, and again in the latter part of August, during the rainy season, shows that the breeding season of Plectrohyla matudai occurs more than once during the year, or continues for several months. Agalychnis dacnicolor (Cope) (Plate II, figs. 2, 2a, 2b; Plate III, fig. 2) The eggs of this species are usually deposited on the leaves of plants (preferably large, smooth leaves) near the edge of water pools or on branches overhanging the water. I have on occasion found eggs placed on the earth a few inches above the water in pools where no trees or plants were available. The eggs, green in color, are encased in thick gelatinous capsules which adhere to each other and to the plants or other substrata where they are deposited. When the young hatch they are washed by rain or fall into the water, and develop as ordinary tadpoles. The egg-laying season apparently continues for some weeks, since in several collections of these tadpoles, newly hatched young and large tadpoles with the hind limbs beginning to appear, were found in the same pool. Description of tadpole (from a lot collected at Km. 363 near Ocotito, Guerrero). — Body and head nearly twice as long as wide, the head not wider than the body; eyes very large, laterally placed, the distance between them nearly equal to width of head, and much t The use of the name Plectrohyla for the genus of Hylid frogs having a spine on the pollex is open to question. I strongly suspect that Plectrohyla is a synonym of Hypsiboas Wagler. The genotype of Hypsiboas is Hyla langsdorffii Dumeril and Bibron. I have no speci- men of that species at hand to judge whether the two are congeneric. t The date of collection is not specifically mentioned by Hartweg and Orton. but it is in- ferred that these tadpoles were taken on about the same date as the adults (August 28-30, 1941). Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Antra 41 greater than their distance to middle point of snout tip; distance be- tween nostrils greater than their distance to mouth, much nearer tip of snout than eye; tail musculature begins near middle of body; tail narrowing gradually to a pointed tip; the caudal segments not dis- tinct throughout ; dorsal part of the caudal fin which begins some- what back of the beginning of the musculature is low at first then rises to its greatest height for the middle third of the tail, then nar- rows gradually on the posterior third; ventral part of caudal fin be- gins its greatest elevation at base of tail and maintains it for nearly two-thirds of length of tail, where it tapers gradually to a narrow tip. Anus dextral; spiracle sinistral, not forming a tube, opening ven- trally, its distance from eye nearly same as distance between eye and tip of snout; width of mouth a little more than one-third width of head, the lips short, rather thin, bordered by a single (usually) row of papillae, save for the medial part of the upper lip, which is smooth. Horny beak well-developed, the edges of upper and lower parts of beak bordered by fine denticulations; upper lip with a continuous transverse series of labial teeth, followed by a shorter series on each side of the upper part of beak; lower lip with three series of labial teeth, the outer a little shorter than other two, the inner broken medially; on the lips on each side of the beak, are groups or series of papillae. Color. — Above flesh color with bright-blue markings; paired sym- metrical dark marks on top of head and dark spots above eyes and behind nostrils; a darker area at beginning of dorsal musculature often touching the dark spots on head; tail musculature with some pigmentation, fin with very sparse pigment. Measurements in mm. — Head and body, 22.5; total length, 52.6; greatest depth of tail including fins, 11.2; distance between eyes, 9; snout to base of tail, 10. Remarks. — The tadpoles of this species may readily be recognized even when quite young by the bluish coloration which is not known in other genera of Mexican frogs (but may be present in other Agalychnis) . The bluish color fades rapidly and no trace of it is evi- dent in my preserved material. No newly transformed young have been found during the summer months, so I presume that they transform in September or October. One collection made by Dr. Hobart M. Smith, October 30, 1936, at a point 30 Km. south of Chilpancingo contains five tadpoles. The tails are beginning to shorten; the legs are from 25 to 32 mm. long; the arms are still concealed. The horny beak and labial teeth have 42 The University Science Bulletin been lost in all but one specimen. The color in life is green above with numerous clear cream spots, while below the color is creamy yellow. Agalychnis caUidryas Freshly laid eggs of Agalychnis caUidryas, a much smaller species, were obtained near Tierra Colorada, Veracruz, July 16, 1932. The greenish eggs oi this species were deposited in the same manner as those of ^4. dacnicolor. However, the individual eggs are a little smaller and the masses scarcely a third as large. Dr. Hobart M. Smith collected an egg mass of this species at San Andres Tuxla, Veracruz, September 9, 1935. In the mass there are 95 eggs, which were taken with the curled-up leaf on which they were laid. The label states "egg mass entire." Sea phi opus midtiplicatus Cope (Plate II, figs. 3, 3a, 3b; Plate III, fig. 3) The type locality of this species, "Valley of Mexico," state of Mexico, Mexico, is to be sure somewhat indefinite as the extent of the valle is variously understood. However, I believe that the tad- poles obtained at El Guardia in the mountains near the continental divide, southwest of Mexico City may be regarded as topotypic. The series EHT-HMS No. 27692 consists of some 75 specimens, perfectly preserved except for life colors. The shallow pool where they were collected was formed in an excavation where the earth had been re- moved for road building. The elevation is approximately 10,000 feet. Some adult specimens and one partly transformed young were found under rocks in the immediate neighborhood. Most of the specimens have the hind legs more or less developed. Description of tadpole (from EHT-HMS No. 27692, El Guardia, Mexico). — Head and body large, the head somewhat angular in pro- file; the snout more or less truncate; eyes small, dorsally placed, the distance between eyes equal to their distance from tip of snout, or about one-third the greatest width of head; nostrils small, situated rather close together, the distance between them about equal to their distance from eyes. Tail with moderate musculature, longer than head and body, the fin well developed above and below, upper part of fin arising at base of tail, low anteriorly, reaching its greatest height at about the middle; muscular portion not wider than fin, tapering to a point posteriorly; spiracle sinistral, forming a slight tube, opening lateroventrally ; distance between spiracle and eye greater than distance between eye and tip of snout; anus medial, Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Anlka 43 opening in the lower edge of the caudal fin, which has a tendency to form a slight fold either to right or left. The width of mouth is as great as or a little less than the distance between eyes; the lips are a little thickened, protruding slightly, the edges bordered by two continuous rows of papillae save for a short diastema in the middle of upper lip; at this point there is a smooth flap or area bordered by a short row of labial teeth ; horny beak strongly developed, the upper and lower parts bordering jaws have their edges finely serrated (the serrations smaller and much more numerous than indicated in the figures). Upper labial teeth with the very short median series mentioned, followed on each side of the upper part of beak by three series of teeth, the outer somewhat sinuous, more than double length of sec- ond, almost meeting in the middle, third row very short, the teeth smaller than in preceding rows; lower edge of lower lip with a median series, then follow three series on each side, the first minutely separated in the middle, the second and third shorter, widely sepa- rated, the third less than half length of second; a few additional papillae at corner of mouth fold. When mouth is opened widely a median palatal tubercle is ob- servable; a small circular moundlike tongue is visible behind lower jaw surmounted by two irregularly shaped papillate structures; bor- dering the inner part of jaw are three irregular papillae, two pointing somewhat medial, the other downward. On palate and on lower floor of mouth numerous small papillae, more or less regularly placed; in front of the gills an elevated continuous muscular flap present. These latter characters are only visible when the sides of head are cut open. On many of the specimens the skin of the posterior dorsal part of the abdomen tends to wrinkle or pucker somewhat, across base of tail. Color. — Olive to olive-gray on head with a somewhat darker me- dian area between eyes and about nostril (not pronounced in speci- men figured) ; an indefinite lighter line back of head crossing body (variable in its distinctness). Abdominal region blackish above and below, the intestine rarely visible save in youngest tadpoles; mus- culature of the tail grayish-brown with the segments definitely marked in younger, indefinitely indicated in oldest specimens; the fin is completely transparent, what appears to be pigment is clotted blood in the blood vessels. Underside of legs usually unpigmented, dorsal surface with indistinct transverse bands. Measurements in mm. of figured specimen. — Total length, 34.2; 44 The University Science Bulletin head and body, 15.2 ; tail from posterior part of abdomen, 19 ; great- est depth of body, 8.2; width between eyes, 3.3; width of mouth, 2.7. Another specimen with the legs about half the size of the figured specimen has these measurements: total length, 51; head and body, 21; tail from posterior part of abdomen, 30; greatest depth of body, 11; between eyes, 3.8; width of mouth, 3. Remarks. — The specimen chosen for illustration has the tail a bit shorter than younger tadpoles, since the process of resorption seems to have begun. In many of the specimens tooth rows become strongly sinuous. Some of the specimens are a little less angular about the head. A young specimen nearly transformed, with the arms as well as legs distinct, the tail reduced to a stub less than length of body, has a snout-to-vent length of 20 mm. A few other specimens, having the legs at the same stage of de- velopment as the larger, measured tadpole, are variably smaller. Arthur N. Bragg* has recently studied larvae of Scaphiopus, bom- bifrons and S. hammondi and finds that there is marked difference between them. He points out the fact that certain previous authors have confused the tadpoles and shows that the form with a hooked beak and notched lower mandible is actually hammondi. If Bragg is correct, then midtiplicatus , the form herein described, differs so greatly from Scaphiopus hammondi in the larval char- acters, that it does not seem probable that a subspecific relationship exists between them. In consequence I shall regard them as distinct species. Rana pustulosa Boulenger (Plate I, figs. 1, la, lb; Plate III, fig. 4) This species is represented in the collection by two lots as follows: EHT-HMS No. 27690, a series of ten tadpoles from young to trans- forming stages, taken at Km. 142, to the north of Taxco in Morelos, July 16, 1936; and No. 27689, a series of 26 tadpoles with one trans- formed young, taken at Km. 133 near Huajintlan, Morelos, June 27, 1938. Adults of R. piistidosa were taken at the latter locality at the time the tadpoles were taken. Description of tadpole (from lot No. 27689). — Head and body somewhat flattened, much longer than wide; eyes large, dorsolateral, the distance between them less than length of snout; nostrils small, widely separated, the distance between them almost as great as that * Bragg, Tadpoles of Scaphiopus bombifrons and Scaphiopus hammondi. The Wasmann Collector, Vol. 4, No. 3, Apr., 1941, pp. 92-94. Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Anura 45 between eyes, situated equidistant between eye and median tip of snout; spiracle forming a slight "tube," sinistral, laterally placed; anus dextral ; musculature of the ventral body wall showing more or less distinct septa; musculature of tail beginning near middle of body, much wider than the fin anteriorly, tapering to a point pos- teriorly; fin narrow above and below at base of tail, widest near the beginning of posterior third. Mouth moderately large, with a strong horny beak; both upper and lower parts thick, with the edges strongly denticulated; upper lip bearing teeth on its edge, lacking papillae for most of its width, its corners, however, with rather free papillate edges ; lower lip bor- dered by a single or partially double row of papillae; upper labial teeth arranged as follows: a transverse arched series anterior to beak; four series on each side of beak diminishing in width pos- teriorly; lower lip with two outer (usually) unbroken transverse series followed by a third which is interrupted medially ; near corners of mouth two short somewhat isolated series on each side. Color. — Head and body more or less uniform dark olive-brown above and on sides; ventrally lighter with a median darker stripe and narrow transverse lines which seem to mark septa in the muscu- lature of the body wall; tail musculature with a slight scattering of pigment; tail fin transparent save for distinct scattered spots of brown, which likewise occur on the tail musculature. Measurements in mm. of figured specimen. — Total length, 65; head and body, 24; tail from anus, 40; head width, 12.5; depth of body, 11; depth of tail with fin, 11.5; distance between eyes, 5; dis- tance between nostrils, 4.2. Remarks. — When the palate and floor of the mouth are exposed by cutting back from mouth along the side of head, the following characters are discernible: On anterior part of palate a group of papillae or tubercles roughly arranged in an H-shape; the large transverse choanae with minutely tuberculate edges; a very large spinose or tuberculate papilla arising from the outer anterior edge, and a smaller one from the inner posterior edge; closely following the choanae are three spinose papillae directed somewhat mediad; following this is a thin elevated ridge with a denticulate edge and spinose on anterior and posterior surfaces; behind this the palate covered with numerous tiny spinose papules or papillae varying greatly in size; on the posterior part of the palate on either side are two angular pigmented areas ; within the lower part of beak on lower jaw is a small tongue anlage bearing two elongate spinose papillae The University Science Bulletin which are contiguous; at the back edges of the jaw on each side is a flattened papillae; the floor of the mouth papillate; a free cartilagin- ous flap in front of the gills edged with papillae or projections of various shapes arranged symmetrically. The largest tadpole of the series has a total length of 72 mm.; the snout to anus length being 24.2 mm.; in this specimen the hind legs measure 26 mm.; a completely transformed specimen measures 28 mm., snout to vent. The second lot of specimens EHT-HMS No. 27690 (10 specimens) contains young tadpoles as well as individuals nearly completely transformed. Rana montezumae Baird (Plate III, figs. 1, 5) Two lots of material certainly identified as Rana montezumae have been collected. These are EHT-HMS Nos. 27717 (lot of 35, containing young tadpoles, some beginning transformation, and others in which the process is complete), San Diego, near Texcoco, D. F., August 23, 1939; 27718 (lot of 9 young and half grown), Km. 74 west of Toluca, September 11, 1939. Description oj tadpole (from lot No. 27717). — A large, robust form, the head much narrower than body; eyes dorsolateral, not visi- ble from below, the distance between them very slightly greater than their distance to the tip of snout; nostrils nearly equidistant between the eye and tip of snout, close together, the distance between them less than their distance to either eye or tip of snout; spiracle lateral, sinistral, its distance from eye a little greater than distance between eyes ; anal opening dextral. Tail musculature with well-defined seg- ments, begins on middle of back; dorsal fin begins midway on back, rather low at first, then rising to its greatest height at beginning of middle third of tail; dorsal fin at widest part narrower than tail mus- culature, but wider than the ventral part; legs at this stage of de- velopment longer than head and body. Sides of mouth and lower lip with a loose fringe of varying width bordered by a single row of papillae ; a few additional papillae near corners of mouth; upper lip somewhat thick-edged bordered by a continuous row of labial teeth ; behind this is a short row of teeth on each side but somewhat in front of beak; three unbroken toothrows on lower lip, the outermost shortest, all in front of beak. Color. — Above greenish-olive, the color continued on the sides of head; abdominal region black on sides; chin, greenish or yellowish flesh; intestine visible through the abdominal wall; tail muscles, and Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Antra 47 fins rather greenish-yellow at base becoming black posteriorly, with a few indistinct lighter dots. Measurements in mm. (of figured specimen). — Total length, 112; head and body, 40; tail from base of limbs, 62.5; length of dorsal fin, 90; greatest height of tail and fins, 36; width between eyes, 11; eye to spiracle, 12; height of the dorsal part of caudal fin, 8.5. Remarks. — In younger specimens the tail is dark olive, but lacks the black color of some of the older tadpoles. At the time when the arms appear the tail may still be as long as the head and body. Two transformed young, tail completely absorbed, measure 33 and 34 mm., respectively, from snout to vent. Hypopachus caprimimus Taylor (Plate II, figs. 1, la, lb; Plate III, fig. 7) I have collected the following lots of tadpoles of this species: EHT-HMS Nos. 27699 (lot of 7), July 23, 1936, 9 Km. south of Mazatlan (Km. 337-338), Guerrero; 27700 (lot of 3), July 27, 1936, Km. 363, near El Ocotito, Guerrero; 27707 (lot of 7), July 27, 1936, Agua del Obispo, Guerrero (Km. 350V2)- The tadpoles of the genus Hypopachus lack a horny beak and labial teeth. The upper lip forms a pair of connected flaps that cover the lower lip. The cartilage of the upper jaw is wanting and there are no external nostrils until transformation. The spiracle opens near the anus and is usually slightly dextral. Description of tadpole (from EHT-HMS No. 27701, near El Oco- tito, Guerrero, July 27, 1936). — Tadpole banjo-shaped; head and body together a little longer than wide; eyes large, lateral, widely separated, the distance between them greater than their distance from tip of snout; no external nostrils; head somewhat wedge- shaped; tail musculature not or barely showing the septa, tapering to a point ; dorsal fin begins only slightly in advance of lower, is nar- row at first, then rises to its greatest elevation near the middle; the musculature of the tail wider than either fin. Spiracle opens near anus, the two openings being very closely associated if not actually continuous sometimes; leg anlage indicated as a bud. Mouth about half width of the head, upper lip forming a pair of somewhat fleshy flaps which bend clown and under snout, their bases separated medially by a small rounded space through which may be seen the narrow, somewhat V-shaped lower jaw, which has a raised somewhat irregular edge; the flaps are bordered by minute papillae. No hornv beak or labial teeth. 48 The University Science Bulletin Color. — Above closely reticulated with dark brown, appearing nearly uniformly colored; two tiny blackish dots on snout; venter blackish-brown anteriorly, the posterior part lighter with numerous cream spots or reticulations; tail brown with an irregularly edged cream stripe arising at its base, and extending nearly half its length ; tail fin more or less pigmented, the pigment forming irregular brown spots. Measurements in mm. (of specimen figured). — Total length, 21; head and body, 9; width of head at eyes, 5.6; width of body, 5.6; tail, 12.4; greatest width of tail and fin, 4; width of mouth, 1.9; leg, 1. Remarks. — Although there are no external nostrils, usually two darker flecks are visible where the nostrils will appear later at transformation. That these tadpoles actually belong to Hypopachus caprimimus has not been established beyond doubt. So far as I know no other species of the Microhylidae occurs in southern Guerrero save Mi- crohyla usta. (Cope). No specimens of that form were taken about these pools, while adults of Hypopachus caprimimus were found in each case. Stuart (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. 54, pp. 125-128, Sept. 30, 1941) describes Hypopachus simus, also a truncate-snouted species whose tadpole, judging by the description, has mouth parts similar to the species here described. His tadpole specimens were unquestionably simus. Until the tadpoles of Microhyla usta are known some doubt must remain regarding the tadpoles here described as Hypopachus capri- mimus. Hypopachus alboventer Taylor (Plate I, figs. 3, 3a, 3b; Plate III, fig. 6) Tadpoles of Hypopachus alboventer were found in temporary pools at Km. 133 near Huajintlan, Morelos. They were taken with the tadpoles of Hyla smithi, Agalychnis dacnicolor, and Rana pipiens var. In nearby pools and rivulets tadpoles of Hyla arenicolor and Rana pustulosa were collected. The date of collection for the species is, EHT-HMS No. 27701, July 16, 1936, lot of three tadpoles. Description of tadpole. — General form banjo-shaped, the body a little wider than head; head-body length greater than its width; snout somewhat rounded in lateral profile, not wedge-shaped; eyes lateral, widely separated, the distance between them much greater than the distance to the middle of snout tip; nostril absent; spiracle opening near anus, slightly dextral, the opening apparently continu- Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Anura 49 ous with that of anus; upper lip cartilage absent; edge of lip forming a double flap, smooth, lacking fringe of papillae; lower jaw very narrow, slightly V-shaped; no horny beak or labial teeth. Dorsal part of caudal fin begins in advance of the lower part, rela- tively narrow, and about same height above and below, much nar- rower than the tail musculature; segmentation of tail musculature scarcely distinguishable; legs in figured specimen small. Color. — Above brown to chocolate brown, nearly uniform, slightly lighter on sides ; venter brownish with numerous irregular light cream spots; tail and dorsal fin spotted and marbled with brown; a lateral cream stripe with irregular edges arises at base and continues nearly half length of tail. Measurements in mm. (of figured specimen). — Total length, 28; head and body, 11.5; width of head at eyes, 6; greatest width of body, 8; tail, 17; depth of tail and fin, 4.8; width of mouth, 3.3; leg, 3.9. Remarks. — Tadpoles of Hypopachus alboventer resemble exter- nally the tadpoles of H. caprimimus. However, the very different character of the upper lip will serve to distinguish the two forms (see figures), if the latter species is correctly identified. Owing to the rather striking similarity in body form of the various species of Hypopachus one would normally expect to have relatively minor differences in the larvae. 4—2836 50 The University Science Bulletin PLATE I Figs. 1, la, lb, Rana pustulosa. Actual length, 65 mm. Figs. 2, 2a, 2b, Genus sp.? Actual length, 41 mm. Figs. 3, 3a, 3b, Hypopachus alboventer. Actual length, 28 mm. Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Anura 51 PLATE I 52 The University Science Bulletin PLATE II Figs. 1, la, lb, Hypopachus caprimimus? Actual length, 21 mm. Figs. 2, 2a, 2b, Agalychnis dacnicolor. Actual length, 52.6 mm. Figs. 3, 3a, 3b, Scaphiopas multiplicatus. Actual length, 34.2 mm. Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Anura 53 PLATE II 54 The University Science Bulletin PLATE III Fig. 1. Rana montezumae. Actual length, 112 mm. Fig. 2. Agalychnis dacnicolor. Mouth enlarged. Fig. 3. Scaphiopus multiplicatus. Mouth enlarged. Fig. 4. Rana pustulosa. Mouth enlarged. Fig. 5. Rana montezumae. Mouth enlarged. Fig. 6. Hypopachus alboventer. Mouth enlarged. Fig. 7. H ypopachus caprimimu.s. Mouth enlarged. Taylor: Tadpoles of Mexican Anura 55 PLATE III THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII] May 15, 1942 [No. 4 The Frog Genus Diaglena, with a Description of a New Species EDWARD H. TAYLOR, Department of Zoology, University of Kansas Abstract: A new species of frog, Diaglena reticulata is described, the type locality being Cerro Arenal. Oaxaca, Mexico. Diaglena spatulata (Giinther) from Sinaloa is redescribed, and figures of both species are given. THE genus Diaglena was proposed by Cope in 1887 for Triprion spatulata Giinther (described in 1882), and until this time it has remained a monotypic genus. To date only six specimens of the species have been reported, all of them taken at the type locality except one, and that at no great distance from the type locality. Whether the actual range of T. spatulata is as restricted as collec- tions show, is not known, but it is presumed that it is greater. In 1940, Mr. Thomas MacDougall discovered a bromelicolus frog on the Cerro Arenal, Oaxaca, Mexico, a locality some 1,100 kilo- meters southeast of the present known range of D. spatulata, which proves to be a second species of this extraordinary genus, and is described in this paper. A redescription and figures of Diaglena spatulata are included, as a basis for comparison with the new form. Genus DIAGLENA Cope Triprion Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), X, 1882, p. 279, and Biol. Centrali-Americana, Rept. and Batr., 1901, p. 293, (part.). Diaglena Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 32, 1887, p. 12 (Genotype Triprion spatulata Giinther); Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), VIII, No. 48, 1891, p. 456; Nieden, Das Tierreich, Lief. 46, 1923, p. 328 (including Tetraprion Stejneger and Test) ; Kellogg, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 160, 1932, pp. 131, 132, 137. Description of the genus. — Hyla-like in general habitus save head, which is developed into a bony casque with spatulate, crenellated edge; pupil horizontal; palatine teeth posterior to choanae; vomerine (57) 58 The University Science Bulletin teeth present between choanae; parasphenoid teeth present, small, arranged in a median longitudinal series; tongue not or but slightly notched behind. Head with a bony casque; tympanum distinct; the canthus rostralis forming a slightly elevated ridge, the two uniting near the nostrils; anterior margin of snout shelflike, continuing back to below anterior margin of eye; snout projecting far beyond lower jaw. Limbs elongate; fingers free with widened adhesive disks; toes about one-half webbed, with slightly smaller adhesive disks; a low inner metatarsal tubercle ; no outer tubercle ; a tarsal fold ; male with a median, subgular vocal sac; no pectoral fold; diapophyses of sacral vertebra strongly widened; outer metatarsals united; omo- sternum and sternum cartilaginous. Diaglena spatulata (Gunther) (Plate IV, figs. 1, la, lb, lc ; Plate V, fig. 2) 1882. Triprion spatulatus Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), X, No. 58, Oct. 1882, p. 279; (type description; type locality, Presidio de Mazatlan) ; Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), VIII, No. 48, Dec, 1891, p. 456; Gunther, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Rept. Batr., Dec, 1901, p. 293, pi. 74, fig. c (entire dorsal view, and lateral and ventral views of head. The figure is very misleading as regards the size of the digital disks, which are shown much too small and quite different from their actual shape). (Brief description of type, Presidio. Sinaloa, Mexico; Forrer, collector.) 1887. Diaglena spatulata Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 32, 1887, p. 12 (referred to a new genus) ; Nieden, Das Tierreich, Lief. 46, Anura I, 1923, p. 328, and figs. 263 and 264 (line drawing after Giinther's figure, Biol. Cent. Amer., pi. 74, fig. c [incorrect as regards terminal disks]); Kellogg, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 160, 1932, p. 137-138 (brief notes on the types in the British Museum, and on a specimen collected by Kusche at "Venodio," Sinaloa, 4,000 ft.); Taylor, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., Vol. 37, 1936 (1937), pp. 514-575 (notes on topotypic specimens). Description of species. — EHT-HMS No. 1424, topotype, collected near Presidio (Mazatlan) on the Mazatlan river. Adult male. Vomerine teeth in two raised, somewhat triangular series lying be- tween, but extending for about half their length behind the posterior level of the choanae, closely approximated medially and separated from the large choanae by a distance somewhat less than the diame- ter of one group ; palatine teeth very small, lying in a slightly curved transverse series behind choanae ; parasphenoid teeth in an elongate median series; vocal sac median, external, causing the skin of the throat to be greatly distended and folded. Body elongate, slender; head with a flattened bony casque, strongly concave between eyes ; in front of eyes there is a low verti- cal crest terminating in a slightly raised, knoblike elevation above, from which the canthus rostralis extends in a sinuous line, as a slightly raised ridge joining the one from the opposite side about the level of the nostrils, and the ridge extending forward to the tip of Taylor: The Frog Genus Diaglena 59 the snout; the sides of the casque forms a flaring crenellated edge which tends to turn up slightly, the loreal region sloping out to the flaring edge; snout projecting far beyond the mouth, the under sur- face shallowly concave, but forming a ridge around edge of mouth; the edge of the casque continues as a rough, slightly elevated crest back to below the tympanum, forming an angle just anterior to the eye. The posterior rugose nuchal margin flares up slightly. The en- tire upper surface of the casque is sculptured with radiating grooves or short reticulated grooves. Tympanum very distinct, longer than high, preceded by a small triangular patch of soft skin; on the pro- jecting edge of the casque at a point lateral to, and slightly in ad- vance of the nostril, is a shallow pitlike depression lacking sculptur- ing; on the snout near the edge and on the edges are a few fine spinelike tubercles; the under surface is smooth anteriorly, but on the sides of the mouth it is granular or slightly spinose. Skin of body on dorsal surface smooth, with a few large granula- tions below and behind tympanum; ventral surfaces from pectoral region back to thighs heavily granular. Limbs moderately long, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the posterior edge of the tympanum ; fingers rather short, the first some- what opposed to the others; first with a terminal disk less than a half wider than the digit; those of other three fingers nearly as wide again as the fingers. The pads are somewhat truncate with a deep groove about their outer border, and a slight transverse groove across their posterior ventral surface; a distinct vestige of a web present between fingers, continuing along edges of fingers as slight folds; subarticular tubercles low, not especially distinct; first finger with a heavy nuptual pad, covered on the dorsal surface by a deep black- brown horny excrescence, forming usually a continuum to the base of pad; toes about half webbed, the terminal disks slightly smaller than those on fingers; an elongate oval, inner metatarsal tubercle, and a slight tarsal fold; no outer metatarsal tubercle. Color in life. — Head a rich bronze shade, more or less variegated from darker to lighter; dorsal surface of body a bright, velvety yellow-green; on the ventral surface the color is yellow-cream or cream. (In the smaller of the two specimens the under side of the spatulate snout is distinctly darker than in the other.) Under side of feet grayish, the under sides of the digital disks whitish. After a year's preservation, the legs show very dim bands and the whole dorsal surface is ash gray to brown gray; the casque is darker, more or less brownish-gray. 60 The University Science Bulletin Measurements of Diaglena spatulata (Giinther) in mm. — (Meas- urements are of Nos. 1424 and 1423, respectively.) Snout to vent, 74, 71; length of casque, 29, 27.5; width at eyes, 22, 19; length of arm, 37.5; 36; length of leg, 87, 86; 81, 83; tibia, 28, 27; foot, 37, 35; diameter of tympanum, 3, 3; diameter of eye, 7.5, 6; width of third finger disk, 1.9, 1.8. Remarks.- — These specimens were taken under a small piece of a log on the edge of a shallow, stagnant pool. Both were crouched to- gether, and when picked up, remained motionless. Diaglena reticulata sp. nov. (Plate IV, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c; Plate V, fig. 1) Type.— USNM No. 115500. Collected on the Cerro Arenal, Oax- aca, Mexico, Jan. 2, 1940, by Thomas MacDougall. Paratype—Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, No. 13840, Chivela Oaxaca, Diagnosis. — Related to Diaglena spatulata, but differing in having the head proportionally shorter and broader ; the canthal ridges unit- ing farther forward and not forming a prominent nasal ridge that extends to tip of snout; skin above, granular, not smooth. The dor- sal surface of body is heavily mottled with brown instead of being uniform green or olive. Description of the type. — Head a bony casque, the skin of which is completely involved in the cranial ossification so that certain of the skull sutures are visible externally; dorsal surface roughened with small ridges or tubercles; a broad, bony ridge or "shelf" borders the sides of the head, producing anteriorly a somewhat shovel- shaped, projecting snout, the dorsal part of which is decorated with very fine, somewhat radiating ridges; thick elevated supraorbital and canthal ridges tend to enclose the depressed frontal and parietal regions; these unite between the nostrils forming a low, short, indis- tinct ridge; tympanum a little less than half the diameter of the eye; pupil tending to be somewhat quadrangular (although difficult to ascertain its shape in life) ; a postorbital ridge arches above the tympanum and connects with the very rugose ridge crossing the back part of the skull. Further skull details are shown in the figures. Eyes large, prominent, directed somewhat forward; the edge of the lateral ridges of the head are beset with tiny "teeth" or spines; these are especially conspicuous on the posterior transverse ridge. Choanae large; vomerine teeth on two prominent triangular ridges, narrowly separated, that lie between the choanae, the teeth about on a level with or slightly behind posterior level of choanae; palatines Taylor: The Frog Genus Diaglena 61 bearing a row of teeth ; parasphenoid with an irregular, elongate patch of teeth; diastemata occur between the premaxillary series, and between the premaxillary and maxillary series of teeth; tongue broadly heart-shaped, slightly nicked behind, attached its entire length; the maxillary glands open into a sinuous groove anterior to which are two groups of several, laterally-directed minute grooves; a few rugosities (teeth) on anterior parts of the prevomers. Skin of body lacking spines but covered, except on dorsal surface of neck (which is smooth), with fine (soft) granules which become larger on the sides; limbs with skin nearly smooth above; venter, save on chin and throat, and under surface of thigh, heavily areolate; anal flap short, narrow, the anal region surrounded by larger pus- tules; subanal groove distinct; posttympanic region thickened. Arms rather thick, the toes short, with distinct terminal pads; dis- tinct web remnant between three outer toes, forming indistinct lat- eral ridges on toes ; tibiotarsal articulation brought forward reaching to middle of tympanum; terminal pads wider than the toes; inner metatarsal tubercle flat, small; a small outer tubercle. Other de- tails of hands and feet indicated in the figures. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 78; width of head, 20; length of head, 28; length of snout, 14; diameter of tympanum, 2.9; diameter of eye, 6; snout projects beyond mouth, 7.5; arm, 37; leg, 88; tibia, 29; foot and tarsus, 37. Remarks. — Very little is known regarding the habits of either this species or its related form Diaglena spatulata. Mr. MacDougall discovered the type ensconsed in a terrestrial bromelia. One speci- men of D. spatulata was taken in a termite nest. Two topotypic male specimens were found by me under a log at the edge of a small pool. Both species apparently have the habit of bending the head down so that it forms an angle to the long axis of the body. Doctor Bar- bour (in ''Reptiles and Amphibians" 1926, fig. 99) suggests that cer- tain related genera of frogs Triprion, C or ytho mantis, etc., may be phragmatic, utilizing the bony casque of the head to close the open- ing of a burrow. This habit may likewise be true of this genus. The figure of Diaglena spatulata given by Giinther in Biologia Centrali-Americana is, I believe, drawn from a specimen in which the terminal pads on the fingers have been dried, since the pads are shown narrower than the digits. The figure I give shows what ap- pears to be the normal condition of the terminal pads in D. spatulata (drawn from a topotypic specimen). 62 The University Science Bulletin PLATE IV Fig. 1. Diaglena reticulata sp. now Type. U.S. N. M. No. 115500, Cerro Arenal, Oaxaca, Mexico. Dorsal view of the head. Actual length of head, 28 mm.; width of head, 20 mm. Fig. la. Same, lateral view of head. Fig. lb. Same, under side of foot. Actual length of foot and tarsus, 37 mm. Fig. lc. Same, under side of hand and forearm, actual length, 32 mm. Fig. 2. Diaglena spatulata (Giinther). Topotype. EHT-HMS No. 1423, Presidio, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico. Head dorsal view. Actual length of head to nuchal crest, 27.5 mm.; width at eyes, 19 mm. Fig. 2a. Same, lateral view. Fig. 2b. Same, under surface of foot ; actual length of foot and tarsus, 35 mm. Fig. 2c. Same, under surface of hand. Actual length of hand and forearm, 28.5 mm. Taylor: The Frog Genus Diaglexa 63 PLATE IV G4 The University Science Bulletin PLATE V Fig. 1. Diaglena reticulata sp. nov. Type. Actual snout to vent length, 78 mm. Fig. 2. Diaglena spatulata (Giinther). Topotype. Presidio, 50 miles south of Mazathin, Sinaloa, Mexico. Actual length, 74 mm. Taylor: The Frog Genus Diaglena 65 PLATE V 5—2836 THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII] May 15, 1942 [No. 5 New Tailless Amphibia from Mexico EDWARD H. TAYLOR, Department of Zoology, University of Kansas Abstract: The following Mexican species are described as new: Lepto- imctylidae. Microbatrachylus montanus, type locality, Mt. Ovando, Chiapas; Microbatrachylus imitator, La Esperanza, Chiapas; Eleutherodactylus mac- dougalli, La Gloria, Oaxaca. Hylidae. Centrolcnella viridissima, Agua del Obispo, Guerrero; Hyla rozcllae, Salto de Agua, Chiapas. Centrolenella fleiskmanni Boettger is reported from Mt. Ovando, Chiapas, the first Mexican record. Hyla pheota Cope and Hyla leucophyllata (Beireis) are reported from Piedras Negras, Peten, Guatemala, on the Mexican boundary. Most of the forms are figured. A figure is given also of Eleutherodactylus mexicanus (Brocchi). THE specimens described or discussed are from either of two sources: The Hobart M. Smith Collection made for the U. S. National Museum, or the E. H. Taylor-H. M. Smith (EHT-HMS) collection, the property of the author, at the University of Kansas. The drawings are by Hazel R. Watson, and Robert Sudlow of the University of Kansas. Microbatrachylus montanus sp. nov. (Plate VI, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c) Type. — U. S. National Museum No. 115507, $ , collected at Mount Ovando, Chiapas, 6,000 ft. elevation, April 16, 1940, by Dr. and Mrs. Hobart M. Smith. Paratypes. — U. S. National Museum Nos. 115701, La Esperanza, Chiapas, 115702, Las Nubes; EHT-HMS No. 27846, Salto de Agua, Chiapas. Diagnosis. — A rather large member of the genus, snout to vent measurement, 27 mm. Tympanum vertically oval, about four-fifths of the diameter of the eye. Strong fold above tympanum continued some distance on sides; no parotoid gland; a large flat inguinal (67) 68 The University Science Bulletin gland; tibiotarsal articulation reaching beyond the eye; an outer palmar tubercle; slight diagonal ridges across femora and tibiae. A black anal spot flanked by two yellowish-cream spots; large outer metatarsal tubercle, about two-thirds the size of large inner. An- terior wall of buccal cavity vertical; a slight diagonal ridge behind the choanae, but no vomerine teeth. Description of the type. — Snout oval, the nostril placed closer to tip of snout than eye, its distance from tip in the distance from eye, about one and one-third times; the length of the head (9.5 mm.) slightly shorter than width of head (10.2 mm.) ; eye relatively small, its diameter slightly greater than its distance to the nostril; tympa- num vertically oval, somewhat overhung by the very heavy, supra- tympanic fold, and widely separated from the eye; dorsal width of an eyelid contained nearly twice in the interorbital distance; canthus rostralis rather strongly marked, the lores very slightly concave, but broadly sloping. Tongue a little longer than broad, not notched behind, the posterior third free; choanae nearly lateral, but visible when seen from below; there is a faint diagonal elevation posterior to the choanae, but no trace of vomerine teeth. Skin of the back with very minute corruga- tions, and a few minute pustules more evident posteriorly; a slight median fold can be traced the entire length ; two very indistinct folds are on either side of this, arising from behind orbit; between these and the fold continued back above tympanum are two scarcely dis- cernible ridges, one of them, however, distinct on shoulders. A promi- nent pustule behind the tympanum. The sides are ridged and pustu- late; the ventral disk very smooth, the sides of the disk terminating posteriorly on the femora; chin perfectly smooth; dorsal surface of arms smooth ; a small tubercle on the under side of forearm followed by a very slight, curving ridge and some pustules. First finger shorter than the second; three palmar tubercles, me- dian largest, outer small but distinct, touching the medial ; terminal pads slightly enlarged; subarticular tubercles strong; a few super- numerary tubercles on palm. The hind limb short, rather thick, the heels overlapping about one millimeter when folded; surfaces above very rugose, the pustules forming distinct diagonal ridges across femur and tibia (continuous when limb is folded) ; anal region and about two-thirds of the under surface of the femora covered with large granules; no trace of an inner tarsal fold, but a few indistinct pustules on outer edge. No trace of digital webs. Toes with very strong subarticular Taylor: New Tailless Amphibia 69 tubercles; the tip of toes slightly widened; both metatarsal tubercles large, conspicuous, the outer nearly two-thirds the size of inner. Only a single supernumerary tubercle on sole. Color in alcohol. — Above lavender brown of varying shades, the dorsum lighter than the adjoining lateral areas; side of snout dark lavender, with an indistinct broken line of black spots from snout to eye along the lower edge of canthus, continued along edge of lid, widening into a large spot on the supratympanic fold and region be- yond tympanum ; it then continues in a broken diagonal line to a point low on the side; a few black spots on lips; inguinal region light, the large, inguinal gland cream-yellow; legs indistinctly barred with dark; posterior surface of femur brownish, with minute cream flecks. A large, broadly triangular, black spot about anus, extending to un- der side of femora, flanked on each side of the anal region by two large irregular cream areas; two similarly colored cream spots on the heel, which, when limbs are folded, are continuous with those at the sides of anal region. Chin and throat brownish with lighter flecks. Posterior part of abdomen light, almost lacking pigment; darker flecks on the knee; undersurface of foot and tarsus dark. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 27; length of head, 9.5; width of head, 10.2; arm and hand, 15; leg, 47; tibia, 16.5; foot, 21. Rejnarks. — The type is a female, with large ovarian eggs. The ovaries are pigmented. At least four other forms of the genus occur in Chiapas. These are Microbatrach ylus albolabris, M. pygmaeus and M. imitator, the last described in this paper. It may be readily distinguished from the first by the absence of the white labial stripe, from pygmaeus by the much greater size, the character of the tubercles and dorsal folds, and by color markings; from imitator by larger size, different color and the presence of the outer palmar tubercle. Four male specimens, taken at somewhat lower elevation, are re- ferred to this species with some hesitation. They may not be com- pletely grown, but the condition of the testes shows them to be adult or nearly so. The tympanum in these is more circular and is pro- portionally closer to the eye, as is to be expected. The eye is a little larger proportionally. The outer palmar tubercles are not discernible in two of the specimens, scarcely so in the others. However, the char- acteristic markings about the anus and on the heels, as well as the dorsal folds and. general coloration agree with the type. I think it unlikely that two species having such peculiar posterior marking would exist in the same localitv. 70 The University Science Bulletin Microbatrachylus imitator sp. now (Plate VI, figs. 1, la, lb, lc) Type. — U. S. National Museum No. 115508, collected at La Esper- anza, Chiapas, May 15, 1940, by Dr. and Mrs. Hobart M. Smith. Paratype. — U. S. National Museum No. 115700, collected at Co- lonia Hidalgo, 8 Km. N. La Esperanza, May 14, 1940, same col- lectors. Diagnosis. — A very diminutive species of the genus, snout to vent length, 14.2 mm.; eye large, snout short, broad; a paratoid gland behind tympanum; fold above tympanum not continued; a more or less distinct dorsolateral fold from orbit to groin; diameter of the tympanum little more than half the diameter of eye; leg brought forward the tibiotarsal articulation reaches half way between eye and nostril ; no dorsal fold save a faint trace of one in middle of back; inguinal gland large, flat; terminal digital pads slightly widened; inner metatarsal tubercle twice (or more) as large as outer; sub- articular tubercles relatively small; no vomerine teeth. Dorsal re- gion between dorsolateral folds whitish. Description of the type. — Snout broadly oval; nostril almost half way between the median tip of snout and corner of eye; the length of the head and width are very nearly equal ; the diameter of tympa- num is contained in length of eye one and three-fourth times; length of eye about one-sixth shorter than length of snout; maxillary promi- nent with a shelf or groove above it; canthus rather rounded; a slight tubercle behind and slightly below tympanum. Tongue broadly oval, not nicked behind, a little longer than broad, free behind for nearly one-third of its length; choanae somewhat lateral, but not vertically placed, visible completely when seen from below; front wall of buccal cavity concave; no trace of vomerine teeth or ridges. Skin of the back generally smooth, but under the lens shows supra - tympanic fold, arises anterior to the corner of eye and is somewhat diagonally placed; this terminates at the parotoid; a dorsolateral fold, more or less discontinuous, begins behind the orbit above corner of eye, and terminates above groin; sides with some longitudinal folds or wrinkles and some minute beadlike pustules. The inguinal gland distinct, not expecially large; none or scarcely a trace of an axillary gland; chin, throat and breast smooth; abdomen with a distinct disk, broadly triangular, the sides terminating on the femora; skin of disk with minute corrugations on the outer part ; surfaces of arm smooth with faint suggestion of tubercles behind wrist; leg above with fem- Taylor: New Tailless Amphibia 71 ora rather smooth, but well-defined diagonal folds on the tibiae; region about anus and the posteroventral surface of femora with moderately distinct granulation. First finger shorter than second; fingers slightly flattened with a somewhat sharp dermal edge; two palmar tubercles, the outer want- ing; subarticular tubercles rather small; three other rather large tubercles on the palm; toes rather flattened, with more or less sharp dermal edges; the tips of the three middle toes minutely larger than outer toes ; inner metatarsal tubercle large, somewhat flattened, with inner edge free (?) ; outer tubercle distinct, much less than half the size of inner. No tarsal fold, but tarsus with some wrinkling ap- parently due to preseryation ; subarticular tubercles relatively small; no supernumerary tubercles. Color in alcohol. — Entire dorsal surface of body clay white to creamy white with a faint peppering of brownish pigment and a faint spot on occiput; sides of head and body dark but not quite uniform brown, with lighter flecks; legs barred, but the pattern of tibia does not fit that of femur when legs are folded ; under surface of the body flesh with a very light peppering of brown; under surface of limb darker than venter; anal region a little darker than the posterior parts of femora. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 14.2; width of head, 6; length of head, 6; snout to arm, 6.2; arm, 8; leg, 26.2; tibia, 7.6; foot, 11.2. Remarks. — This very diminutive species shows a superficial re- semblance to Microbatrachylus minimus. This differs from that form in having no secondary dorsal folds, in having the inner meta- tarsal tubercle much larger, the outer smaller; and the absence of a conspicuous parotoid gland. I believe, however, that the two forms are related. If this type specimen is an adult, as I presume it to be, the males will probably be found to be much smaller, perhaps the smallest species known in the genus. It is presumed that males will lack vocal sacs, and have a proportionally larger tympanum. The paratype is a very tiny specimen, rather poorly preserved and discolored. It measures 10 millimeters from snout to vent. Eleutherodactylus macdougalli sp. nov. (Plate VII, figs. 1, la, lb, lc) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 27482; collected above La Gloria, Oaxaca, north of Niltepec, on an Atlantic exposure at an elevation of about 4,500 ft., Feb. 23-27, 1941, by Thomas MacDougall. Diagnosis. — The dorsal ridges crossing on the back; the doro- 72 The University Science Bulletin lateral ridges consisting of two or three indistinct tubercles; tarsal fold elongate, nearly half the length of tarsus; ventral disk without granulation; a white and a dark stripe on under surface of tibia. Description of type. — Snout rather pointed, with a distinct canthus rostralis; eyes moderately prominent, the width of an eyelid (2.55 mm.) much less than interorbital width (3.4 mm.) ; greatest diameter of tympanum (3 mm. wide, 3.25 mm. high) about % to % of eye length (3.8 mm. I ; distance from eye to nostril (3.3 mm.) a little less than length of eye; length of snout, 4.9 mm. Tongue subcircular, thick, not or but very slightly nicked behind, attached for four-fifths of its length; vocal sacs apparently wanting, as no openings are visible; choanae somewhat lateral, not hidden when seen from below; vomerine teeth on posterior part of two elongate, raised areas separated from each other by a distance about equal to width of one series, the teeth much posterior to choanae, al- though the raised areas reach to near their posterior borders. Skin smooth on head and anterior part of body, minutely granular on the posterior part; a pair of ridges arising near posterior corners of eyelids, cross on the back and terminate at a point above end of ilia ; dorsolateral dermal ridges running back from eye are indicated by a few small tubercles ; a skin fold from eye passes above the tym- panum, and is continued along the side of the body to groin; a faint trace of a median dorsal ridge on body; sides more or less granular, without trace of inguinal or axillary gland. A well-defined disk on venter not reaching the femora; skin of disk transversely wrinkled but not areolate or granulate, the edges forming well-defined folds; two small tubercles behind tympanum and an indistinct branch of the supratympanic fold passing down behind tympanum. Dorsal surface of femora and tibia somewhat rugose, ventral and posterior surface granular in region below anus. Throat and breast smooth. Tibiotarsal articulation reaches a little beyond tip of snout ; when limbs are folded at right angles the heels overlapping 3.5 mm.; toes slender with somewhat widened tips and terminal grooves; sub- articular tubercles strong; inner metatarsal tubercle relatively mod- erate, less than one-half of the distance between tubercle and end of first toe; a small but distinct outer tubercle; a very narrow inner tarsal fold begins behind tubercle and extends about half the length of the tibia; an outer tarsal fold faintly indicated, extending the length of the tibia; toes with rather sharp lateral edges; a faint trace of webbing between bases of toes. First finger longer than second on left hand (on right hand equal to second, apparently abnor- Taylor: New Tailless Amphibia 73 mally) ; outer palmar tubercle partially fused with the medial; sub- articular tubercles large; a few supernumerary tubercles present. Color. — Light gray dorsally, the snout being of a somewhat darker bronze-gray. A black median spot at the juncture of the ridges; a pair of dark spots on the rump; a black spot on anterior part of upper arm and a broken dark stripe on under side of forearm; side of snout dark; the lip indistinctly black and white spotted; a black spot involves tympanum ; transverse bars on limbs almost obsolete ; chin, breast and under surface of limbs with brownish pigment; a dark and light line under the tibia; heel and under surface of foot dark; dark spots on knee; a triangular dark area about anus. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 27; width of head, 12; length of head, 13; axilla to groin, 11; arm, 16; leg, 48; tibia, 16; foot, 18.3. Remarks. — This species, superficially resembling Eleutherodacty- lus rhodopis, differs in a number of characters. In rhodopis the dor- sal ridges do not meet and cross; dorsolateral ridges are usually distinct; the ventral disk is more or less granulate; the tarsal fold is reduced to a tubercle. E. rhodopis is distributed in the lowlands in eastern Mexico from the state San Luis Potosi, through Veracruz, Oaxaca and Chiapas. It has been reported from eastern Central America as far south as Costa Rica. I presume that E. mac lougalli is a restricted mountain form. Gadow in his "Through Southern Mexico," tells of finding E. rhodopis at 10,000 ft. elevation on Citlaltepetl. I am inclined to question this identification of the frogs he observed there, since all the specimens of E. rhodopis examined (more than 100 from numer- ous localities) have been obtained at relatively low elevations. The species is named for its discoverer. Eleutherodactylus mexicanus (Brocchi) (Plate VIII, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c) Leuiperus mexicanus Brocchi, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Ser. (7), I, No. 4, p. 484 (Type description; type locality, Mexico). A series of specimens from Lachiguiri, Oaxaca, collected by Mr. MacDougall have much reduced vomerine teeth and most of the other characters are typical. The type has the vomerine teeth in two minute clusters. The arrangements of the median dorsal folds to form the subcircular figure (shown in Plate VIII, fig. 2) is dim or wanting in other specimens of the series. 74 The University Science Bulletin Centrolenella Noble The genus Centrolenella comprises a group of species of tiny ar- boreal frogs, with a range extending from southern Mexico to the northern Andes of South America. Noble has pointed out that this genus has T-shaped terminal phalanges and at the same time the intercalated digital cartilage and seem to combine certain characters of the Hylidae and Leptodactylidae. The genus Centrolene Espada is similar in these respects. These two genera have been variously assigned to the two families. Thus Nieden, Das Tierreich, Anura I, pp. 369-370, 434-435, refers Hylella jleishmanni [= Centrolenella fleishmanni] to the genus Hylodes and Centrolene geckoideum to the genus Centrolene under the family Cystignathidae = Leptodac- tylidae, while certain other species referable to one or another of the two genera are placed in the Hylidae. Noble in his "Biology of the Amphibia" (1931) places both genera in the family Hylidae. Dunn (Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5, 1931, p. 398) points out variation in the vomerine teeth in C. prosoblepon and C. pul- verata. Whether this variation is due to age as is true in Hyla smithi I cannot say. Individuals of snvithi are large when they transform and many of the young specimens approaching the adult in size may lack vomerine teeth. I believe that in this species they are invariably present in old adults. I regard the presence of the humeral hooks in male Centrolene a character of sufficient importance to maintain that genus separate from Centrolenella which lacks the hooks in both sexes. Centrolenella jleishmanni Boettger Hylella fleishmanni Boettger, Bericht. Senck. Ges. 1893, p. 251; Giinther, Biologia Centiali- Americana, Rept. Batr. ; Sept., 1901, p. 287, pi. 73, fig. D. A single specimen of this species was collected by Dr. and Mrs. Hobart M. Smith on Mount Ovando, Chiapas, in 1940. This is the first record of the genus in Mexico. Its presence is not surprising since specimens have been obtained in Peten, Guatemala (Michigan No. 79025). These two specimens agree in having the tibiotarsal articulation reaching several millimeters beyond the snout when brought forward. The iris is silver (golden in life?) with some pur- ple flecks. The dorsal surface is a very light cream or flesh (origi- nally green?) with a fine peppering of reddish purple or violet. There is a cream spot on the upper eyelid. Taylor: New Tailless Amphibia 75 Centrolenella viridissima sp. now (Plate IX, figs. 2, 2a, 2b) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 27725 $ ; collected at Agua del Obispo. Guerrero? August 2, 1941, by Edward H. Taylor. Paratypes.— EHT-HMS Nos. 27719-27724; 27726, 27727. Topo- types. Diagnosis. — Very small frogs, the known maximum size, 23 mm. in male. Related to C. fleishmanni, but with shorter, stouter limbs and shorter, wider digits; tibiotarsal articulation does not or barely reaches tip of snout while in fleishmanni it reaches much beyond. A large vocal sac, the slits within mouth, large; no vomerine teeth; skin above covered with minute, irregular granules ; abdomen covered with large granules; pupil horizontal; anal flap very broad; two outer fingers half webbed; none or only a trace of web between first three fingers; toes nearly four-fifths webbed; an elongate inner tarsal fold; tympanum concealed; color on all dorsal surfaces bright leaf green, below transparent flesh. Description of type. — Outline of head, seen from above, rounded, the eyes not extending beyond outline; head not especially depressed; eyes directed somewhat forward, the anterior corner of eye nearly directly behind and on a slightly higher level than nostril; no can- thus rostralis, the snout rounded, the lores sloping rather broadly to the lip without concavity; region about nostrils somewhat elevated, with a slight depression between them; the upper lip extends min- utely farther forward than nostril, the line between edge of lip and nostril nearly vertical; tympanum concealed, a slight irregular de- pression suggesting its position ; interorbital distance greater than an eyelid; distance between anterior corners of eyes about one-half dis- tance between the posterior corners ; a slight fleshy thickening above tympanic region and above arms ; an indistinct folding of skin along the sides of body (may be due to preservation). Entire dorsal surface of body and exposed dorsal surface of arm and leg covered with minute rugosities or granules of irregular size and shape, scarcely discernible without magnification; abdominal surfaces with large, well-defined granules, which are largest pos- teriorly; on under surface of thigh the granules are somewhat less distinct, tending to form transverse series, with shallow grooves be- tween; on the medial posterior edges of thighs there are two short thickened glandular folds or protuberances. Internal nares large, more dorsal than lateral in palate; tongue (normally.) subcircular, slightly free behind, slightly emarginate; 76 The University Science Bulletin basal cartilage of the larynx with (apparently) a free, somewhat tri- angular edge (visible when mouth is opened widely) ; the vocal sac large, the slitlike openings at sides of tongue; the skin very amply folded on chin and strongly wrinkled at neck; breast smooth* without folds or granules. Upper arm very slender; without any trace of a humeral cartilage; forearm thickened; fingers short, broad, the distal dilations very little if any wider than digits themselves; subarticular tubercles moderate, flat, that of outer digit tending to be double; first two fingers somewhat opposed to the other two; an indistinct fleshy ridge under forearm; two outer fingers half webbed; a web remnant be- tween second and third, none or only a mere trace of a web between first and second fingers ; leg moderately fleshy, the tibiotarsal articu- lation not or barely reaching tip of snout; when limbs are folded at right angles, the heels touch; toes about four-fifths webbed, except fourth which has two joints free; a rather large, flat, inner meta- tarsal tubercle; a small, indistinct outer; an elongate inner tarsal fold, not strongly defined; first finger very slightly longer than sec- ond, but the two placed side by side appear to be of the same length ; surface of hand and foot with a few granulations other than the tubercles; the median palmar tubercle rounded, the inner flat, elon- gate, rather indistinct ; outer toe a little broader than third, the tips not or but little wider than digits. Color. — In life bright leaf green; concealed parts of limbs and ven- tral surfaces transparent flesh; the intestine, visible through the ab- dominal wall, cream yellow to white. The eyeballs are very black. Preserved in alcohol the specimen became a still lighter green and then a bluish-green, while the surfaces below became paper white. The dorsal surfaces, except on upper arm and thigh, have a fine pep- pering of pigment which is lavender to reddish purplish in color and scarcely discernible as long as the green color remains. There are some whitish flecks visible on back and on the upper surfaces of forearm and tibia. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 21.1; head width, 8.8; head length, 7.5; arm, 13; leg,- 35.5; tibia, 12; foot, 15. Remarks. — After specimens have been in preserving fluids some time the green fades, light spots appear and the chromatophores which are of a purplish or lavender color are discernible against the light background. There are usually no chromatophores on the dor- sal surface of the limbs. However, in two specimens there are one and three minute chromatophores, respectively, on the upper surface of the thigh. Taylor: New Tailless Amphibia 77 This species, while related to Centrolenella fleishmanni, differs from it in a number of points. Thus in C. fleishmanni the heel reaches much beyond the snout; the upper parts are smoother, the head is broader proportionally; the iris of the eye is golden instead of black; the choanae are much larger, and there are no fleshy folds below anus or thigh. The specimens were collected at night in the midst of fine rain. They were on leaves of trees growing in the gulch that carries away the water of the spring at Agua del Obispo. They were discovered through their call, which is a short whistle. The call is given once and then may be repeated after an interval of one-half to one minute. The call is reminiscent of the call of Syrrhophus or Microbatrachylus, rather than that of any Hyla I know. Specimens were clinging to the wet, shiny, tree leaves and their color blended so perfectly with the leaves that I was able to discern their presence only when they raised the head to call, at which time the vocal sac, being of a light color, was visible. Nine specimens were taken, although many more were heard, for the most part among the higher branches and out of reach of my lantern light. This particular gully had been visited a number of times previ- ously (twice on rainy nights), but the calls of this species had not been heard nor any specimens found. However, specimens of Hyla erythromma had been taken. Three of the Centrolenella were found together with a single Hyla erythromma in one tree where on a pre- vious visit I had found only the latter species. The rancho, Agua del Obispo, consists of some three or four houses near a spring. The surrounding hills are covered sparsely with pine forest with little or no undergrowth. The general locality had in the past been found to be exceedingly rich in species and specimens. In 1936, I alone collected some thirty-two species of reptiles and am- phibians in one day. On this last journey (1941) I found that most of the country had been burned over during the previous year, and most of the fallen logs and other debris that offered shelter to the animals had been destroyed. By contrast, in a day's collecting at the same time of year, only seven species were taken. 78 The University Science Bulletin Hyla rozellae sp. now (Plate IX, figs. 1, la, lb, lc) Type.—U. S. National Museum No. 115039. Collected at Salto de Agua, Chiapas, by Dr. and Mrs. Hobart M. Smith. Paratypes.—V. S. National Museum Nos. 115038, 115040-115051. Topotypes. Same collectors. Diagnosis. — Eye shorter than snout; tympanum exposed, its di- ameter less than half length of eye; tibiotarsal articulation half way between eye and nostril; three outer fingers a little more than half webbed; toes nearly fully webbed, the membrane reaching almost to the disk, save on fourth finger, and inner side of second ; first finger strongly opposing other three. No vocal sac in male. Related to Hyla loquax and Hyla rickardsi, but differing from these by the absence of the axillary web, strongly pigmented pos- terior femoral region; the diameter of tympanum narrower than its distance from eye (in loquax and rickardsi width of tympanum much more than distance from eye). The chin is granular, rather than smooth and the vocal sac is absent. Description of the type. — Head as long as wide, broadly oval; canthus moderately sharp, extending across the elevated region above the nostrils and terminating in a point anterior to nostrils; loreal region concave, then flaring broadly to edge of lip; nostrils nearer eye than tip of snout, but there is very little difference in the dis- tance from middle of nostril to median anterior edge of upper lip, and the distance to eye. Eye large, elevated, directed slightly for- ward, the lid tending to cover back part of eyeball; the lower eyelid apparently shorter than usual in the genus; width of the upper eye- lid contained in interorbital width, one and one-half times; tym- panum distinct, nearly circular, the skin covering it minutely granu- lar, separated from the eye by a distance one-fourth greater than its diameter. The supratympanic fold distinct, narrow, overhanging the tympanum slightly ; area between the nostrils somewhat concave ; tongue subcircular, very slightly nicked behind, attached completely ; vomerine teeth on two elevated, transverse ridges between choanae, reaching to anterior level but not to posterior level of choanae, and separated from them by a distance somewhat greater than distance between the ridges. Choanae much larger than the vomerine ridges; groove for mucous gland lies transversely, midway between choanae and anterior part of the palate, the groove tending to curve back in middle and at the ends. Taylor: New Tailless Amphibia 79 Skin above minutely corrugated but without pustules; ventral sur- faces covered with granules, those on chin smaller than those on ven- ter; anal region granular, the anal flap not especially elongate. Disks on digital tips moderately dilated; first finger strongly op- posed to other three; a much enlarged tubercle at base of first finger; other palmar tubercles small, rather indistinct; distal subarticular tubercles large, that of the outer finger divided; palm of hand irregu- larly granular; web very slight between first two fingers. A well- defined tubercular fold on outer under surface of forearm. Disks on toes smaller than those on outer fingers, the webs extend- ing almost to the base of the disks on the outer side of the three first toes, and the inner side of the fifth. Inner metatarsal tubercle large, the anterior part elevated; outer tubercle very small, situated an- terior to level of the inner tubercle. Web between toes and sole of foot granular. A rather indistinct inner tarsal fold, not reaching the inner metatarsal tubercle. Color. — Above mottled, vinaceous brown, the pigment reduced on hands and feet. Some cream spotting on the sides, the darker color forming an indistinct reticulation. Front face of femur pigmentless, the posterior face rather heavily pigmented ; under surface of tarsus pigmented; jaw lighter than remainder of head with a still lighter lip; ventral surfaces cream. Measurements in mm. — USNM Nos. 115038, 115039; sex o ■^v ■-•-%. ■;:J THE UNIVEESITY OP KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII] May 15, 1942 [No. 6 Some Geckoes of the Genus Phyllodactylus EDWARD H. TAYLOR, Department of Zoology, University of Kansas Abstract: The members of the genus Phyllodactylus occurring in Mexico are discussed. Three new species are described as follows: Phyllodactylus bordai from near Taxco, Guerrero, Mexico; Phyllodactylus magnus from Tierra Colorado. Guerrero, Mexico; Phyllodactyliis darmni, Chatham Id., Galapagos Islands. The Central American species Phyllodactylus vcntralis O'Shaughnessy, the South American Phyllodactylus reissi Peters, and the Mexican Phyllodacty- lus unctus (Cope) are discussed. All specimens are figured. MUCH of the older literature dealing with the genus Phyllodacty- lus in Mexico and Central America is confused, owing to the fact that most specimens reported upon have rather indiscriminately been referred to Phyllodactylus tuberculosus Wiegmann. This species was described by Wiegmann in a section devoted to "Amphibien" in "Beitrage zur Zoologie, gesammelt auf einer Reise urn de Erde" by J. J. F. Meyen, Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Caes. Leop.-CaroL 17 (1) 1835, pp. 241-242, pi. 18, figs. 2, 2a. The work deals with the reptiles and amphibians of the "Reise," but this species purporting to have originated in "Californien" seems quite out of place, since the itinerary of the Reise passed no closer to Cali- fornia than the Galapagos Islands or Honolulu. The type locality "Californien" has been understood to refer to Baja California since a large, tubercled species does occur there. Cope (1863) described two species from peninsular Mexico. One Diplodactylus unctus, a species well differentiated from Phyllodacty- lus tuberculosus by the absence of trihedral tubercles on the back, was described as having a snout to vent length of 4.5 inches (110 mm.). The other species was named Phyllodactylus xanti, a species having large tubercles on the back. This species was referred to the ^91) 92 The University Science Bulletin synonymy of P. tuberculoses by O'Shaughnessy (1875) and there it has remained. Hobart M. Smith (1935) recognized in the Mexican Phyllodacty- lus which we had together collected in Mexico, two species of the genus neither of which resembled P. tuberculosus Wiegmann suffi- ciently to be regarded as the same species. These he named P. homolepidurus, type locality, "five miles southwest of Hermosillo, Sonora," and P. lanei, type locality, Tierra Colorada, Guerrero. Smith in his paper suggested that there was no certainty that P. tuberculosus Wiegmann actually came from "California." The fol- lowing year W. Mosauer (1936) described a species Phyllodactylus delcampi with the type locality Tierra Colorada, Guerrero. He ex- presses the opinion that there should be no question as to the type locality of tuberculosus and suggests that it might have been pur- chased "preserved in a bottle from a sailor." He erroneously places P. lanei in the synonymy of P. tuberculosus apparently on the strength of a specimen in his possession so labeled. He mentions "great variability" in P. tuberculosus, which strongly suggests that he had more than a single species so labeled. Mosauer's opinion should be given no more credence than those expressed by Smith, since he saw no specimen unquestionably P. tuberculosus. Until the type of the Wiegmann species is rediscovered and studied by a com- petent person, there will be doubt as to which form must bear the name tuberculosus. Even then the matter may not be settled, since the type has a regenerated tail and the characters of the original tail are pertinent in defining the species of the genus. Recently (Taylor, 1940) I described two other species of the genus. These were Phyllodactylus muralis from Totolapam, Oaxaca, and P. magnatuberculatus from Acapulco, Guerrero. The EHT-HMS collection of Phyllodactylus now numbers about 250 specimens. The identified specimens in the collection are re- ferred to the following forms : 30 specimens Phyllodactylus homolepidurus Smith 58 specimens Phyllodactylus muralis Taylor 96 specimens Phyllodactylus lanei Smith 4 specimens Phyllodactylus bordai sp. now 21 specimens Phyllodactylus delcampi Mosauer 21 specimens Phyllodactylus magnus sp. now 1 specimens Phyllodactylus magnatuberculatus Taylor In this paper I describe two new species from Mexico and a third from Chatham Island, Galapagos Islands. The last species has been identified previously as P. tuberculosus. Taylor: Geckoes of Genus Phyllodactylus 93 I am not aware that any lacertilian species has such a distribution as has been attributed to Phyllodactylus tubercidosus (California to Peru) without the aid of man. Wide distribution occurs in domestic geckoes, such as Per opus mutilatus and Hemidactylus jrenatus, but so far as I know no evidence has been marshalled to prove that P. "tuberculosus" is a species of this sort. I do not doubt that still other undescribed forms occur in Mexico, some of these already in museum collections, masquerading under the name tuberculosus. The status of certain Phyllodactyli in California, Baja California, and the islands of the west coast of Mexico must remain in doubt until further study can be made. Two names are to be reckoned with — Phyllodactylus xanti and Phyllodactylus tuberculosus, both belonging to the group having the large tubercles on the back, and presumably enlarged tubercles on the tails. At least one undescribed form is known to occur, this on Isla Sta. Margarita, off the west coast, and doubtless others occur elsewhere. These forms are to be treated in another paper. A species from an unknown locality, Phyllodactylus mentalis Werner (Jahrb. Hamburg Wiss. Anstalt., 27 (2), 1910, pp. 4-5) de- scribed from a poorly preserved specimen that had apparently "died in captivity and was greatly emaciated" cannot be associated with any known Mexican species with certainty. Mosauer (1936) adds a few details to this description. Phyllodactylus bordai sp. now (Fig. 1) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 27732, collected about six miles north of Taxco, Guerrero, Mexico, under rock, at an elevation of about 5,600 ft,, August 26, 1941, by E. H. Taylor. Paratypes.— EHT-HMS Nos. 10997, 6 Km. south of Taxco, Guer- rero, July 17, 1936; 21808, near Agua Bendita, Guerrero, August 27, 1939 ; 27733, topotype. Diagnosis. — Less than eighteen scales between middle of orbits ex- clusive of scales on eyelids; sixteen more or less irregular rows of trihedral tubercles; tail covered with regular flat transverse rows of scales without enlarged scales or tubercles; postmentals touch one labial; auricular opening distinctly denticulate; enlarged scales of front face of femur encroaching on dorsal surface with one to three larger tubercular scales bordering them ; dorsal and posterior faces of femur granular. 94 The University Science Bulletin B Fig. 1. Phyllodactylus bordai sp. nov. Type EHT-HMS No. 27732. A. Chinshields; B. Dorsal view of head. Both enlarged. Description of type. — Head not greatly flattened, somewhat wedge-shaped; neck constricted; a slight constriction in outline of head below eye; loreal region inflated, the edge of the upper jaw somewhat shelflike ; none or only a very slight depression behind the nostril; a shallow depression in the interorbital and frontal regions; rostral about once and a half as wide as high with a Y-shaped me- dian groove entering above; nostril surrounded by the rostral, first labial, two postnasals and an internasal ; latter large, about as wide as long, in contact with its fellow, but partially separated posteriorly by a median scale; seven upper labials to below middle of pupil, these followed by five very small poorly differentiated scales; five lower labials to below pupil followed by a small differentiated labial and three undifferentiated scales; fifteen scales between middle of orbits, eleven between anterior corner of orbits; three or four small rows of granules and an outer series of palpebral scales that grow smaller posteriorly; posterior scales of the series bordering lid pointed, but not spinelike; twenty-two scales across snout between Taylor: Geckoes of Genus Phyllodactylvs 95 fourth labials, eighteen between third labials across snout; scales bordering labials flat and somewhat imbricate; eye moderate, its di- ameter contained in snout length slightly more than one and one-half times; auricular opening small, denticulate; in occipital region the scales are about the size of the interorbital scales, intermixed with a few smaller granules; mental subtriangular, the anterior curving labial edge greater than that of the rostral; postmentals in contact narrowly, touching two labials and followed by six scales; body granular above with fourteen to sixteen irregular rows of trihedral tubercles, of which eight or ten extend on the neck and eight reach base of tail; about thirty rows of scales cover the abdomen, turning up slightly at the ventrolateral edge. Upper arm with flat imbricating scales on anterior and dorsal sur- faces; granular on posterior and ventral surfaces; forearm with flat imbricating scales on anterodorsal face, granular with numerous en- larged trihedral tubercles dorsally. On ventral and anterior surfaces of femur, large imbricate scales which encroach on the dorsal surface and three of the scales of the outer row are enlarged tubercles; pos- terior part of femur granular; dorsal surface of lower part of leg granular with three irregular longitudinal rows of tubercles. The lamellar formula for hand, 7-9-10-11-9 ; for foot 7-10-12-13- 12; many of the lamella (two or more on each digit) are divided, sometimes in three, sometimes in two, parts; terminal lamella pads are longer than broad, the outer anterior edges somewhat rounded; four lateral. postanal tubercles. Tail (from EHT-HMS Nos. 21808, 10997) indistinctly annulated, the scales arranged in transverse series, their edges rounding or trun- cate posteriorly; fifty-four broad scales under tail. Color. — Above grayish with narrow, irregular, transverse lighter lines (about nine from head to base of tail) ; an indistinct line from tip of snout through eye with other dim markings on snout, and a whitish spot in front of orbit; below white, with a fine peppering of dark pigment; digits banded dark and light; tail with eight dark bands. Measurements in nun. — Snout to vent, 44; width of head, 9; length of head, 13; arm, 13; leg, 17; axilla to groin, 23. Remarks. — This species was collected first in 1936 and recognized as new. The single specimen taken at that time was very young, measuring about 27 millimeters snout to vent, and having a total length of 55 mm. Believing that it would be an easy matter to ob- tain other specimens, I visited this region in 1938, but no specimens 96 The University Science Bulletin were found. In 1939 a single specimen was taken from under loose bark on a tree, this only slightly larger than the first; again in 1940 the general region was visited but no specimens were found; but in 1941 somewhat north of Taxco, two specimens were obtained from under limestone rocks superimposed on other limestone rocks. These also were juveniles. The hills in the type locality are covered with limestone which juts above the surface in innumerable places appearing as separate masses or isolated boulders. These often have small cavities where the rock has been dissolved away, leaving excellent hiding places for the lizards that are practically inaccessible to the collector. It is probable that the species is plentiful in the region. I do not know the adult size of this species, but suspect it to be about that of Phyllodactylus maralis (snout to vent, 60 mm.). It differs from that form in the absence of the enlarged tubercles on the tail, larger scales between orbits (13-16, as compared with 22-26 in muralis) , and the presence of denticulate scales in the small auricular opening. Most of the other species, in Guerrero, have whorls of en- larged tubercles on the tail; P. lanei has the dorsal part of femur granular with large conical tubercles scattered on the dorsal femoral surface. There are about the same number of interorbital scales in the two forms. P. magnus has nearly double the number of scales on the head as P. bordai, smaller series of ventral scales and whorls of caudal tubercles. It differs from P. magnatuberculatus in much the same way it differs from P. lanei. From delca??ipi it differs in color and markings; it agrees in the absence of caudal tubercles but has larger dorsal tubercles and is a much smaller species. The eleva- tion at which this species has been taken (5,000-6,000 ft.) is greater than that for other Mexican species. The species is named for Joseph le Borde (or Borda), the fabu- lously wealthy silver miner of Taxco. Phyllodactylus unctus (Cope) (Fig. 2) Cope (1863) described Diplodactylus unctus from a specimen (USNM No. 5304) sent to the Smithsonian Institute by John Xantus. The type locality is Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. The original measurements given are: length from end of muzzle to auricular meatus, 12'" [lines]; from the same point to vent, 4.5" [inches]. These measurements were given in a later work (Cope, 1900) as 25 mm. and 110 mm., respectively, which, if correct, are of a species Taylor: Geckoes of Genus Phyllodactyh s 97 larger than any North American form known today. Most of the collected specimens referred to this species are small. Van Denburgh (1912, p. 417) states concerning P. unctus, "The natives do not distinguish this from the larger P. tuberculosus, but on account of its small size call it Salamanquesa chiquita." Two specimens from 'Tsla Ballena near Espiritu Santo"; Baja California, which I have been permitted to examine through the courtesy of Mr. Karl P. Schmidt of the Field Museum, are likewise small, but obviously adult. In consequence I' suspected some error in the measurements. Dr. Doris Cochran, to whom I wrote requesting data on the type and submitting a drawing of an Isla Ballena speci- men, supplied the following information: "The type of Phyllodactylus unctus (Cope) is [USNM] No. 5304. From snout to anterior ear it measures 7.5 mm.; snout to vent, 29 mm. The top of our type's head is quite similar to your drawing. Our type has five upper and five lower labials before they become small and beadlike; yours taper off less soon. The chinshields are not similar, as you can see by my sketch of the type. The hind leg and posterior dorsal region seems similar." The species most closely resembling Phyllodactylus unctus in squamation is Phyllodactylus leei from Chatham Island, Galapagos Islands. That species lacks enlarged tubercles among the granular body scales as does P. unctus. The two forms may be distinguished from each other by the presence in unctus of large postmentals touching each other and in contact with two labials (in leei, small postmentals touch one labial and are in contact or not) ; in unctus the scales under tail are broader and there is a smaller number of scales in a whorl around tail; the internasals are larger and in con- tact (smaller and separated frequently in leei) ; the scales on the head are smaller and more numerous in P. unctus, while the body scales are a little larger. Despite the apparent similarity, it is highly probable that P. unctus is derived from a mainland species and is not directly related to the Chatham Island species. I believe the relationship to be with the group of small species that includes P. muralis and P. bordai. The probable relationship might be expressed, muralis — bordai — ? — unctus. P. bordai appears to have lost the enlarged caudal tubercles en- tirely while the smaller caudal scales in the three species are very similar. In delcampi the enlarged caudal tubercles are missing and the enlarged dorsal tubercles are much reduced in size. 7—2836 98 The University Science Bulletin The figure given by Cope of the underside of the chin of a Triunfo, Baja California specimen (1900, loc. cit., p. 461), shows three post- mentals in contact with the mental, which is the more frequent ar- rangement in P. leei according to Van Denburgh (1912, p. 417). Fig. 2. Phyllodactyhis unctus (Cope) Field Museum Xo. 16104. A. Lateral view of head; B. Dorsal view of head; C. Chinshields; D. Squamation of basal caudal region and hind limb. All enlarged. The figures given for this form (Field No. 16104 snout to vent, 35 mm.) are slightly diagrammatic, but show most of the characters of the form. The following characters obtain: About 83 scale rows surrounding the middle of body, of which some 31 may be regarded as ventrals, although those on the outer edges of venter are small and merge gradually into the smaller dorsals ; subcauclals widened, those near base are alternately single and paired for first 12 scales. Lam- ellar formula for fingers, 7-8-10-12-9; two or three distal lamellae are paired or divided into three parts. Lamellar formula for toes, 7-8-9-12-11; part of the distal lamellae are divided as in the fingers; ear lacking distinct denticulations; 21 scales between middle of or- bits, 12 scales between anterior part of orbits ignoring the minute granules near eye ; 28 scales between fourth labials, 19 between third labials across snout; annuli on tail consist of four, rarely five, rows Taylor: Geckoes of Genus Phyllodactylvs 99 of scales above, while below there are but 2 medially and these bor- dered by three scales. The enlarged scales of the front face of femur cover half of the dorsal surface. Outer posterior palpebral scales each tipped with a small dermal spine. Most of the other scale characters are indicated in the figures. The body has five rather broad transverse bands of brown; the tail has twelve, which are narrower than the intervening light spaces; digits spotted or banded with brown. Phyllodactylus magnus sp. nov. (Fig. 3) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 21783, collected at Tierra Colorada, Guer- rero, September 2, 1939, by Edward H. Taylor. Paratypes.— EHT-HMS Nos. 11047-11049, Garrapatas, Guerrero; 21765-21767, El Ocotito, Guerrero; 21768-21771, 21784-21786, Tierra Colorada, Guerrero; 11038-11044, Agua del Obispo, Guerrero; 11035, Tonola, Chiapas; USNM, Nos. 115707-115712, Tehuantepec, Oa- xaca; 115740-115750, Cajon de Piedra, Oaxaca; 115738-115739, Escurana, Oaxaca; 115713-115717, 115718-115724, 115760, Tres Cruces, Oaxaca; 115725-115737, 115703-115705 Cerro Arenal, Oa- xaca; 115751-115756 Tonola Chiapas. Fig. 3. Phyllodactijlus magnus sp. nov. EHT-HMS No. 11035; Paratype Tonola, Chiapas. A. Chin scales; B. Basal caudal region and hind limb; C. Dorsal view of head. All enlarged. 100 The University Science Bulletin Diagnosis. — A large species, maximum snout to vent measurement about 90; ventral surfaces brilliant canary yellow; 14-16 rows of dorsal tubercles, none in contact; 25-30 scales between middle of orbits, not counting 4-5 rows on each eyelid; large flat imbricating scales on anterior face of femoral region encroaching strongly on dorsal surface, with a few elevated scales or trihedral tubercles along the posterior edge of flat scales ; basal annuli of tail with transverse series of six large keeled scales separated by about four irregular rows of small scales; 28-32 scales across snout between fourth labi- als; postmentals large, normally touching two labials, followed usu- ally by six or seven scales; subdigital lamellae dark, single except for a distal pair preceding the terminal pads; auricular opening not denticulate. Description of the type.— Head flattened, bluntly wedge-shaped viewed from the side ; head widened behind eyes, equaling or exceed- ing body width; a slight constriction in outline of head below pos- terior corner of eye, seen from above; loreal region slightly inflated with a slight depression immediately in front of orbit, and another behind nostril; frontal and interorbital region with a wide shallow depression; a slight groove between the internasals; twenty-nine tubercular scales between orbits with two or three larger tubercles on outer edge ; four or five small granular series on eyelid with a series of larger palpebral scales, growing smaller posteriorly; scales on outer face of lid becoming pointed posteriorly; at least one or two rows on under side of the eyelid; the occipital region covered with small granules intermingled with larger tubercles somewhat bluntly conical; snout covered with large, thick, convex scales about thirty- three across the snout between fourth labials, twenty-eight between the third labials; about fourteen scales in a row between the orbit and the nostril ; rostral a little more than twice as wide as high with a straight groove entering from upper edge, half as wide as the scale; two large internasals separated by small scales (in most specimens the internasals are in contact), each entering nostril as does the rostral; two postnasals, the upper largest, and the first labial also borders nostril ; about fifteen upper labials, diminishing in size from the first which is as high as wide ; six labials to below eye pupil, the last labials not differentiated from body scales; ten lower labials, first two higher than wide, five anterior to a point below pupil ; the three following of equal size, the last two somewhat conical ; mental five-sided, longer than wide, the sides bordering labials concave, the convex, curving, labial edge much greater than the rostral edge; a Taylor: Geckoes of Genus Phyllodactylus 101 pair of postmentals in contact medially, touching two labials later- ally and followed by seven scales, the median largest (a portion of the second labial is partially segmented on the right side, and a corner is segmented in two pieces from the other) ; the mental, pointed behind, extends farther back than first labials; eleven in the second row, sixteen in third; sixty-seven scales across throat be- tween ears. Back with fourteen rows of trihedral tubercles among the small granular scales, the inner rows regular, the outer ones irregular; two or three small tubercles, low on side, suggest the beginning of two more rows (frequently sixteen rows present) ; 26-28 rows of flat im- bricate scales across the belly, the outermost separated from lateral tubercles by three or four rows of granules ; sixty rows from anterior level of arm to anus; posterior edge of ventral scales indistinctly denticulate; three or four small lateral postanal scales; leg reaches beyond elbow of adpressed arm; upper arm almost covered with large flat imbricated scales, with a few granules on posterior side; a few granules on upper surface of forearm with larger tubercles inter- mingled; large flat scales cover ventral and anterior face of thigh and encroach on the dorsal surface; a few trihedral tubercles border the larger scales; posterior face of thigh granular. Tail annulate, each annulus consisting of a series of enlarged keeled scales, and four or five other rows of small irregular scales rounded or pointed be- hind ; distal part of tail regenerated, the scales very irregular, lacking tubercles ; under surface of tail with broad plates of two types which alternate, one narrower but longer transversely, the other wider and shorter transversely; the adjoining scale row on each side irregular; two equal scales alternate with one somewhat smaller and set some- what out of the row; lamellar formula: 6, 9, 12, 12, 10; only the distal lamella divided; a pair of large lamellar plates at tip of digits, the outer anterior edges of which are rather angular; lamellar for- mula for toes: 8, 10, 12, 13, 12; only the distal lamella divided; ter- minal pads similar to those on fingers. Claws largely concealed. Color. — Above brownish-gray with indistinct, irregular, paired, black spots about ten from head to base of tail; a few other indefi- nite dark specks on head and sides of body ; tail indistinctly banded at base, the regenerated part bluish-gray with some irregular lighter marks; ventral surface bright lemon yellow; lamella and terminal pads dark gray, a slight peppering of dark pigment on venter; lips with darker and lighter spots. > o c <3 e o -si Oh o 65 ■40 4~> C3 cj cc Cw o rO If > c ! iH oo c \ °" 4 C CN 00 t~ -r © oo t~ 1 oo 1 -r oo ?i co 4 CN CN CO CN CN ■ — CO 00 TJ •o If) - CN 00 c O * oo CO •* CN CN 00 r^ 1 © 1 -t t~ CN co — i CN CN CO CN CN 0) CO oo ■ — i c > CN ■5 CN t- c ; pu co f) CO o IO X -f4 ■* 1 r-- 1 01 * c J •* — i * OI 00 c > fy, © O - 4 CN o" t^ 00 ■* ! r^ 1 CO t ■" oo H O) -r < CN CN CO CN CN CN CO t^ 1-^ a ) ■* 00 f> us >o c J CI 00 c 1 o to oo t~ o Ol -f CN © t- CO 1 t^ 1 -f © rH CO CN Ol CN CN CN CN CN oo rH ■" 4 cc ) CN m a J CN t^ t* o © © O CN 00 r~ -f1 -f o iO ! © 1 0) i— 4 ^ r~ O) CO 4 CN O) CN CN CO t^ o if ) us a CN oo f- r> CO © O CN ^^ ^ US CN CO © ■ 1 © l O) oo CN M< 4 CN CN CO CN CN CN CN t~ 1—1 cn -i »o a ) CN oo t> o c CO LO i—4 US 'O 1 oo 1 CO t— w- oo O) -J1 —■ CN CN CO CN CN O) CO t~ o if: CO i CN t^ r> KU CN t^ CO co 1 r^ I CN c ' oo — ' ■* — 1 O] c CO CN CN CN CO 00 1—4 CN c t>- 1- CN t^ r- rc_ 00 t— CO -* - 4 00 © 1 © 1 O) i— ' oo CN CO ^H Ol CN CO CN CN co t^ rH CN a m IO CN US CC CN f* hi i-i us i- 4 © 1^ 03 CO If if) 1 © cv. CN CN >. * 4 CN CN CN CN 1—4 a o If CC CN t» ^ fU 00 O CN oo rH o. cc CO CO - CN t~ t> o »— ' oo t-~ © O) ■4* N CO 1^ © 1 t~ 1 CO t— r^ — ' CO CO CN CN CN CN CN t^ ■ — 1 cn if t>. CN If) If! cc CN i^ r- r> rH 00 t~ CN 1* CO LO 1 t^ l -f oo CM CO l>\ CN CO CN CN CN CO t~ CN O" •o If) O) rt CN t^ C o 00 t^ If) CO CO ■* © l -r r~ r-i CO co -h CN CN CO CN CN -1 CO r^ a if) CN 4-4 CO US -* CN t^. c ru l~- 00 CO CN -t o CN t^ 1 t^ 1 IO c ' to — 0) CO —4 CN CO CO CN CN CO CN CN CN CO t^ —3 :■ 00 OC CN t^ t^ ry^ © © »— -r 00 r -t cc 'f © oo 1 t^ 1 "t c ' oo CN CO CO Ol CN CO CN CN CN CO t^ 1 — | CN tn C CD -a : __-■ +3 +3 4-H 5 5 T3 j= : o -4^ CO - • o ; CO _CD +3 CO 0 .a E -4- C a. > c -43 c c 43 i- ci a c -4-; =£ "a) c o +3 c '8 o +44 •x a a "o T3 03 O a 0) co CD J2 cS CO CO O O S3 o : +3 00 . ~£ m' +3 CO S.s 0 a o rf — a 0 -t a '■ CD . 0 , 1ST". Smaller and lighter than munda with fewer cross veins and pygofer hook falcate. Length: Male, 4.75 mm.; female, 5.5 mm. Vertex slightly produced, about two and one-half times as wide between eyes as length at middle, transverse furrow distinct, tcgmen with numerous cross veins. Color. — Vertex and scutellum ivory white to light yellow with typical markings brown, pronotum gray flecked with fuscous, except- ing a median longitudinal vitta and a narrow posterior rim. Tegmen semihyaline to white with dark brown veins and usually an indica- tion of a pair of irregular darker crossbands, apical cells infuscated. Genitalia. — Pygofer oval, rounding at apex, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as distance from there to apex; pygofer hook falcate, broadest beyond base, pointed at apex. Aedeagus in lateral view about five times as long as basal width, greatly enlarged on outer fifth, in ventral view, parallel sided, bifurcate on outer fifth and bearing a pair of lateral processes one-fourth length of shaft of aedeagus. Styles narrow, about three times as long as basal width, sinuately narrowed to outer fifth, apices curved and bluntly pointed. Types. — Female holotype in the National Museum, Washington, D. C, male allotype, Colorado Springs, Colo., July 19, 1901, here designated at Colorado State College. Material studied. — Six females, 1 male, Colorado Spring, Colo., July 19, 1901; 1 female, Ridgeway, Colo., July 31, 1900; 1 female, Durango, Colo., Aug. 3, 1900; 1 female, Dolores, Colo., Aug. 2, 1900; 2 females, Heber City, Utah, July 25, 1933; 1 male, Pagosa Springs, Colo., July 5, 1937; 1 female, Nephi, Utah, July 7, 1932; 3 females, Leeds, Utah, Oct. 15, 1932; 1 female, Weber Canyon, Utah, July 4, 1931; 1 female, Bryce Canyon, Utah, Sept. 19, 1935. 180 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XI Fig. 1. Aligia dellana Ball. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 2. Aligia manitou (Ball). Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 3. Aligia chiricana Ball. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 4. Aligia occidentals Van Duzee. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 5. Aligia pallida Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 6. Aligia lutea Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 7. Aligia turbinata Ball. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 8. Aligia saiitana Ball. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 9. Aligia modesta (Osborne and Ball). Dorsoventral view male geni- talia. Fig. 10. Aligia meridiana Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Hefner: Revision of Genus Aligia IS! PLATE XI !0. metidtono. 182 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XII Fig. 11. Aligia bifwcata Hepner. Dorsqventral view male genitalia. Fig. 12. Aligia acutata Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 13. Aligia colci Van Duzee. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 14. Aligia calijornica Van Duzee. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 15. Aligia inscripta (Van Duzee). Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 16. Aligia pallidinota Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 17. Aligia obesa Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 18. Aligia rotunda Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 19. Aligia bifasciata Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 20. Aligia descripta Ball. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Hepner: Revision of Genus Alicia 183 PLATE XII 19 bifo&cioia 20 d«$cnplo 184 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XIII Fig. 21. Aligia reticulata Hepner. Dorsovenual view male genitalia. Fig. 22. Aligia atrivena Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 23. Aligia magna Hepner. Dorse-ventral view male genitalia. Fig. 24. Aligia munda (Ball). Dorse-ventral view male genitalia. Fig. 25. Aligia obtusa Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 26. Aligia falcata Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 27. Aligia oculea (Ball). Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 28. Aligia curtipennis Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 29. Aligia utahna Hepner. Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Fig. 30. Aligia jucunda (Filler). Dorsoventral view male genitalia. Hepner: Revision of Genus Aligia 185 PLATE XIII 29 utahna 30-jucunda 13—2836 PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT W C. AUSTIN, STATE PRINTER TOPEKA, 1942 19-283G Publications of the University of Kansas Recently adopted postal charges are 1 cent for each two ounces in the United States and possessions, and IV2 cents to all foreign countries. In transmitting postage for mailing, find proper amount of postage for your zone by weight indicated. Volume KANSAS university quarterly I No. 1, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 2, 3, supply exhausted. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. II Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted. Ill Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. No. 3, weight, 16 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. IV No. 1, weight, 9 ounces. No. 2, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 3, 4, weight each, 8 ounces. V No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. No. 2, weight, 6 ounces. Vol. V consists of only two numbers. VI, A . . .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted. VI, B ...No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. No. 2, weight, 12 ounces. No. 3, weight, 8 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. VII, A . . .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted. VII, B ...Nos. 1-2, weight, 12 ounces. No. 3, weight, 8 ounces. No. 4, weight, 16 ounces. VIII, A ...No. 1, weight, 9 ounces. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces. No. 3, weight, 12 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. VIII, B... No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. Publication of Series B was suspended with this number. IX No. 1, weight, 10 ounces. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces. No. 3, weight, 9 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. X Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, weight each, 12 ounces. Volume UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN I Nos. 1-4, weight, 8 ounces. Nos. 5-9, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 10-12, weight, 6 ounces. II Nos. 1-3, weight, 20 ounces. Nos. 4-9, weight, 11 ounces. Nos. 10-15, weight, 20 ounces. Ill Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 7-10, weight, 25 ounces. IV Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 7-20, weight, 28 ounces. V Nos. 1-11, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 12-21, weight, 27 ounces. VI No. 1, weight, 27 ounces. Nos. 2-7, weight, 19 ounces. VII Nos. 1-17, weight, 50 ounces. VIII Nos. 1-10, weight, 52 ounces. IX Nos. 1-21, weight, 54 ounces. X Nos. 1-15, weight, 17 ounces. XI No. 1, weight, 20 ounces. XII Nos. 1-2, weight, 19 ounces. XIII Pt. I, Nos. 1-9, weight, 12 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 10-15, weight, 10 ounces. XIV Nos. 1-21, weight, 34 ounces. XV Nos. 1-6, weight, 18 ounces. XVI Nos. 1-6, weight, 14 ounces. XVII Pt. I, No. 1, weight, 18 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 2-7, weight, 8 ounces. XVIII Nos. 1-13, weight, 38 ounces. XIX Pt. I, Nos. 1-7, weight, 6 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 8-14, weight, 16 ounces. XX Pt. I, Nos. 1-6, weight, 11 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 7-21, weight, 15 ounces. XXI Nos. 1-16, weight, 32 ounces. XXII Nos. 1-18, weight, 32 ounces. XXIII No. 1, weight, 40 ounces. XXIV Nos. 1-21, weight, 38 ounces. XXV Nos. 1-22, weight, 43 ounces. XXVI Nos. 1-15, weight, 40 ounces. XXVII Pt. I, weight, 20 ounces. The Kansas University Quarterly and the Science Bulletin will be sent in exchange for other publications of like character, or will be sent on receipt of the amount of postage according to weight mentioned above, or may be sent by express, charges collect. Separates of all articles in the Science Bulletin, not out of print, are available. Application should be made to Science Bulletin, Library of the University of Kansas. UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN v^ Zoolos> V- UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS PUBLICATIONS University of Kansas Science Bulletin - Vol. XXVIII - Part II November 15, 1942 Lawrence, Kansas "V\A 4- NOTICE TO EXCHANGES The attention of learned societies and other institutions which exchange scientific publications with the University of Kansas is called to the list of publications of this University on the third page of the cover of this issue. Those marked "Supply, exhausted" cannot be furnished at all; as far as the supply permits the remaining numbers will be furnished gladly to any of our exchanges who may need them to complete their files. Back numbers of the Kansas University Quarterly, as far as pos- sible, will be sent to those of our newer correspondents who are able and willing to reciprocate. Separates are available to specialists. ANNOUNCEMENT The University of Kansas Science Bulletin (continuation of the Kansas University Quarterly) is issued in parts at irregular inter- vals. Each volume contains from 300 to 400 pages of reading mat- ter, with necessary illustrations. Exchanges with other institutions and learned societies everywhere are solicited. All exchanges should be addressed to: The University of Kansas Science Bulletin, Library of the University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. Edward H. Taylor, Editor I Editorial Board Robert Taft, Chairman Henry H. Lane H. T. U. Smith J. D. Stranathan Parke Woodard Notice. Only Part I of Volume XXVII was published. UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN DEVOTED TO THE PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS OF RESEARCH BY MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS Volume XXVIII, Part II University of Kansas Publications Lawrence, November 15, 1942 PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT W. C. AUSTIN. STATE PRINTER TOPEKA 1942 19-4815 13 — 1815 fa* Zoology *V\ Contents of Volume XXVIII. Pt. II No. PAGE 9. A Colony of Fossil Ncotenic Ambystoma tigrinum. Joe A. Tihen ' 1S9 10. Extinct Toads and Frogs from the Upper Pliocene Deposits of Meade County, Kansas. Edward H. Taylor 199 11. A New Chimaeroid Fish from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Logan County, Kansas. Claude W. Hibbard 237 12. Concerning the Snake Genus Pseudoftcimia Bocourt. Ed- ward H. Taylor and Hobart M. Smith 241 13. A Taxonomic Revision of the Genus Eutettix in America North of Mexico (Homoptera, Cicadellidae). Leon W. Hepner 253 14. New Caudata and Salientia from Mexico. Edward H. Taylor 295 15. The Snake Genera Conopsis and Toluea. Edward H. Tay- lor and Hobart M. Smith 325 (1S8) THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII, pt. II. | November 15, 1942 [No. 9 A Colon)' of Fossil Neotenic Amby stoma tigrinum JOE A. TIHEN. Department of Biology, University of Rochester, X. Y. Abstract: A number of urodele skeletal remains, including parts from over 1,250 individuals, have been recovered from a very late Pleistocene sink de- posit in Meade county. Kansas. These remains apparently represent a large colony of neotenic individuals which were trapped with the drying of the sink. The average length of the mature individuals was probably about. 250 mm. The large number of specimens allows the tracing of the development of particular bones from a very young stage to the condition found in old in- dividuals. There is evidence that at the time these remains were deposited the neotenic habit' had developed within the group to such an extent, that, at least for the majority of the population, metamorphosis was no longer possible. Such an assumption explains the high concentration of individuals in a small area, and the relatively high percentage of presumed cannibalistic individuals present. There appears to be a retardation of the development' of certain morphological characters, as contrasted with neotenic Ambystoma tigrinum existing at the present time, but these are not- thought sufficient to furnish a basis for taxonomic differentiation of this group as a distinct species. IN THE course of their work in western Kansas during the sum- mers of 1939 and 1940, field parties of the University of Kan- sas Museum of Natural History have recovered a large amount of fossil Urodele material. Through the courtesy of Dr. C. W. Hib- bard, Curator of Vertebrate Paleontology at this museum, I was given an opportunity to study this material. I wish to express my gratitude to Doctor Hibbard and to Dr. E. H. Taylor for numerous helpful suggestions and criticisms in the course of this study and the preparation of this report. The majority of the Urodele material was collected from the lo- cality described by Hibbard (1940) as "Meade County Locality No. 13," and by Smith (1940) as the "Jones Ranch beds." The fauna of this locality is known as the Jones fauna. These beds are (189) VM) The University Science Bulletin a portion of an old, very large sink, which was probably formed in the early part of the late Pleistocene. It appears to have filled nearly to the level of its margins when, near the very close of the Pleistocene, it was tapped by a tributary of Sand creek, the master stream of this particular vicinity. Since this area was far above the level of the creek bed, rapid erosion took place. There is at present an exposed section of 61 feet, the strata of which are given in detail by Hibbard (op. cit.). The stratum in which the fossils occur is a very thin sandy layer of high lime content located near the top of the section. It appears to have been laid down a short time before the sink was tapped, and thus represents a very late Pleistocene stage. The concentration of fossils in this stratum is exceedingly great; an estimated 35,000 vertebrae were taken from about five cubic yards of matrix. Among these vertebrae were over 1,250 cervicals, which afforded the best obtainable check on the number of individuals represented in the collection. In great contrast to this is the small number of some of the thin, fragile skull elements recovered, as, for example, only six prefrontals and no nasals. All of these remains seem to be referable to the species Amby- stoma tigrinum, (Green) ; no subspecific allocation is practicable. A race of this species [.4. t. mavortium Baird] is abundant in the Fie. 1. Lakeland Sink, one of the typical sinks in Meade county. Ambystoma tigrinum mavortium Baird are abundant in such localities. Tihen: Neotenic Ambystoma tigrinum 191 present-day sinks of this same area. (See Fig. 1.) But, in contrast to these recent specimens, which appear always to metamorphose in the usual manner, the fossil specimens represent a large colony of neotenic forms. All specimens show the larval characters, where these can be determined, with the exception of eleven dentaries and one vomer, and in these the transition to the adult condition is usually incomplete. In size these bones compare quite favorably with those of several neotenic specimens from near Colorado Springs, Colorado. The latter averaged about 250 mm. in length, and it is assumed that the average size of a normal mature individual of the Jones fauna was about the same. Because of the large number of specimens it is in some cases possible to trace the development of a particular bone from a very young stage to the condition found in old individuals. In this group the dentary lends itself to the setting up of such an age series more readily than any other bone for two reasons. First, the number of characters which indicate increasing age is relatively large in this element as compared with most others; and, secondly, the number of nearly complete specimens of this element is much greater than of any other which would exhibit a correspondingly large number of age characteristics. The most obvious character indicative of increasing age, particu- larly in the earlier stages, is an increase in the size and extent of ossification of the bone. There is also a continual increase in the size and number of the teeth; this often results in a crowding to- gether and irregular spacing of the teeth in older specimens. Also correlated with increasing age is a tendency toward the obliteration of the mental groove; this obliteration begins anteriorly and has in no case been found to reach completion posteriorly. In the youngest animals this groove appears to connect with the Meckelian canal over the dorsal surface of the dentary a short distance behind the end of the tooth row. In older specimens, however, a mental fora- men is developed just ventral to the posterior portion of the tooth row; it is probably formed by the addition of teeth posteriorly, the ossification of the tooth bases and surrounding tissue roofing over the communication between the two grooves. Probably correlated with a further addition of teeth posteriorly is a migration of the mental foramen anteriorly in relation to the posterior end of the tooth row. Rather early in development a ridge is formed anteriorly on the lingual surface of the bone; the anterior end of the splenial articulates near the posterior end of this ridge. As the anterior end 192 Thk University Science Bulletin of the splenial appears to retreat during development, the posterior end of this ridge moves posteriorly to keep pace with it. It seems quite possible that the splenial is in part resorbed and in part fused with the dentary, the fused portion being represented by this ridge. In the following discussion this ridge will, for convenience, be re- ferred to as the "splenial ridge." These developmental processes occur at approximately equal rates during the earlier stages of growth, but as maturity approaches there appears in most cases a retardation of one or more of the processes in relation to the others. This naturally brings about great in- dividual variation between specimens, so that it is often difficult to determine whether certain characters should be attributed to this individual variation or to true age variation. There follows a description of several dentaries, arranged as ac- curately as possible in order of increasing age, illustrating the course of development set forth above. 1. This represents the youngest specimen recovered. The tooth row bears only 19 small, evenly spaced teeth, and has a (chord) length of only 2.1 mm. Most of the teeth, as in all the specimens, have been lost, and are represented only by their bases; the nine teeth that are present in this specimen all have a sharply pointed conical form. The mento-Meckelian region appears entirely un- ossified, the anterior portion of the bone consisting of little more than the fused bases of the teeth. There is no indication of a splenial ridge. The mental groove is quite deep along its entire length; no mental foramen has developed. (It is to be noted that, although these specimens are the most complete obtainable in their stages of development, even in older specimens the bone is usually broken shortly posterior to the end of the tooth row. If the mental foramen is developed in a manner differing from that described above it is possible that it was originally actually present in these specimens, but still located so far posteriorly as to have been broken off.) 2. In this specimen there are 32 teeth, two of which are still present and show the structure described above. The length of the tooth row is 5.0 mm. Ossification has proceeded so that there is here a definite symphyseal surface, presumably of mento-Meckelian origin, and the anterior teeth now rest on a definite plate of bone. No splenial ridge is present, although the entire anterior portion of the lingual surface is somewhat raised. The mental groove is in about the same condition as formerly, though somewhat weaker anteriorly. The mental foramen has not yet appeared. Tihex: Neotenic Ambystoma tigrinum 193 3. Even at this early stage a slight discrepancy appears in the rate of development of the various characters, for this specimen shows a slight advance in all features except the number of teeth and, probably as a corollary to that, the continued absence of the mental foramen. There are 31 teeth, in a row 5.8 mm. long; three of the actual teeth are present and continue to show the same structure except for a very slight blunting of their tips. The ossification of the anterior portion of the hone has continued, and there seems to be an exceedingly weak indication of a splenial ridge on the raised lingual surface. Approximately the anterior fourth of the mental groove is so weak as to be almost indistinguishable, but posteriorly it is still quite deep. 4. This specimen has 40 teeth and the tooth row is 7.5 mm. long. The anterior portion is still further ossified and there is a weak, but definite, splenial ridge extending on the raised lingual surface from about the level of the fourth to that of the eighth tooth. The mental groove appears as in the preceding specimen, but there is now a mental foramen present whose anterior end, as seen from the lingual aspect, is at the level of the third tooth from the posterior end of the row. 5. In this case there are 41 teeth on a row 8.6 mm. in length. The anterior portion of the bone is fairly well ossified by this time, and the splenial ridge extends to the level of the ninth or tenth tooth. The mental groove is in the same condition as in the pre- ceding specimen; the anterior end of the mental foramen is at the level of the fifth tooth from the posterior end of the row. 6. The tooth row is 11.1 mm. long and bears 48 teeth. The an- terior portion of the bone is well ossified, and the splenial ridge extends to the level of the nineteenth tooth. The anterior third of the mental groove is completely indistinguishable, but the mental foramen retains a somewhat posterior position at the level of the fourth tooth from the posterior end of the row. At approximately this stage the animal concerned had probably reached maturity, so further development can be expected to occur more slowly and be somewhat less marked. 7. In this specimen the tooth row has a length of 12.2 mm. and bears 61 teeth. The splenial ridge extends posteriorly to the level of the twenty-third tooth; as in all succeeding specimens the an- terior portion of the bone is well ossified. The anterior third of the mental groove is very weak, but discernible, the middle third is weak, and the posterior third still fairly strong. The mental fora- 194 The University Science Bulletin men is at the level of the ninth tooth from the posterior end of the row. 8. This specimen affords an excellent example of disproportionate rates of development in the various characters considered. While the tooth row is 12.8 mm. long, it bears only 48 teeth. The splenial ridge extends to the level of the seventeenth tooth. The entire an- terior half of the mental groove is very weak, but for the most part discernible; the posterior part is fairly deep, but in certain spots almost overgrown so as to form a canal. The mental foramen, how- ever, remains at the level of the fifth tooth from the posterior end (if the row, a fact which is perhaps correlated with the small number of teeth. 9. The length of the tooth row in this case is 13.4 mm., but the number of teeth has increased far out of proportion to this, there being about 75 or 80 teeth present. This great increase in the num- ber of teeth has caused such crowding that near the anterior end a few teeth are displaced laterally to such an extent as to form practi- cally a second row. Some of the bases in both rows are so compressed and distorted that it is doubtful whether they actually bore teeth in life. There is no evidence of a breakage and remending of the jaw, which might conceivably produce such a condition as this. The splenial ridge extends to the level of the eighteenth tooth. The anterior third of the mental groove is lacking. Posterior to this point there is a fairly deep groove extending to the level of the twelfth tooth from the posterior end of the row, at which point the mental foramen is located. A very weak groove extends a short distance posteriorly from the foramen. 10. This specimen has 64 teeth on a row 15.4 mm. in length. The splenial ridge extends posteriorly to the level of the twenty-fourth tooth. The anterior third of the mental groove is lacking, the re- mainder irregular and, in one spot, discontinuous. The mental foramen is located at the point of discontinuity, at the level of the twelfth tooth from the posterior end of the row. 11. This represents probably the oldest specimen of the group. There are 72 teeth in a row 15.7 mm. in length. The most posterior tooth of the jaw has remained intact; it retains a simple conical structure, but the tip is much more rounded than in the younger specimens described. It is quite probable that the anterior teeth of this and some of the preceding jaws would exhibit weakly the rerete structure found in the teeth of Recent examples of this species, and in the more advanced maxillae and premaxillae of this fossil Tihex: Neotenic Ambystoma tigrinum 195 group. The splenial ridge extends to the level of the twenty-first tooth. The anterior half of the mental groove is almost indistin- guishable; the posterior portion is broad and shallow, merging indis- tinguishably with the general surface of the bone anteriorly and narrowing and deepening toward the mental foramen posteriorly. The mental foramen is located at the level of the nineteenth tooth from the posterior end of the row. For the purpose of comparison there is here included a description of the condition found in a dentary which appears to be fairly char- acteristic of recent specimens at about the time of the beginning of metamorphosis. The specimen from which this dentary was taken is one of a large group collected in a sink near the Lakeview school- house in Meade county on August 19, 1940. The tooth row is only 8.6 mm. long, but bears 51 teeth. The extent of ossification of the anterior portion of the bone is at a point between the conditions found in the fifth and sixth specimens of the fossil series, as would probably be the age of the specimen. The splenial ridge extends to the level of the fifteenth tooth. The anterior third of the mental grove is indistinguishable but the remainder is well developed. The mental foramen is at the level of the sixth tooth from the posterior end of the row. The appearance of a neotenic colony here, in direct contrast to the condition in the same area today, requires some attempt at an ex- planation. Such an attempt must needs be somewhat superficial because of the fact that the factors controlling neoteny and normal development are so imperfectly known. This sink, as has been stated, was probably formed in the early part of the late Pleistocene. The sides may at first have been quite steep, so that any salamanders present at the time of sinkage, or which accidentally entered at a slightly later date, were trapped in it. The inability of larvae to leave the sink and lead a normal land existence might account for the appearance of neoteny. But this seems somewhat unlikely, particularly in the case of a very large sink such as this one. Perhaps a more likely explanation is that at some period, which may have been at the time of formation of the sink or at some subsequent time, the surrounding area was very dry and with little shelter. Such conditions might cause the appearance of neoteny. Whatever the factors causing the first appearance of neoteny here, these factors must have continued in existence for a sufficient time that wThen conditions did change sufficiently to allow a normal land existence this group had become so physiologically 196 The University Science Bulletin adapted to a neotenic mode of life that it was retained as the nor- mal condition. This trend probably continued further until the point was reached at which even the ability to metamorphose, when faced with conditions necessitating this change, was lost. Near the close of the Pleistocene quite late in the development of the sink but still before it had actually been tapped, the previously mentioned tributary of Sand creek probably tapped the ground water beneath the sink, causing a rapid lowering of the water level. This lowering of the water level presumably was so rapid that, if coupled with one or two exceptionally dry years, the sink bottom might become almost completely dry. The particular area in which the fossils occur is thought to be the last part of the sink bottom to become dry; there would thus lie a great concentration into this small pond of salamanders previously scattered over a much wider area. Since the majority of them could not metamorphose, food and water shortage caused the death of great numbers within this small area. Their remains were then covered by sediments washing in from the sides of the sink basin upon resumption of normal rain- fall. In consideration of such an explanation, it must be remembered that in most cases known today neotenic A. tigrinum larvae will metamorphose when given the chance to do so, even though there is no necessity, so far as can be determined, for them to take such a step. In almost all cases a not too rapidly diminishing water supply will bring about the change. It is for this reason that we must as- sume the physiological specialization previously mentioned. While it is true that individuals which did succeed in making the change might escape this region, thus leaving no remains here, the great number of specimens found, of which practically none were in the process of metamorphosis, indicates the inability of a large part of the population to do so. Semi-isolation for a time sufficient to cause, or allow, such a physiological adaptation might reasonably be expected also to pro- duce certain morphological variations from the "normal"; some such variations can be noted. The most obvious of these is the persistence of the notochord throughout the life of the individual. In recent specimens examined the appearance of a vertebral septum severing the notochord appears to be as much a matter of age as of larval or adult condition, for young adults often have a continu- ous notochord, while in all moderately old neotenes which I have seen the septum has developed. Moreover, in the fossil forms there Tihen: Neotenic Ambystoma tigrinum 197 seems to be a tendency toward a greater number of palatine teeth in a single row, although this is a variable character and cannot be determined accurately from the material at hand. The individual teeth appear slightly larger than in recent specimens of a comparable age. and exhibit the terete structure in a somewhat weaker state. These are all developmental, as against actual structural, charac- ters, and I believe them to be due to a long period of semi-isolation in a neotenic mode of life, and not to be regarded as of particular taxonomic importance. Fig. 2. Comparison of various elements of a 250 mm. neotenic Ambystoma tigrinum mavortium Baird, with the same elements from presumed neotenic. cannibalistic individuals of the Jones fauna. A. C. E. G, I represent the angulare, dentary, cervical vertebra, quadrate and trunk vertebra of the Recent neotene. B, D. F. H. J represent, respectively, the same elements in a Jones Fauna neotene (cannibalistic'.'). There is great variation within this group, as in recent representa- tives of the species, but in addition to this "normal" variation there are a number of specimens so far from the average type that we must look for a special cause to bring about the condition which they ex- hibit. These are exceedingly large specimens, which must have rep- resented individuals up to 400 mm. in length, and which, in addition to the great size, also in most cases exhibit a distortion of form and proportion (fig. 2). If the postulations of Powers (l!M)7l are correct, it seems quite probable that these bones represent cannibalistic indi- viduals. Conditions such as postulated, i. e., a great concentration of numbers with consequent food shortage, would seem to favor the development of such a habit in a relatively large number of indi- 198 The University Science Bulletin viduals. This is further supported by the fact that remains have been recovered from another deposit about a mile distant which rep- resents a portion of the same sink, but which was laid down at a slightly earlier date, before the drying up process was under way. These remains show the structural characters of the Jones group but, though admittedly the material is much more scanty, in no case do any of these specimens show any indications of this type of ab- normal development. In a dry period such as has been postulated the vegetation of the sink floor, and to a lesser extent of the surrounding area, would be greatly reduced. This lack of vegetation would tend to produce a very rapid wash from the surrounding rims of the basin in following seasons of heavy rainfall. That such a heavy wash probably occurred is indicated by the presence in the deposit of such forms as the ground squirrel and the prairie dog whose normal habitat is on the high prairie. This fact at least fits in with, if it does not directly support, the proposed explanation. LITERATURE CITED Hibbard, C. W. 1940. A new Pleistocene fauna from Meade county, Kansas. Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci., 43:417-426. pis. I-II. Powers, J. H. 1907. Morphological variation and its causes in Ambystoma tigrinum. Univ. of Neb. Studies, 7 (3): 197-273, pis. I-IX. Smith, H. T. U. 1940. Geologic studies in southwestern Kansas. Kan. Geol. Sur. Bull. 34:1-212, figs. 1-22, pis. 1-34. THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SGIENGE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII, pt. II.] November 15, 1042 [No. 10 Extinct Toads and Frogs from the Upper Pliocene Deposits of Meade County. Kansas By EDWARD H. TAYLOR, Professor of Zoology, Department of Zoology. University of Kansas CONTENTS PAGE Abstract 200 Introduction 200 Systematic descriptions 202 Family Pelobatidae Boulenger 202 Genus Scaphiopus Holbrook 202 Scaphiopus diversus, n. sp 202 Genus Neoscaphiopus, n. gen 203 Neoscaphiopus noblei, n. sp 204 Family Bufonidae Hogg 205 Genus Bufo Laurenti 205 Bufo sp.? Form A 205 Bufo sp.? Form B 206 Family Ranidae Linne 207 Genus Anchylorana, n. gen 207 Anchylorana moorei, n. sp 208 Anchylorana dubita, n. sp 209 Anchylorana robustocondyla, n. sp 211 Genus Rana Linne 212 Rana fayeae, n. sp 212 Rana meadensis, n. sp 213 Rana ephippium, n. sp 214 Rana rexroadensis, n. sp 215 Rana valida, n. sp 216 Rana parvis&ima, n. sp 217 Comments on the undescribed specimens 218 Comparison of the Rexroad amphibian fauna with the Recent fauna of western Kansas 219 References 221 (199) 200 The University Science Bulletin Abstract: This is the third paper dealing with the fossil frogs and toads of Kansas. Taylor (1936), (1939), (1941), dealt with species in the middle Pliocene from which five species were described. In this paper two new genera and eleven new species are described from the Rexroad member of the upper Pliocene. The following is the list of described forms: Scaphiopus diversus, n. sp.; Neoscaphiopus, n. gen., genotype, Neoscaphiopus noblei, n. sp. (Anura, Pelobatidae). Anchylorana, n. gen., genotype, Anchylorana moorei, n. sp.; A. dubita, n. sp.; A. robustocondyla, n. sp.; Rana parvissima, n. sp.; R. jayeae, n. sp.; R. meadensis, n. sp.; R. ephippium, n. sp.; R. rexroadensis, n. sp.; R. valida, n. sp. (Anura, Ranidae). Mention is made of the presence of two species of Bujo, as shown by two types of bufonid ilia. One other species of Rana occurs which is presumably new, but the fossil sacrum is too fragmentary to describe. The presence of ten species of frogs of the Family Ranidae suggests strongly (hat this region had a climate during the upper Pliocene which provided much more rainfall than at present, thus making western Kansas, during that time, a more favorable habitat for these water-loving species. In contrast, today there are but two ranid species, instead of ten. living in western Kansas. Since all of the fossil bones of amphibians that have been discovered in the Rexroad quarries were disassociated, it has been necessary to use the sacral vertebrae only, as the basis of the type descriptions. INTRODUCTION SOME time ago the fossil frogs and toads belonging to the Uni- versity of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology, from the Rexroad fauna, upper Pliocene of Kansas, were placed in my hands for study. All of the skeletons had been completely disarticu- lated and disassociated, either prior to fossilization or during the process of recovery from the deposits by washing and sieving. They had been fossilized in either river sand or silt. The material consists of the following elements: 11 urostyles (coccyges), including those fused with sacral vertebrae; 14 sacral vertebrae; 15 vertebrae other than sacral; 25 scapulae; 23 radio- ulnae; 47 humeri; 78 ilia; 7 femora; 16 tibiofibulae; 3 coracoids; 1 parasphenoid ; 5 dentaries; 2 ethmoids; and 32 other elements refer- able to tarsals, metatarsals, carpals, metacarpals, and phalanges. From these data one deduces that from these beds, with the present method of collecting, the ilia are most likely to be recovered, since at least 39 individuals are represented; second to these are the hu- meri representing 24 individuals; the sacral vertebrae represent 14 individuals; while the urostyles, radioulnae, and the scapulae repre- sent 11. 12, and 13 individuals, respectively. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 20] The relative numbers of elements recovered depend largely on their size and solidity. The present method of collecting, that is. washing of the loose matrix and sieving, tends to destroy the more fragile elements, presuming they are present in the (marries orig- inally. The smaller parts may escape through the sieve. In an earlier study on the anuran fauna of the "Edson beds" of Sherman county, Kansas, I dealt with a somewhat similar lot of fossils, but this material, largely belonging to the genus Bujo, was less fragile and the proportions of the elements recovered was dif- ferent. In all cases the bones were completely disarticulated and disassociated. I was confronted with the problem of a proper method to treat of this fauna, in describing the various species oc- curring in the collection. It seemed self-evident that the description of each species would have to be drawn from a single element in each case, and this same element used in the case of each species described, in order to avoid the possibility of describing two or more species, based on bones actually belonging to a single species. The element chosen, however, necessarily should be that which had the greatest number of constant differential characters, and one which was very likely to be recovered. Having available in the Kansas University collection and my own collection, several hundred skeletons of modern Anura, I endeavored to ascertain what bone of the skeleton this might be, comparing, however, only such elements as were likely to be recovered from the fossil beds. This survey led me to the conclusion that the sacral vertebra showed a greater number of obvious, differential, specific characters than other elements, although specific differences were iikewise evident in many of the bones. In consequence, I found it expedient to utilize the sacral vertebra as the basis for the type descriptions, since not only are specific differences evident, but family differences are also apparent, and occasionally generic differences. While this element was not the one occurring most frequently, it was one which, due to its heavier struc- ture, was likely to be recovered. In the treatment of the Rexroad collection I am following the same procedure as formerly, utilizing the sacral vertebrae as the type specimens. The reference of all the other elements in the collection to the various species which are indicated by the sacral vertebrae has not been possible at this time. In most cases, however, it has been possi- ble to refer them to family. When the total number of species is 202 The University Science Bulletin known from the Rexroad fauna, and more complete material is available, one will be able to refer this material to the various species with some degree of certainty. One may always hope to find, at least occasionally, associated bones which will help in this task. Figures are given of many of the undescribed elements. These show, in their variety, that numerous species are represented. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS order ANURA Family Pelobatidae Boulenger 1882 Genus Scaphiopus Holbrook 1836 In the Rexroad collection, save for a fragment or two of limb bones which may possibly belong here, this family is represented only by two sacro-coccygeal elements, one apparently belonging to a species of Scaphiopus while the other I regard as a member of a new genus. These agree, however, in the fusion of the sacral vertebra with the coccyx, the combined element being proceolous with a single fossa. Three extinct species of this family are known from the Ameri- can Pliocene, all being referred, at least tenatively, to the genus Scaphiopus. These are Scaphiopus studeri Taylor, Scaphiopus plio- batrachus Taylor, and Scaphiopus antiquus Taylor. Two of these forms are from the "Edson beds," Ogallala formation, middle Plio- cene, Sherman county, Kansas; Scaphiopus studeri is from a diato- maceous marl, in contact (below) with the "Rhino Hill beds" at the western edge of Logan county, Kansas, also middle Pliocene in age. Scaphiopus di versus, n. sp. (Plate XV, figs. 2A, 2B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6368. Portion of the combined sacral vertebra and coccyx. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence.— Rexroad member (Frye & Hibbard [1941] p. 407), upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — Characterized by the absence of a bony web between the coccygeal shaft and the diapophyses. Description of type. — The type specimen consists of the centrum of the ninth (sacral) vertebra, fused with the coccyx; the base of Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 203 the sacral diapophysis, is present only on the right side. The distal part of the coccygeal shaft is missing. The following measurements are given (in millimeters) : Total length, 8.4; from anterior end to ninth nerve foramen, 0.9; from anterior end to tenth nerve foramen, 2.0; width of base of the sacral diapophysis, 0.9; diameter of the articular cup, 1.25; width of the centrum of sacral vertebra, 1.15; width at the level of the tenth nerve formamina, 1.45. There is no trace of lateral shelves along the anterior part of the shaft as is present in Scaphiopus pliobatrachus (continuous with the widened portion of the coccyx) , or in antiquum (arising independ- ently near the base). The shaft is compressed laterally, the eleva- tion being 1.3 millimeters, while the width is 0.56 to 0.6 millimeters. The neural tube on the dorsal part of the shaft terminates by a tiny foramen about 7.0 millimeters back from the anterior end. Pos- terior to the foramen of the tenth nerve there is a shallow longi- tudinal groove, the lower edge of which is bordered by a slight eleva- tion. There is practically no trace of a bony web between the coccy- geal diapophyses and the side of the shaft (prominent in S. plio- batrachus, obsolete in S. antiquus). There appears to be no trace of the point of fusion between the two elements on either dorsal or ventral face. Although the sacral diapophyses are absent in the type, it is presumed that these were greatly widened as is typical of the genus. Whether the type element is from a smaller form than the already described species or whether it is from a young individual I cannot say. The element, based on comparative measurements of the other living species of the genus, belonged to an animal of about 50 mm. snout to vent length, which is smaller than adult Scaphiopus bombi- jrons Cope living in western Kansas at the present time. S. bombi- frons differs from this form in the presence of the bony web between the diapophyses of the sacrum and the side of the shaft. Neoscaphiopus, n. gen. A genus of anuran amphibians of the family Pelobatidae char- acterized by a fusion of the sacral vertebra with the coccyx and the presacral vertebra. The posterior edge of the presacral vertebra forms a strongly elevated ridge on the dorsal surface of the com- bined element (see figure PI. XV, 5A). The bases of diapophyses are much narrowed at their attachment. Genotype Neoscaphiopus noblei. 14—4815 204 The University Science Bulletin Neoscaphiopus noblei, n. sp. (Plate XV, figs. 5A, 5B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6367. A portion of a combined sacral vertebra and coccyx. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — The sacral vertebra is fused to the presacral vertebra as well as to the coccyx. Description of type. — The type specimen consists of a part of the sacro-coccygeal element, with both diapophyses and the distal part of the coccygeal shaft missing. The thin anterior edges of the notocoele are broken away. The measurements, in millimeters, are as follows: Greatest length, 5.1 (estimated length of entire element, 19.0) ; width of bases of sacral diapophyses, 0.56; distance from edge of socket to base of shaft, 1.5 (missing part estimated at 0.5) ; from edge of socket to the foramen of the ninth nerve, 2.1 ; from edge of socket to foramen of the eleventh nerve, 3.8; width of the centrum between ninth nerve foramina, 1.3. One of the significant characters is the strong contraction of the base of the sacral diapophyses, which has a somewhat greater verti- cal depth than width. The base of the diapophysis is back a con- siderable distance from the anterior end of the notocoele, and the tenth nerve foramen is farther posterior than in the numerous species of Scaphiopus living or extinct. There is a well-developed bony web between the dorsal surface of the diapophyses and the shaft. At the broken end of the shaft the neural cavity is separate from the main coccygeal cavity, and appears somewhat circular at this point. At the broken end of the coccyx the element is compressed, its eleva- tion being 1.8, the width 1.1 millimeters. Although missing now in the type, it is presumed that the sacral diapophyses were greatly widened. A ridge 0.45 millimeters high crosses the dorsal surface forming a wavy line. This represents the posterior edge of the presacral (eighth?) vertebra. There is nothing on the ventral surface to suggest the line of fusion. Certain additional characters are evident in the figure. This species is named for the late Dr. G. K. Noble, in recognition of his great contributions to our knowledge or' am- phibia and reptiles. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 205 Family Bufonidae Hogg 1841 Genus Bufo Laurenti 1768 This family, members of which are usually conspicuous in any temperate or tropical living fauna, and whose remains formed a considerable portion of the extinct Anuran fauna recovered from the ''Edson beds," Ogallala formation, middle Pliocene, Sherman county, Kansas (Taylor 1936, 1941), is represented in the Rexroad collec- tions by three fossilized bones only. These are, one coccyx and two ilia. The latter are both from the right side, consequently from two different individuals which I believe represent two different species. As work in the Rexroad quarries is being continued it is very proba- ble that sacral vertebrae or other material will be available even- tually for adequate description. Consequently I shall not assign specific names at this time. It is of course impossible to state whether the coccygeal element is referable to either of the forms represented by ilia. Bufo, sp.? Form A. (PI. XIX, fig. 12) This species is represented by No. 6334, the major part of a right ilium, collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938, Rex- road member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. The element, in its present state, lacks the anterior portion; it is 18.2 millimeters in length (estimated total length, 30 millimeters). Its greatest width including the ilial prominence is 6.1 millimeters; the width of the shaft varies between 2.2 and 2.45 millimeters. The shaft is distinctly, but not strongly curved. The dorsal ilial promi- nence rises about 1.6 millimeters above the level of the shaft. A broad, shallow groove can be traced across the anterolateral face and partly across the top of the prominence. From the posterior inner edge of the prominence, a short, low, curving crest runs back to the termination of the element ; from the anterior, inner edge a sharp-edged crest runs diagonally downward nearly across the inner face of the shaft, tending to flatten out and disappear. Above this, and parallel to it, is a slight depression. On the anterior face is the ilial part of the acetabulum, the edges moderately elevated; below the base of the shaft, just anterior to the acetabulum is a shallow pit, perforated by a small foramen. A thin projection of bone borders the postero ventral part of the acetabulum and is perforated by a foramen near the lower outer edge. The outer 206 The University Science Bulletin face of the shaft has a curving groove beginning near the upper edge of the shaft base, and terminating at the lower edge, at about the middle of the (entire) bone. The outer surface is rounded while the inner face is less so. The upper edge of the shaft becomes pinched into an inconspicu- ous crest, not visible as such from the outer face. The dorsal nerve foramen is nearer to the posterior end of the ilium than to the base of the dorsal ilial prominence. The fossil is pure ivory in color. Based on comparative measure- ments and presuming the animal full grown, the ilium belonged to a toad having a snout to vent measurement of about 75 millimeters, a species comparable in size to Bufo eompactilis Wiegmann. Bufo, sp.? Form B. (Plate XIX, fig. 13) This species is represented by No. 6335, the major part of a right ilium, collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938, Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. This element, slightly smaller than the preceding form, is 16 milli- meters in length (estimated total length, 26 millimeters). The great- est elevation of the acetabular end is 6 millimeters, while the width of the shaft varies from 2 to 2.5 millimeters. The shaft is distinctly, but not strongly curved. The dorsal, ilial prominence rises above the level of the shaft about 1.15 millimeters, being somewhat thicker at its base than at the summit. A slight vertical groove is present on the middle of the outer face, and more anteriorly there are two short indistinct grooves. The ridge or crest running back from the inner posterior edge of the prominence is broken away. The anterior crest, which lacks a sharp edge, termi- nates abruptly near the upper edge of the shaft. The inner face of the shaft is much flattened, but apparently some of the surface has been removed. There is only a trace of a ridge on the inner face, opposite the acetabulum. On the outer face, is the ilial portion of the acetabulum, the edges of which are somewhat elevated, the cup rather deep, its greatest vertical diameter 2.7 millimeters. Above the acetabulum the fora- men is closer to the base of the prominence than to the posterior end of the element. Anterior to the acetabulum, at the lower edge of its base, is a deep pit perforated by a minute foramen; the thin fringe of bone bordering the lower part of the acetabulum is pierced by a foramen near its lower edge. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 207 There is a shallow longitudinal depression on the outer face of the shaft. The upper edge of the shaft is pinched into a crest, not evi- dent when the bone is viewed from the outer, somewhat rounding face. Compared with the preceding form, the most significant difference is in the different character of the ilial prominence and its position in relation to the acetabulum. In form A, it is largely anterior to the anterior edge of the acetabular cup; in form B it is almost wholly- posterior to the anterior edge of the cup. Form B lacks the curved groove on the outer face of the shaft, and the inner face is more flattened and less rounded. Family Ranidae Linne 1758 Two genera are considered under this family. These are Anchy- lorana, new genus, and Rana Linne, the first with three species, the last with seven species. Genus Anchylorana, n. genus A genus of Pliocene frogs characterized by the fusion of the last two (the eighth and ninth [sacral]) vertebrae. The genotype is Anchylorana moorei, n. sp. The significance of the fusion of vertebrae in Anura is not known. Noble (1931) points out that the Roraima toad Oreophrynella with only six segments in the column is a terrestrial species. On the other hand Hymenochirus, an African form, also with six segments, is thoroughly aquatic. They belong to different families, "hence this reduction in the number of vertebrae is not correlated with a special type of habitat." In Atelopus (Family Atelopidae), a genus related to Oreophry- nella, Noble found that in some species the last two vertebrae, the eighth and ninth (sacral) vertebrae fused, and in these forms the first and second likewise might be fused in some species. In a few species of Dendrobates, also of the same family, he found that in certain species, when the eighth and ninth vertebrae fused, there was a fusion also of anterior vertebrae; in one species the first, second, and third fused; in another the second and third only. Noble also mentions the fusion of the last two vertebrae in a specimen of Rana caeruleopunctata, in one of Rana ehristyi, and in one of Rana pipiens?. I have found a single fusion of vertebrae. This was the third and fourth vertebrae of a toad (Bufo) in the "Edson beds" fauna, but 208 The University Science Bulletin this condition was obviously an abnormality, evidenced by a lack of symmetry. In 16 skeletons examined, belonging to Rana pipiens (sensu lato), I find no trace of fusion although it may occur occa- sionally as an anomaly. The material includes specimens of varied ages and from various localities in Mexico and the United States. No fusions were found in other available ranid species: Rana canta- brigensis, catesbeiana, palustris, or areolata. Anchylorana moorei, n. sp. (Plate XV, figs. 3A, 3B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6375. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1939. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — The sacral and the preceding vertebra are fused; a large foramen opens at base of the ventral part of the two condylar projections of the sacral centrum; a ridge is present on ventral sur- face of the centrum, suggesting the line of fusion, and the possibility that the sacrum is procoelous. Description of type. — The type specimen consists of the greater part of a sacrum, composed of a sacral vertebra fused to the preced- ing, eighth(?) vertebra. The distal parts of the sacral diapophyses are missing while those of the attached vertebra are broken away at their bases. The measurements, in millimeters, for the type specimen are as follows: Total length of combined centra, practically complete, 5.0; the width, practically the same throughout the length, 3.7; width of the narrowest point on the sacral diapophyses, 1.5; width of coccygeal condyles of sacrum, 1.5, 1.35; vertical height of the an- terior end of neural canal, 2.1; transverse width, 3.0; vertical height of the posterior end of the neural canal, 1.2; width, 3.0; length of the intervertebral nerve canal, 1.25; width of the neural arch, 4.8. The coccygeal condyles may be slightly worn since they are a little shorter than what one might expect to be normal. The notch between them is broadly A-shaped, and the surfaces bordering the notch show no wear. The sacral diapophyses are subtriangular in cross section, and are attached to the centrum so that the lines pro- jected from their lower surfaces form a very obtuse angle near the base of the stalks of the condyles. Their broken ends show them to be hollow, the cavity being somewhat triangular in cross section. From the anterodorsal surface, a ridge begins and continues to the Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 209 median line where it terminates in an elevated median spine or knob. On the anterior face of the sacral vertebra there are two depressions separated by a medial ridge. There is no ridge on the dorsal surface of the bases of the transverse processes of the eighth vertebra; how- ever, the anterior dorsal edges on both sides become elevated and medially are continuous with a median ridge. This rises to an eleva- tion near the posterior median edge (broken in the type). The prezygapophyses of the eighth vertebra are broken, showing the cavity within the base of the transverse processes. The centrum seen from below has an angular ridge, the apex di- rected backwards, suggesting the line of contact between the fused vertebrae. However, if this is actually the case, it may be doubted that this form and the two following are correctly referred to the same genus since the doubly concave eighth vertebra of the Ranidae would not be present (in the other two species the line of contact forms a curve, convex anteriorly, suggesting the eighth vertebra is biconcave). However, until this matter can be settled conclusively I shall leave the three forms associated in the same genus. The centrum is much flattened dorsoventrally and is hollow. The opening at the posterior end, at the base of the condylar stalks, suggests the presence of a persistant notochord. The notochord persists to a greater or lesser extent in certain species of Rana. This is evident in the posterior centra, especially the eighth which is often penetrated by a cylindrical cavity, and the adjoining centra may be pierced by a narrow slitlike opening. Very rarely this is evident in the posterior part of the sacral centrum. In a skeleton of Scaphiopus bombijrons I found the intervertebral parts of the notochord ossified, but instead of becoming fused to the centrum, they remained free, and when the vertebrae were separated, the small notochordal balls fell away from the adjoining notocoeles. The intervening parts of the notochord lacked ossification. I did not find this condition present in other adults, so I presumed this to be a large but subadult specimen. The species is named for Doctor Raymond C. Moore, Director of the State Geological Survey, State Geologist of Kansas, and Head of the Department of Geology, University of Kansas. Anehylorana dubita, n. sp. (Plate XV, figs. 4A, 4B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6377. Sacrum, collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. 210 The University Science Bulletin Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — Sacral and preceding (eighth) vertebrae fused; the anterior vertebra biconcave, penetrated by a circular canal; sacral part with the convex articular surface penetrated for a short dis- tance by a groove, but the centrum is not perforated, and there is no posterior opening present; coccygeal condyles not large. Char- acters of the diapophyses not known. Description of type.- — The type consists of a sacral vertebra, fused to the preceding (eighth) vertebra, but with the transverse processes of both broken away at the base. The measurements in millimeters are as follows: Total length of the combined centra, 3.2 ; width of the centra, 2.5 ; dimensions of the base of the sacral diapophysis, 1.0x0.8; width of coccygeal con- dyles each, 1.2 ; vertical height of anterior end of neural canal, 1.8 ; transverse width of anterior end of same, 2.4; diameter of the inter- vertebral nerve foramen, 0.85; width of neural arch, 3.8; length of combined arches, 2.2. The cross section of the sacral diapophysis, where it is broken, is oval rather than triangular, and the cavity within is likewise oval in cross section. The coccygeal condyles are worn and shortened. The notch between them is definitely not A-shaped. The diapophyses are set on the sides of the centrum and arch so that the lines coincid- ing with their ventral surface, if projected would intersect in the notch between the condyles, forming a very obtuse angle. There is a very slight ridge arising on the anterodorsal faces of the bases of the diapophyses, which continues as a slight crest border- ing the anterior edge of the arch of the sacral vertebra to the middle where there is a median elevation. The posterior face of the arch is directed upward and has a relatively smooth surface. The arch of the preceding vertebra is longer, reaching its greatest elevation medially. There is a slight, median, longitudinal crest, barely in- dicated (apparently worn). Between the two vertebrae is a deep groove, divided medially by a crest; the suture between the two vertebrae is visible ventrally. The two anterior articular surfaces of the zygopophyses are set nearly at right angles to the surface from which they arise. The eighth vertebra is amphicoelous and perforated by a wide circular canal; the anterior articular surface of the sacral vertebra seen through this canal, shows a deep groove, but this does not pierce the centrum completely as in Anchylorana moorei, nor is there Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 211 an opening in the posterior part of the centrum, as obtains in that species. From a ventral view the point of union between the vertebrae can be discerned more by a color difference than by the presence of a suture. The centrum is apparently more solid than in the preceding species A. moorei, and its depth is less than half its width. I believe there is no question as to the proper association of this form with the family Ranidae. The wear that the element has un- dergone has probably obscured certain minor characters. I believe this to be from a fully adult animal, as judged by the texture of the bone, of a species smaller than the preceding Anchylorana moorei. On the basis of the measurement of the sacrum I estimate the snout to vent length of the animal to have been about 50 millimeters, while I estimate A. moorei to have been an animal with a snout to vent length of about 60 millimeters, and judging from the thinner bone, the type may be a young specimen. Anchylorana robustocondyla, n. sp. (Plate XV, fig. 1) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 5106. Centrum of sacral vertebra fused to the centrum of the preceding (eighth) vertebra. Collected by Dr. Claude Hibbard and party, 1937. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — A rather large frog characterized by very large coccy- geal condyles, the sacrum fused with the preceding (eighth) verte- bra. The notch between condyles is deep and narrow; the width of a condyle is equal to at least half the width of the centrum. The characters of the diapophyses are unknown. Description of type. — The combined centrum has only fragments of the bases of the neural arches. The measurements of the element in millimeters follows: The total length of the combined centra, 6; width of centrum, 4; trans- verse diameter of the coccygeal condyles, 2.4, 2.3; width of the an- terior articular fossa, 3; height of same, 2; depth, 1.5. The centrum of anterior part (eighth vertebra) is pierced by a small canal which apparently is due to a break. The edges of the opening are broken at the present time. Through a break in the side of the centrum it is possible to observe that although hollow for the most part there is some cancellous bony structure within. 212 The University Science Bulletin The base of the sacral diapophysis is attached close to the coccy- geal end of centrum. There is a well-defined groove on the dorsal surface at the base of the condylar stalks. The dorsal surface of the centra is flat, the ventral surface slightly rounded. This specimen, though fragmentary, seems to be quite distinct from the two preceding species assigned to this genus. An examina- tion of the figures of the three forms will disclose other differential characters. Genus Rana Linne 1758 Seven forms of Rana are recognizable in the collection. One of these consists of a centrum only and while apparently it is different from the other species, it is not described. I include a figure as evi- dence of its difference from the described forms. Rana fayeae, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 4A, 4B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6378. Sacral vertebrae of a small ranid frog, nearly complete. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — Sacrum small, delicate, the lines projected parallel to the inner edge of the sacral diapophyses would intersect at the an- terior end of centrum, the angle formed less than a right angle. Sacral diapophyses short, not flattened at terminations. Description of type. — The sacrum is small and delicate. The tip of the right sacral diapophysis and a section from the side of the terminal portion of the left, is broken away. The following measurements are given in millimeters: Total length of centrum with condyles, 2.9; greatest width of centrum, 2.3; transverse width of coccygeal condyle, 1.1; width of notch between the coccygeal condyles, 0.5; total width of the vertebra with sacral diapophyses, 8.4; posterior width of neural canal, 2.5; height of the canal, 1.3; depth of centrum, 1.05; median dorsal width of the neural arch, 1.45 ; length of right diapophysis measured from centrum, 3.95 ; narrowest width of diapophysis, 1.2; width at distal end, 1.6. The dorsal surface of the neural arch is crossed by a high, sharp, curving crest which arises from the bases of the diapophyses. Pos- terior to this, the surface is directed posterodorsally, and a very slight, shallow depression parallels the crest. There is a very indis- tinct median longitudinal ridge present. Anterior to the transverse ridge the surface is directed anterodorsally, the posterior part some- Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 213 what overhung by the ridge; there is a sharp median ridge, but no spine. The anterior zygapophyses have their articular surfaces at right angles to the anterodorsal surface. The diapophyses are narrowed near their bases, and are somewhat thinner here than at the distal end. They have considerable cancel- lous bone within. The species is named in honor of Mrs. Faye Hibbard, who has accompanied her husband, Dr. Claude W. Hibbard, on numerous field trips in this region. Rana meadensis, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 5A, 5B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6376. A nearly complete sacral vetebra. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — A medium sized frog with the coccygeal condyles rather wide apart and their articular surfaces directed somewhat posteroventrally. A distinct, broad, shallow depression on the ven- tral surface between the bases of the stalks of the condyles, con- tinues back more than half the length of the centrum. The posterior edges of the sacral diapophyses if extended on neural arch, form a very obtuse median angle. Description of type. — This sacrum is nearly complete, lacking only the distal parts of the diapophyses. The following measurements are given in millimeters: Length of centrum and condyles, 2.8; width of the centrum, 2.7; width from outer edges of the coccygeal condyles, 3; lateral width of neural arch, 1.7; base of sacral diapophysis, 1.35; dorsal width of neural arch, 1.0; height of neural canal, 1.7; width of neural canal, 2.5; width including the sacral diapophyses vertebra (broken), 7.1; esti- mated total width, 8.8. The curving, transverse ridge arising en the bases of the dia- pophyses crosses the neural arch, forming a slight knob or spine medially. A slight ridge divides the posterodorsal surface, the lower edge of which is very slightly ridged. Anterior to the transverse ridge, the surface is divided medially by a sharp longitudinal ridge. The articular surfaces of the anterior zygapophyses arise at right angles to the surface. The dorsal surface of the centrum has an indistinct, broad, shal- low, median groove. The ventral surface seen in profile shows a 214 The University Science Bulletin slight notch at the -base of the coccygeal stalks. A broad, shallow median groove arises between the stalks and continues down and forward for two-thirds the length of the centrum. Between the condyles the notch is in the form of a square, the inner edge forming a sharp, thin shelf. There is a very faint groove at the base of the coccygeal stalks on the dorsal surface. The anterior articular surface of the centrum apparently has a vertical, slitlike depression or groove. A faint tubercle is indicated on the anterior face of the diapophysis near its base. Rana ephippium, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 1A, IB) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6370. A sacral vertebra with the diapophyses fragmentary, col- lected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — A small frog with the ventral surface of centrum saddle-shaped; the articular surfaces of the coccygeal condyles di- rected posteroventrally ; a depression between the bases of the con- dyles only, and a low median ridge on the ventral surface of the centrum. Description of type. — This sacral vertebra has the left sacral dia- pophyses broken away at its base, while the distal half of the right is missing. The following measurements are given in millimeters: Total length of centrum and coccygeal condyles, 3.5; width of the centrum, 3.0; width across the condyles, 3.5; lateral width of the neural arch, 2.0; width of the base of a diapophysis, 1.7; dorsal width of the neural arch, 1.95; height of neural canal, 1.6; width of same, 3.0; width of vertebra with parts of diapophyses, 7.0; estimated total width, 12.0. The ridge arising on the bases of the sacral diapophyses crosses the neural arch, passing near its anterior edge; while a longitudinal ridge divides the surfaces, anterior to and posterior to the transverse ridge. Posterior to the transverse ridge the surface of the arch is directed upward, while anterior to it, the surface is directed forward. The articular surfaces of the zygapophyses arise from the surface at at an angle a little greater than a right angle. When viewed later- ally the centrum is seen to be saddle-shaped ; moreover, it is narrower medially than at either end. The anterior articular surface of the centrum has a fine slit-like, vertical groove. The posterior edge of Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 215 the neural arch has no trace of a ridge; but a faint trace of a shallow groove is present on the dorsal surface of the centrum. Rana rexroadensis, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 3A, 3B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6369. Sacral vertebra with the diapophyses partially broken away near the base. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, about 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — The coccygeal stalks short, the centrum widest pos- teriorly at the condyles, not strongly constricted near its anterior end. Description of type. — The centrum of this rather large frog, has the following measurements, in millimeters: Length of the centrum and condyles, 4.9; width of centrum, 3.3; width at coccygeal con- dyles, 4.2; lateral width of the neural arch, 2.3; width of base of diapophysis (narrowest), 2.0; height of neural canal, 1.5; width of the neural canal, 3.1; total width of type specimen 10.0; estimated total width, 14.2. The centrum of the vertebra shows no trace of a posterior noto- chordal perforation, but the convex anterior condylar surface has a suggestion of a double vertical groove. The ventral surface of the centrum is rather flattened, while the short coccygeal condyles tend to turn posteroventrally forming a slight angle when viewed later- ally. The neural arch arises from the upper lateral part. The neural canal is of low elevation having somewhat the shape of a double convex lens. A transverse crest crosses the arch, dividing the surface, the anterior surface edged above by the transverse crest. Between the upper and lower edges there is a slight concavity which is perforated by several minute foramina. The posterior (dorsal) surface of the arch has a slight median longitudinal crest, forming a somewhat quadrangular knob at its termination. The outer surfaces on each side of crest is slightly concave. The articular surface of the prezygapophysis has a distal, rather flattened area, while the proximal part is somewhat concave. A groove continues back from its upper posterior edge onto the base of the lateral diapophyses. The left diapophysis is somewhat round- ing in cross section at its base, becoming a little more triangular at the middle where the terminal part is broken away. This is hollow, 216 The University Science Bulletin the bone itself being thin. On the right side the diapophysis is broken away at the base, showing a round foramen entering the hol- low body of the centrum. On the dorsal surface of the diapophyses, near the base, is a slightly elevated rugosity, and the outer edge of the prezygapophyses has a slight groove on its edge. There is a slight constriction at the outer base of the condyle so that the term- inal part is slightly wider than the base. A deep notch extends be- tween the condyles, cutting back somewhat farther on the ventral, than on the dorsal part. Rana valuta, n. sp. (Plate XIV, figs. 2A, 2B) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 5133. A sacral vertebra, with diapophyses wanting. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hibbard and party, 1938. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — Characterized by the elongate stalks of the coccygeal condyles. The centrum is widest through the distal part of the con- dyles, and much constricted near its anterior end. Description of type. — The following measurements are in milli- meters: Length of centrum with condyles, 5.3; width of centrum, 3.7; width at ends of condyles, 4.6; lateral width of neural arch, 2.6; height of neural canal, 1.9; width of neural canal, 3.3; width of type, 7.0; estimated total width, 17.0. The convex articular surface of the anterior end of the centrum has a slight trace of a vertical groove, but it is without a notochordal perforation. The ventral surface of the centrum is saddle-shaped rather than flat. The stalks of the condyles are equal to more than one-third of the total length of the centrum, this lengthening of the stalks being due to a strong groove that is continued back on the ventral surface from the deep notch between them. The condylar surfaces differ on the two sides, that of the right side being the larger. When seen from their posterior faces the condyles are definitely egg- shaped with the narrow ends directed outward. The stalk is some- what constricted just back of the condylar surface. The minimum width of the side of the neural arch is half the total length of the centrum. The neural cavity in cross section is transversely oval, its elevation more than half its width. Seen from above there is a high curving transverse crest, with a small median longitudinal crest ris- ing and crossing the transverse ridge at right angles. On each side Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 217 of the median crest the surface is concave, sloping back and down to the posterior face of the arch which forms a narrow edge. An- terior to the transverse crest the longitudinal crest continues down to the anterior edge. On each side the two anterior prezygapo- physes arise at an acute angle; the articular surface lacks any con- cavity and there is no evident groove on the outer anterior edge. A broad, deep groove continues back, anterior to the transverse crest and onto the base of the diapophyses. The diapophyses are broken away at their bases; in cross section the cavity in the diapophyses seems somewhat rounding, the con- necting opening to the cavity of the centrum being obsolete. Rana parvissima, n. sp. (Plate XVI, fig. 2) Type. — University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology No. 6451. Fragment of a sacral centrum, with one coccygeal con- dyle and the right diapophysis. Collected by Dr. Claude W. Hib- bard and party, 1941. Occurrence. — Rexroad member, upper Pliocene, locality 3, 16 miles southwest of Meade, Meade county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — A very diminutive anuran, having a rana-like sacral diapophyses, the coccygeal condyle very short, and separated from its fellow by a distance more than four-fifths the transverse width of the condyle. The bone between the condyles forms a sharp, hori- zontal, posterior edge. Description of type. — The fragmentary sacrum has the anterior articular surface divided from top to bottom by a well-defined ver- tical groove. The centrum is not constricted. A marked depression is present between the two condyles, terminating abruptly anteri- orly. The coccygeal condyle has practically no stalk, the articular surface being terminated by a deep groove. The following measurements are given in millimeters: Length of the centrum, 2.0; width of centrum at anterior end, 1.8; estimated width at coccygeal condyles, 2.33; length of diapophysis from cent- rum (posterior edge), 2.7; estimated total width for entire vertebra and diapophyses, 6.2; width of the base of the diapophysis, 0.5. The relationship of this small species is very probably with the wood frogs represented in the United States by Rana sylvatica and R. catabrigensis. No representative of this group is living today in Kansas. 218 The University Science Bulletin Rana sp. ? (Plate XVI, fig. 1) A centrum of a frog differing in the sculpturing of the ventral part of the centrum seems to represent another undescribed species. It is No. 6379, and is figured, Plate XVI, fig. 1. Owing to the frag- mentary nature of this specimen, I am not suggesting a name for it. The double ridge on the ventral surface of the centrum is apparently distinctive. Comments on the Undescribed Specimens Among the fossil bones of the "unreferred" material I find none that can be referred to either the Families Hylidae or Microhylidae. The members of these families that occur in the Recent faunas of southwestern Kansas are diminutive, and were similar species pres- ent in the Rexroad fauna it is unlikely, without special effort, that their very tiny bones would be recognized and recovered. Save for the two described sacrococcygeal elements I find no bones that can be referred to the Family Pelobatidae. Two ilia are definitely described as belonging to two, presumably undescribed, forms of Bufo. The coccyx shown in Plate IV, figs. 10A, 10B (No. 2319) is that of a Bufo. It is similar, but not identical with this element in Bufo compactilis Wiegmann. With the possible excep- tion of certain radioulnae and scapulae, all the other figured speci- mens are probably referable to the Ranidae. Since the greater number of species recovered belong to this family it is not surprising that so large a part of the bones recovered other than the sacra used as type specimens, should likewise be referable to the family. Whether one examines the figured radioulnae, the coccyges, or the ilia it is obvious that several species are represented. In the figures given of the coccyges there are at least six species (possibly more represented) while a still larger number of species are represented among the ilia figured. At first I was inclined to believe that it would be possible to refer all these figured specimens to the described species. However, I find that, due to my own inadequate knowledge, and the fragmentary character of so many of the elements, this work cannot be done at this time with any degree of certainty. It is to be hoped that the finding of specimens with the bones articulated or at least asso- ciated, will make the task possible at some later time. In the entire lot only three elements were found associated closely enough to be regarded certainly as coming from the same individual. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 219 These are a humerus, a femur, and a tibiofibula represented by- Plate XVI, figs. 11, 12, 13 (Nos. 6314, 5107, 5107A, respectively). These bones are from a frog with a probable snout-to-vent measure- ment of about 100 millimeters, a frog about the size of an adult Rana areolata or R. brachycephala. The parasphenoid, Plate XVI, fig. 3A, 3B (No. 6384) an exoccipi- tal, an unfigured specimen (No. 6448), two ethmoids, and 5 dentaries represent the only skull elements recovered. All of these I believe are referable to the Ranidae. Comparison of the Rexroad Amphibian Fauna with the Recent Fauna of Western Kansas The work of Dr. Hobart M. Smith (1934) on the amphibian fauna of Kansas, and that of Tihen and Sprague (1939) on the Fauna of the Meade County State Park provides us with the following list of specimens occurring in Meade county or very likely to be found there since they are present in southwestern Kansas. SALIENTIA PELOBATIDAE Boulenger *Scaphiopus bombifrons Cope BUFONIDAE Hogg *Bujo cognatus Say Bufo punctatus Baird and Girard Bufo insidior Girard *Bufo looodhousii woodhousii Girard RANIDAE Linne *Rana brachycephala (Cope) *Rana catesbeiana Shaw HYLIDAE *Acris gryllus LeConte ■\Pseudacris clarki (Baird) Pseudacris triseriata (Wied.) MICROHYLIDAE *Microhyla olivacea (Hallowell) * Reported from Meade County. t Collected in Meade County by C. W. Hibbard in 1941. 15—4815 220 The University Science Bulletin CAUDATA AMBYSTOMIDAE *Ambystoma tigrinum mavortium The comparative data on Salientia may be tabulated as follows: ^-Recent Fauna— » t— Rexroad Fauna—! Family genus species genus species PELOBATIDAE 1 1 2 2 BUFONIDAE 1 4 1 2 RANIDAE 1 2 2 10 HYLIDAE 2 3 0 0 MICROHYLIDAE 1 1 0 0 Total: Recent, 5 families, 6 genera, 11 species. Rexroad, 3 families, 5 genera, 14 species. It seems safe to postulate that a very much larger amphibian fauna was present in the Rexroad than is represented by the finds to date. So large a number of ranid frogs warrants the postulation that the climate was such as to supply a much heavier rainfall, in order to provide sufficient moisture for these water-loving frogs. It seems strongly probable that with forests, which would be a concomitant of the heavier rainfall, numerous species of the Hylidae small Leptodactylidae and Microhylidae would be present. It is like- wise probable that there was a population of small salamanders, al- though not a single species has been so far recovered. For example, the present climate of North Carolina supports an Anuran population of 26 species and subspecies, representing 5 fam- ilies and 8 genera. The Caudata are even richer with 40 species and subspecies, representing 6 families and 16 genera. In the case of the caudate fauna the mountainous character of the country is a con- tributing factor to its diversity. While the two areas are not en- tirely comparable, the presence in the Rexroad of so large a number of Rana in the fauna suggests the possibility that the climates were similar in character, and at least the anuran fauna may eventually prove even richer than the present day fauna of North Carolina. Comparison of the sacral vertebrae, which serve as the type speci- mens of the ranid species of the Rexroad fauna, with those of living specimens in Kansas, shows that none is identical. The unusual and elaborate perforation of the bone in Rana cates- beiana was found in none of the Rexroad specimens. Rana areolata has a flattened platform on the ventral surface of the centrum at the * Reported from Meade County. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 221 base of the coccygeal stalks which is lacking in all the Rexroad specimens. The present day Rana brachycephala apparently approaches clos- est to Rana valida. They are, however, not identical, differing as they do in several details. Thus, the centrum of the former is some- what constricted but the constriction is around the middle of the centrum instead of near the anterior end as in R. valida. The stalks of the coccygeal condyles are short instead of being elongated by a groove between them. REFERENCES Frye, John C, and Hibbard, Claude W. 1941. Pliocene and Pleistocene Stratigraphy and Paleontology of the Meade Basin, Southwestern Kansas: State Geol. Surv. Kansas, Bull. 38, 1941, Report of Studies, Pt. 13, pp. 389- 424, pis. 1-4. Noble, G. K. 1926. The Pectoral Girdle of the Brachycephalic Frogs: Araer. Mus. Nov., No. 230, Oct. 15, 1926, pp. 1-14, figs. 1-7. 1931. The Biology of the Amphibia: McGraw-Hill, New York, pp. I-XII, 1-577. Smith, Hobart M. 1934. The Amphibians of Kansas: Amer. Mid. Nat. XV, No. 4, 1934, pp. 377-528, pis. 12-20. Taylor, E. H. 1936. Una Nueva Fauna de Batracios Anuros del Plioceno Medio de Kansas: Anal. Inst. Bio. (Mexico), T. 7, No. 4, 1936, pp. 513-529, Lam. 1-2. 1939. A New Anuran Amphibian from the Pliocene of Kansas: Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 25, No. 18, 1938 (July 10, 1939), pp. 407-419, pis. 42-45. 1941. Extinct Lizards from the Upper Pliocene Deposits of Kansas: State Geol. Surv. Kansas, Bull. 38, Pt. 5, 1941. pp. 165-176, figs. 1-6. 1941. Extinct Toads and Salamanders from Middle Pliocene Beds of Wallace and Sherman Counties, Kansas: State Geol. Surv. Kansas. Bull. 38, 1941, Pt, 6, pp. 177-196. Tihen, Joe A., and Sprague, James M. 1939. Amphibians, Reptiles, and Mammals of the Meade County State Park: Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 42, 1939, pp. 499-512, pis. 1-3. 222 The University Science Bulletin EXPLANATION OF PLATES [Numbers refer to specimens in the University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology from the Rexroad member, upper Plio- cene, Meade county, Kansas.] PLATE XIV Fig. 1A. Rana ephippium, n. sp. Type, No. 6370; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. IB. Same, ventral view. Fig. 2A. Rana valida, n. sp. Type, No. 5133; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 2B. Same, ventral view. Fig. 3A. Rana rexroadensis, n. sp. Type, No. 6369; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 3B. Same, ventral view. Fig. 4A. Rana fayeae, n.sp. Type, No. 6378; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 4B. Same, ventral view. Fig. 5A. Rana meadensis, n. sp. Type, No. 6376; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 5B. Same, ventral view. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 223 PLATE XIV 224 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XV Fig. 1. Anchylorana robustocondyla, n. sp. Type, No. 5106; ventral view, X6. Fig. 2A. Scaphiopus diversus, n. sp. Type, No. 6368; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 2B. Same, ventral view. Fig. 3A. Anchylorana moorei, n. sp. Type, No. 6375; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 3B. Same, ventral view. Fig. 4A. Anchylorana dubita, n. sp. Type, No. 6377; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 4B. Same, ventral view. Fig. 5A. N eo scaphiopus noblei, n. sp. Type, No. 6367; dorsal view, X 6. Fig. 5B. Same, ventral view. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 225 PLATE XV 226 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XVI Fig. 1. Rana sp., No. 6379, ventral view, X 6. Fig. 2. Rana parvissima, n. sp. Type, No. 6451 ; ventral view, X 6. Figs. 3A, 3B. Anura, No. 6384, dorsal and ventral views of parasphenoid. Figs. 4A, 4B. Anura, No. 5096, radioulna, inner and outer view, X 3. Figs. 5A, 5B. Anura, No. 6320, radioulna, inner and outer view, X 3. Figs. 6A, 6B. Anura, No. 6322, radioulna, outer and inner view, X 3. Figs. 7A, 7B. Anura, No. 6321, radioulna, outer and inner view, X 3. Figs. 8A, 8B. Anura, No. 6324, radioulna, outer and inner view, X 3. Figs. 9A, 9B. Anura, No. 6382, radioulna, outer and inner view, X 3. Figs. 10A, 10B. Anura, No. 6381, radioulna, outer and inner views, X 3. Fig. 11. Rana sp., No. 6314; humerus, X IV2. Fig. 12. Rana sp., No. 5107; tibiofibula, X IV2. Fig. 13. Rana sp., No. 5107A; femur, X IY2 (this and the two preceding elements probably from same animal). Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 227 PLATE XVI 228 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XVII Figs. 1A, IB. Rana spf, No. 6385; scapula, ventral and dorsal views, X 3. Figs. 2A, 2B. Rana spf, No. 5134; scapula, ventral and dorsal views, X 3. Figs. 3A, 3B. Rana spf, No. 5105; scapula, ventral and dorsal views, X 3. Fig. 4. Rana spf, No. 5103; scapula, ventral view, X 3. Fig. 5A. Anura, No. 6326; fragment of coccyx, lateral view, X 3. Fig. 5B. Same, cross section, X 3. Fig. 6A. Ranidae, No. 6327; fragment of coccyx, lateral view, X 3 (probably referable to Anchylorana) . Fig. 6B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 7A. Ranidae, No. 6328; fragment of coccyx, lateral view, X 3 (probably referable to Rana). Fig. 7B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 8A. Ranidae, No. 6323; fragment of coccyx, lateral view, X 3 (probably referable to Rana). Fig. 8B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 9A. Ranidae, No. 5088; fragment of coccyx, X 3 (probably referable to Rana). Fig. 9B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 10A. Bufo spf, No. 6319; coccyx, lateral view, X 3. Fig. 10B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 11 A. Ranidae, No. 6325; coccyx, lateral view, X 3. Fig. 11B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 12A. Ranidae, No. 6383; coccyx, lateral view, X 3 (probably referable to Rana). Fig. 12B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Fig. 13. \. Ranidae, No. 6318; coccyx, lateral view, X 3 (probably referable to Rana). Fig. 13B. Same, view of proximal end, X 3. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 229 PLATE XVII IB 230 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XVIII Figs. 1-23. Anura; ilia, all, X 3. Nos. 1-14 may represent the same species of Rana. Nos. 18-23 may represent specimens of another species of Rana. Nos. 15-17 represent three different species of unknown generic reference. The figures represent the following museum numbers: 1, 6306; 2, 6356; 3, 6371; 4, 6312; 5, 6352; 6, 6342; 7, 6355; 8, 6373; 9, 6372; 10, 6346; 11, 6311; 12, 6348; 13, 5086; 14, 6331; 15, 6307; 16, 6333; 17, 6315; 18, 6359; 19, 6340; 20, 6341; 21, 6353; 22,6350; 23, 6358. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 231 PLATE XVIII 2.'52 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XIX Figs. 1-11. Rana sp.; ilia, outer lateral view, X 3 (at least two species are represented). Figs. 1-11 represent the following numbers: 1, 6364; 2, 6365; 3, 6360; 4, 5121; 5, 6317; 6, 6354; 7, 6345; 8, 6362; 9, 6364A; 10, 6349; 11. 6310. Fig. 12. Bafo sp. Form A, No. 6334; ilium, outer lateral view, X 3. Fig. 13. Bufo sp. Form B, No. 6335; ilium, outer lateral view, X 3. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 233 PLATE XIX 234 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XX Figs. 1-19. Ilia of Anura, mostly referable to Rana. All are shown from outer lateral view, X 3. The figures represent the following numbers: 1, 6316 2, 6336; 3, 6332; 4, 6339; 5, 6363; 6, 6357; 7, 6366; 8, 6337; 9, 6374; 10, 6361 11, 6309; 12, 6347; 13, 6309; 14, 6336A; 15, 6351; 16, 6338; 17, 6344; 18, 6343 19, 6329. Taylor: Toads and Frogs From Meade County 23") PLATE XX THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII, pt. II.] November 15, 1942 [No. 11 A New Chimaeroid Fish from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Logan County, Kansas By CLAUDE W. HIBBARD, Curator, Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas Abstract: A new ?chimaeroid, Ichthypriajnis hubbsi, gen. et sp. nov. is described from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas. The type is a complete ?cephalic holder or prehensile spine. THERE has long been known a bilateral symmetrical element in the University of Kansas Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology collection, which was recovered by Mr. H. T. Martin while cleaning up part of a Protosphyraena skeleton that had been collected in the Niobrara Chalk. The specimen under discussion was not associated with the Protosphyraena skeleton, only inasmuch as it was in the same block of chalk. Mr. Martin carefully worked it out and placed it away in a drawer in his office labeled "unknown bone." Martin was familiar with the remains of Cretaceous vertebrates, but had never seen even a fragment that resembled this specimen. He searched for years for other specimens or for clues concerning its identity. In the past years I have shown the specimen to many, hoping that someone had seen something like it. Many have remarked upon its resemblance to an os priapi. Dr. E. C. Case and Dr. Carl L. Hubbs, of the University of Michigan, after careful examination, suggest that it is probably the head clasper of a large chimaeroid fish. During all the many years in which paleontological collections have been made in the Cretaceous of Kansas, chimaeroids have never been found, although they are known from the Cretaceous of New Jersey, Mississippi, and Wyoming. The specimen is too large to be the head clasper of any of the known Cretaceous chimaeroids.1 1. For a review of the Cretaceous Chimaeroids of North America see Hussakof (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 30, art. 19; pp. 195-227, 21 text figs., 2 pis.). (237) 238 The University Science Bulletin I am indebted to many who have offered helpful suggestions and especially to Dr. E. C. Case and Dr. Carl L. Hubbs for their criti- cism and advice and for the use of their libraries and specimens. Any error or errors in the interpretation of the specimen are entirely my own. The uniqueness of the specimen seems to warrant placing it on record. The drawings were made by Miss Frances Watson. Ichthypriapus gen. nov. (icnutype. — Ichthypriapus hubbsi sp. nov.; No. 1136F, Kansas University, Museum of Vertebrate Paleontology, complete ?head clasper. Ichthypriapus hubbsi sp. nov. (Figs. 1-4) Holotype. — No. 1136F, Kansas University, Museum of Verte- brate Paleontology. Complete ?head clasper. Collected by George Sternberg. Horizon and type locality. — Niobrara, Upper Cretaceous, Logan county, Kansas. Diagnosis. — A large ?head clasper of a chimaeroid, larger than any head clasper or frontal holder described in previous works. Base not broadened as in Squaloraia, but knob shaped. No evidence of denticles or spines on anterior end. Not short arched as in Ischyodus and Chimaera but more of an elongated S-shape. Approximately nine times larger than the head clasper of Chimaera, and possessing a distinct knoblike base. Description of holotype. The ?head clasper has an over-all length of 150 mm. The base is pitted showing the attachment of well de- veloped muscles. There is evidence of a groove 24 mm. from the base on the ventral side which becomes wider and deeper as it passes anteriorly, reaching a maximum width of 9.5 mm. and a depth of 12 mm.; this is in the region of strongest arch. The groove passes anteriorly in the center of the shaft becoming completely enclosed, and bifurcates near the tip of the structure to open through two small openings with a diameter of 2 mm. on the tip of the horns. (See fig. 2.) Anterior and ventral to this deep groove are two well developed processes for the attachment of muscles. Width across processes, 24 mm. Depth of structure at this point, 42.3 mm. The anterior end tapers down rather rapidly in front of these processes to a narrow transverse width of 13.7 mm. Depth at this point is 9 Hibbard: A New Chimaeroid 239 Explanation of figures: No. 1136F, KUMVP, Ichthypriapus hubbsi gen. et sp. nov., holotype, (1) dorsal view, (2) view of anterior end, (3) lateral view, (4) ventral view. 240 The University Science Bulletin mm. At the point of narrowest transverse width the structure broadens and bifurcates into two hornlike processes, each of which possesses on its lateral surface, near the ventral side, a slight knob- like process. These small processes show no indication of the at- tachment of muscles. If a cap of spines covered the anterior tip as in Chimaera they have been lost! If a base or handle were developed on the head clasper of Chimaera there would be much in common in the two structures since the clasper of Chimaera is hollow (filled with uncalcified cartilage) and its base resembles the mid-portion of the fossil specimen. If its spines were removed, however, the clasper of the recent form is an even arch and does not possess an upturned and bifurcated portion on its anterior end as in the fossil. The specimen shows as much resemblance in its structure to an os priapi as to a head clasper of some Cretaceous vertebrate, though to date no form has been recovered from the chalk that would give any clue to its relationship. This species is named for Dr. Carl L. Hubbs, of the University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology. THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII, pt. II.] November 15, 1942 [No. 12 Concerning the Snake Genus Pseudoficimia Bocourt EDWARD H. TAYLOR and HOBART M. SMITH, Department of Zoology, University of Kansas, and University of Rochester, respectively Abstract: In this paper Pseudoficimia frontalis is discussed, and Pseudofi- cimia jmlcherrima sp. nov. is described from Huajintlan, Morelos, Mexico. Both forms are figured. IN A former paper (Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull., 25, 1938 [1939], pp. 241-2) we placed Pseudoficimia frontalis in the genus Conopsis. Further studies, however, show that frontalis has many peculiar- ities in morphology; it belongs to a group containing not less than three species (one undescribed), having an extensive range over- lapping part of the range of the related genus Conopsis; and that there is a very markedly lesser degree of phylogenetic continuity between this group and the genus Conopsis than between the several members of the latter genus. We believe the differences between these two groups sufficiently well marked, and indicative of a suffi- ciently remote phylogenetic connection, that the recognition of the generic distinctness of frontalis and related species is necessary. Available for this genus is the name Pseudoficimia, proposed by Bocourt (Etudes sur les Reptiles et les Batraciens. Miss. Sci. Mex. et Amer. Centr., livr. 9, 1883, p. 572) for Pseudoficimia pulchra. It seems that Bocourt was not aware that the species had been de- scribed by Cope in 1864 as Toluca frontalis (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Aug., 1864, p. 167), since he does not mention this species in his work. The genus may be characterized as follows: small to medium- sized colubrine snakes, the tail Vf> to Vi of the total length, the size of the species varying from 440 to 700 millimeters in length, and the total ventral-subcaudal count varying from about 190 to 205. Ros- tral modified, pointed, and turned up somewhat at tip; internasals (241) 242 The University Science Bulletin and prefrontals present; nasals partially fused to each other (above nostril) but not fused to labials or internasals; loreal normally ab- sent, leaving the prefrontal in contact with the second labial; one preocular; two postoculars; temporals 1-2-3; two pairs of chin- shields, the second reduced. Maxillary teeth 15 to 17, the posterior not larger than the greater part of the series, most of them showing a posterolateral depres- sion on the posterior edge; pterygoid teeth 9 to 14, the posterior larger than maxillary teeth and with a lateral depression on inner Fig. 1. Distribution of the species of Pseudoficimia. Question marks indicate unverified literature records. posterolateral surface; palatine teeth 9-11, some with depressions, all about the size of the maxillary teeth; dentary teeth 17-20, at least a few with an outer posterolateral depression. Hemipenes with either few (less than 35) large spines or very small, more numerous spines. Calyces present, coalescing to form short diagonal ridges in some species, when well formed with none or only very minute papules. Sulcus single. The range of the genus is along the western edge of the Mexican plateau. The known records include localities in southern Sonora, Durango, Sinaloa (Presidio, near sea level). Nayarit, Jalisco. Co- lima, Michoacan, Morelos and Guerrero. Taylor and Smith: Genus Pseudoficimia 243 The following key serves to distinguish the two forms: A. Hemipenial spines very small, uniform in size, grading into still smaller spines in the area of calyces; latter poorly formed, tending to coalesce; a single dark bar on the frontal region; ventrals, 160-161 $, 141-156 $ ; subcaudals, 35-38 $, 39- 45 g ; dorsal spots on body 30-49, on tail 10-17; ventrals cream, lateral edges stippled; median yellow spots between dark spots distinct, 1-1 Vi: scales wide; 7(6) lower labials. Colima, Michoacan, Morelos, Jalisco (Nayarit, Durango, Sinaloa ?) P. frontalis (Cope) AA. Hemipenial spines relatively very large, 35 or less, not grading into very small spines in the area of the calyces; latter very distinct; a single dark cross bar on frontal region; ventrals 146-155 £ ; subcaudals, 41-43 ^ ; 42-48 spots on body; 15-16 spots on tail; yellow spots between dark spots nearly obsolete; ventrals cream, lateral edges stippled; rostral rounded, the part visible from above little more than half its distance from frontal ; seven lower labials ; a smaller species. Morelos and Guerrero P. pulcherrima sp. nov. Pseudoficimia can be contrasted with its relatives as follows: Pseudoficimia Conopsis and Toluca 1. Area of calyces very distinct, extensive. 1. Area of calyces less extensive, practically 2. Calyces or terminal ridges without obsolete. papillae. 2. Calyces with very distinct papillae. 3. Hemipenial spines homogeneous, either 3. Spines heterogeneous, large and small, large or small. 4. A loreal or not, but when absent the pre- 4. No loreal normally, prefrontal broadly frontal normally not in contact with labials, in contact with labials. 5. Nasal entire. 5. Nasal partly divided. 6. Size much smaller, not reaching 400 mm. 6. Size large, 440-700 mm. total length. 7. Total ventral -subcaudal count 153-178. 7. Total ventral-subcaudal count 190-205. 8. Prefrontals fused with internasals or distinct. 8. Prefrontals and internasals always dis- 9. Teeth averaging slightly less numerous, tinct. 9. All teeth averaging slightly more num- erous. Pseudoficimia frontalis (Cope) (PI. XXI, fig. 1; text figs. 1, 2) Toluca frontalis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 16, Aug., 1804, p. 167 (type locality Colima). Pseudoficimia pulchra Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex., livr. 9, 1883, pp. 572-573, pi. 35, figs. 12, 12a- 12c (type locality "Mexique" ; two specimens from unknown localities). Ficimia frontalis Garman. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 8, 1883, pp. 82, 161 (Colima, descrip- tion after Cope); Bull. Essex Inst., 16, 1884, p. 30 (places Toluca frontalis under genus Ficimia). Geagras frontalis Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876. p. 142; Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 22, 1884, p. 177 (Colima and "Guadalaxara") ; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 82 (Colima and "Guadalaxara"); Amer. Nat., 18, Feb., 1884, p. 163. Pseudoficimia frontalis Gunther, Biol. Centr. Amer., Rept. Batr.. May. 1893, p. 96 (Ven- tanas [Durango]; Presidio [near Mazatlan, Sinaloa]; Colima; Guadalajara); Cope, Amer. Nat., 30, 1896, p. 1024 (Austro-occidental District): Ann. Rept. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 (1900), 945, 1232 (Colima and "Guadalaxara": the Geagras frontalis figured on pi. 16, (hemipenis) from Yucatan, must be another species, perhaps Ficimia public); Taylor, Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull., 24, 1938 (1939), p. 507 (listed from Sinaloa). Contia frontalis Boulenger, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., ed. 2, 2, 1894, p. 270 (Yentanas, Durango; Presidio, nr. Mazatlan [Sinaloa]); Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, (9), 1, 1899, p. 157 (Sierra del Nayarit [western Nayarit]); Werner, Zool. Jahrb., 57, 1929, p. 149 (Mexico). Conopsis frontalis Amaral, Mem. Inst. Butantan, 4, 1929, p. 182; Taylor and Smith, Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull., 25, 1938 (1939). pp. 241-242. pi. 23, fig. 3 (Hacienda El Sabino, Uruapan, Michoacan); Taylor, Univ. Kan. Sci. Bull., 26, 1939 (1940). pp. 455-456 (Huajintlan, More- los; part.). 244 The University Science Bulletin The specimens examined and referred to Pseudoficimia frontalis are six: the two cotypes, USNM Nos. 31424 f pygofer and with a fleshy lobe near base (2) planus a. sp. I (2) Pronotum with longitudinal stripes evident; both forks of pygofer hook much longer than pygofer, ventral fork longest (•'■!) grandis a. sp. Pronotum without longitudinal stripes; forks of pygofer I k scarcelj longei than pygofer. ventral fork never distinctly longer than dorsal ■"> 5. (41 Males 4*4 mm. oi less in length: females 5mm. or less in length; forks oi pygofer hook about equal in length, ventral fork falcate, curved anteriorly; aedeagns short, not extending :i> far as apex of stylo (4) rugosus n. sp. Males over 4% mm. in length, females over 5mm. in length: forks of pygo- fer hook usually unequal in length, but if equal, anterior fork not curved anteriorly; aedeagus longer, extending at least as far as apex of styles.... 0 (1. (.">) Aedeagus with distinct lateral processes near middle and a pair of .short processes near apex; forks of pygofer hook long and slender: last ventral s gnient of female truncate, only slightly, if at all, excavated on sides of t he median notch (5) subspinosis n. sp. A deagus without lateral processes near middle: at least one fork of pygofer honk broad: last vtntral segment of female distinctly excavated on sides of median lobe or notch 7 7. itt) Apical processes on atdeagils less than Ki length of shaft of aedeagUS 8 Apical processes on aedeagus over ]4 length of shaft of aedeagus 10 S. (7) Aedeagus short: ventral fork of pygofer hook with lobe nil ventral margin near middle, dorsal fork broadest near base (6) latus n. sp. Aedeagus longer; ventral fork of pygofer hook only slightly wider near mid- dle. di>rsal fork almost parellel-margined on basal two-thirds 9 9. (8) Abdomen with black or fuscous markings: bright yellow to fulvous in color; not southern Arizona (7) aequalis n. sp. Abdomen without black or fuscous markings; ivory-white to light yellow in color: southern Arizona equalis eberneus n. sub sp. lu. (71 Ventral fork of pygofer hook slightly falcate, curved posteriorly; Arizona. (8 1 apicalis n. sp. Ventral fork of pygofer hook straight, or if curved, pointed anteriorly; east of Arizona 11 11. (Id) Males less than 5 mm. m length, female- less than 5% mm. in length: ventral fork of pygofer hook much narrower than dorsal fork: New Mex.. western Texas and southeastern Colorado 1- Males over 5 mm. in length, females over 5% mm. in length; ventral fork of pygofer hook about as wide as dorsal: eastern I". S (9) variabilis n. sp. 12. (11) Tegmen semihyaline fulvous; dorsal fork of pygofer hook about as broad at apical fourth as at base; ventral fork extending almost to margin of pygofer (10) querci Gillette and Baker Tegmen semihyaline white to ivory; dorsal fork of pygofer hook distinctly narrower at apical fourth than at base; ventral fork usually extending only about half the distance to margin of pygofer querci albus n. sub sp. 13. (1) Pronotum usually with distinct dark band near posterior margin If Pronotum without distinct dark band near posterior margin 18 11. (13) Tegmen semihyaline fulvous in both male and female, sometime.- s'ightly clouded along margin of clavus (11 ) tristis Ball Tegmen of both male and female not semihyaline fulvous, either opaque or "spotted" with opaque spots 15 15. (14) Vertex slightly pointed, male, and female the same color; lorae and cheeks usually without darker markings; Southwest (12) prinoides n. sp. Vertex parellel-margined; males usually darker than females; lorae and cheeks often with darker markings, especially in the male; eastern and middle western !'' 258 The University Science Bulletin 16. ( 1 .") ) Vertex and scutellum usually orange; male 5% mm. or more in length, female 7 mm. or more in length ; ventral fork of pygofer hook greatly widened on outer half (13) pediculus n. >p. Vertex and scutellum white to yellow; male less than S1/. mm. in length, female less than 7 mm. in length ; ventral fork of pygofer hook not greatly thickened on outer half 17 17. (10) Lorae and cheeks usually infuscated; dorsal fork of pygofer hook curved abruptly near base (14) pictu.< Van Duzee Only lorae usually infuscated, dorsal fork of pygofer hook not curved abruptly near base (15) slossom Van Duzee 18. (13) Tegmen opaque white with two to four dark spots along anterior niarg n of vertex (10) rubiaims ( Rail) Tegmen not opaque white, or if so, without two to four dark spots along anterior margin of vertex 19 19. (18) Pronotum distinctly lighter than tegmen, with markings, if present, indis- tinct : face yellow with markings, if present, light fulvous 20 Pronotum not distinctly lighter than tegmen, or if so, with markings darker and more pronounced; face not yellow with light fulvous markings 25 20. (19) General color of tegmen reddish -brown ; aedeagus with two pairs of apical processes — one pair directed forward, the other directed backward; Colo- rado westward 21 General color of tegmen not reddish-brown.: aedeagus without two pairs of apical processes ; Florida 22 21. (20) Male more than 6 mm. in length, female more than 7 mm. in length : vertex obtusely pointed; ventral fork of pygofer hook longer than dorsal: California (17 ) subaeneus (Van Duzee) Male less than 6mm. in length, female less than 7 mm. in length: vertex rounded; ventral fork of pygofer hook shorter than dorsal; not California. (18) glennanus Ball. 22. (20) Male more than 5 mm. in length, female more than Omm. in length; basal two-fifths of ventral fork of pygafer hook much narrower than apical halt. 23 Male less than 5 mm. in length, female less than 0 mm. in length; basal two- fifths of ventral fork of pygofer hook not much narrower than apical half, 24 23. (22) Tegmen of male opaque fuscous excepting costal cell; tegmen of female opaque yellow excepting costal cell, with elaval suture and anterior margin of clavus brown (19) nitens Van Duzee Tegmen of male and female translucent brown except for transparent costal cell nitens pellucidus n. sub sp. 24. (22) Vertex, pronotum and scutellum clear yellow with no evidence of typical markings except one large faint spot in each basal angle of scut Hum: dorsal fork of pygofer hook not curved near base: only one pair of lat >ral processes near apex of aedeagus (20) flavus n. sp. Vertex, pronotum and scutellum ivory-yellow in female, slightly dark »r in male, with typical markings usually indicated; dorsal fork of pygofer hook curved near base; two pairs of processes near apex of aedeagus. although basal pair often very small (21 ) parvus n. sp. 25. (19) Frons of male black with typical markings light, darkest between antennae, frons of female yellow except for chocolate-brown band along base; pygo- fer hook less than half as long as distance from constriction to apex of pygofer (22) bartschi Van Duzee Frons of male and female not as above, or if frons of male as above, pygofer hook longer than half distance from constriction to apex of pygofer 20 20. (25) Males 4.2 mm. or less in length; females 5 mm. or less in length 27 Males more than 4.2 mm. in length; females more than 5 mm. in length. ... 28 27. (20) Processes at apex of aedeagus narrow, less than half as long as shaft of al- most straight aedeagus; pygofer hook broadest near middle, split near apex ; Tex and Okla (23 ) minutus n. sp. Processes at apex of aedeagus broader, more than half as long as shaft, of curved aedeagus; pygofer hook broadest, near outer fourth, not split near apex : southeast (24 ) fitlvous n. sp. Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 1259 28. (26) Pygofer hook bifid 29 Pygofer hook not bifid 32 29. (28) Ventral fork of pygofer hook greatly broadened on outer half 30 Ventral fork of pygofer hook not much broader on outer half 31 30. (29) Male less than 0 mm. in length, females less than 7 nun. in length; south- east U. S (25) hibt nuts n. -p. Male Omni, or more hi length: female 7mm. or more in length; northeast U. S ( "20 ) borealis n. sp. 31. (29) Clavus and adjacent area of corium deep fulvous to opaque reddish-brown: dorsal fork of pygofer hook not curved abruptly near base; eastern U. S (27) luridus (Van Duzee) Clavus and adjacent area of corium duller; dorsal fork of pygofer hook curved abruptly near base; western I'. S (28) discolor n. sp. 32. (28) Processes at apex of aedeagus over half as long as shaft of aedeagus. (29) southwicki Van Duzee Processes at apex of aedeagus distinctly less than half as long as shaft of aedeagus (30) marmoratus Van Duzee 1. Eutettix acutus n. sp. Similar to querci, but slightly larger, usually darker, with a flatter, longer vertex and with one fork of the pygofer hook greatly reduced. Length: Male, 5^ mm. ; female, 6^ mm. Vertex about one and two-thirds times as wide as length at mid- dle, bluntly pointed, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen semihyaline, often darkening posteriorly. Color: Frons, vertex and scutellum fulvous with typical mark- ings usually absent but occasionally faintly indicated; pronotum slightly darker. Tegmen luteus semihyaline with veins concolorous or darkening posteriorly. Male genitalia: Pygofer ovate, almost as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook curved dorsally, gradually narrowing to a sharp point, process arising on basal forth about one-fourth length of hook. Aedeagus long and straight, about five times as long as basal width, almost parallel margined throughout, a pair of bifid apical processes about one-third as long as shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins somewhat constricted near middle, broad lobe on lateroposterior corner, posterior margin produced to a pair of lobes separated by a distinct median notch. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and three pairs of para- types, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., July 14, 1938, R. H. Beamer. Para- types from Arizona as follows: 1 male, Chiricahua Mts., June 9, 1933, 1 male, 1 female, Aug. 8, 1932, 2 males, 1 female, Aug. 10, 1941; 1 female, Chiricahua Nat'l Monument, Aug. 24, 1935; 1 male, 260 The University Science Bulletin Huachuca Mts., Aug. 22, 1935, 1 male, Aug. 1, 1927, R. H. Beamer; 1 female, Chiricahua Mts., July 14, 1938, R. I. Sailer; 2 males, Chiricahua Mts., July 6, 1930, 1 female, July 27, 1935, 1 female, Sept. 12. 1931; 2 pairs, Faraway Ranch, July 26, 1935; 1 male, Huachuca Mts., July 29. 1935, 1 male, May 4, 1930, E. D. Ball; 1 male, Patagonia, June 24, 1933; 1 male, Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Oct. 31, 1937, P. W. Oman; 1 female, Huachuca Mts., July 20, 1937, 1 female, Sept. 9, 1938; 1 female, Tumacacori Mts., July 21, 1940. 1). J. & J. N. Knull. Types in the Kansas University collec- tion and paratypes in this collection, the Ball collection, the Ohio State collection and the National Museum. 2. Eutettix planum n. sp. Resembles acutus, but smaller, luteus in color and with one fork of the pygofer hook reduced to a fleshy lobe. Length.: Male, 4.75 mm.; female, 5.75mm. Vertex about one and two-thirds times as wide as length at middle, bluntly pointed, transverse furrow indistinct; tegmen luteus semi- hyaline without vermiculations. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum luteus with typical markings sometimes faintly indicated. Tegmen semihyaline luteus with veins concolorous. Male genitalia: Pygofer broad, bluntly pointed, about four-fifths as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook with dorsal fork reduced to a fleshy lobe about half as long as ventral fork, which is straight and slightly over half as long as length of pygofer. Aedeagus in lateral view long, about six times as long as basal width, almost parallel-margined on outer three-fourths, a pair of apical, bifurcate processes, each fork over one-third as long as shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment almost twice as wide as length at middle, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin gradually produced to a slightly notched apex. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 9 male and 4 female paratypes, Miami, Arizona, July 22, 1932, J. D. Beamer. Paratypes from Arizona as follows: 2 males, 1 female, Miami, July 21, 1932, (i males, 1 female, Aug. 6, 1941 ; 1 female, Prescott, July 29, 1933, 1 pair, Yarnell, July 27, 1933, R. H. Beamer; 1 female, Yarnell Hts., Aug. 20, 192!), 1 female, July 21, 1929; 3 males, Pinal Mts., July 18, 1935; 2 pairs, Superior, July 17, 1935; 1 pair, Glenn Oaks, July 19, 1929, 1 male, July IS. 1929, 1 pair, Oct. 7, 1929, E. D. Ball; 1 male, Hf.iwkk: Tin: (Ji-:xrs LTtkttix 261 Prescott N. F., July 14, 1940, D. J. & J. N. Knull. Paratypes from 'New Mexico: 1 male, Silver City, July 22, 1936, R. H. Beamer. Types in the University of Kansas collection and paratypes in this collection. Ohio State collection. Ball collection and National Mu- seum. This species and acutus approach Twiningia in the sharp, flat vertex but the genitalia resemble more nearly other species of Eutettix. 3. Eutettix grandis n. sp. Resembles querci, but larger, darker and with the forks of the pygofer hook much longer. Length: Male, 6 mm.; female, (i1 i mm. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle; almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline with occasional clouded spots, especially in clavus. Color: Frons and vertex ivory, with a line along transverse fur- row and one or two dots inside each eye, fulvous; pronotum fulvous with anterior margin and three longitudinal markings, lighter; scu- tellum yellow-ivory with a large spot inside each basal angle, darker. Tegmen semihyaline luteus, darker in clavus, veins concolorous to light fulvous. Mali genitalia: Pygofer short, almost as wide at constriction as width from there to bluntly-pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork slightly shorter, curved ventrally on outer fifth and posteriorly on outer tenth, widening gradually to outer sixth, short recurved spine on anterior margin near sharp apex; ventral fork widest on outer fourth, then narrowing to a sharp apex. Aedeagus in lateral view three times as long as basal width, widest at base, then narrow- ing to outer third, apex rounded, transparent membrane along dorsal margin extending from base to outer third; a pair of processes about one-half as long as basal width of aedeagus located on outer sixth and with a pair of lateral stylet-shaped processes arising near base, about four-fifths as long as shaft. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment slightly less than twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins almost straight, posterior margin slightly convex with a small lobe on each side of a small median notch. Types: Holotyes male, allotype female and 7 male and 3 female paratypes, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., July 14, 1938, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes from Arizona as follows: 1 female, Chiricahua Mts., July 8. 1932; 1 female, Santa Rita Mts., June 12, 1933, 1 male, 2 female. July 17, 1932. R. H. Beamer; 1 female, Chiricahua Mts., 262 The University Science Bulletin July 14, 1938, L. W. Hepner; 1 male, Huachuca Mts., July 18, 1938, D. W. Craik; 1 pair, Santa Rita Mts., June, F. H. Snow; 2 male, 1 female, Tuscon, June 30, 1929, 2 male, 1 female, Sept. 29, 1929, 1 pair, June 9, 1929, 1 female, Sept. 1 1929, 1 pair, Oct. 20, 1929. 1 pair, Huachuca Mts., June 15, 1930; 1 female, Chiricahua Mts.. July 28, 1935, E. D. Ball; 1 pair, Huachuca Mts., June 11, 1933, P. W. Oman; 1 male, 2 female, Chiricahua Mts., Sept. 14, 1938, 1 male, July 26, 1937; 1 pair Huachuca Mts., Sept. 9, 1938; 1 male, Pata- gonia, Aug. 20, 1940; 1 female, Tuscon, Aug. 16, 1940, D. J. & J. N. Knull. Types in the University of Kansas collection and paratypes in this collection and in the Ohio State collection, the Ball collection and in the National Museum. Thi^ species differs from any other Eutettix in the long, slender forks of pygofer hook and the lateral processes arising from near the base of the aedeagus. Eutettix rugosus n. sp. Similar to querci but, smaller, with the ventral fork of the pygofer hook curved anteriorly and with the aedeagus thicker and shorter. Length: Male, 414 mm.; female, 5 mm. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen semihyaline fulvous, slightly clouded near appendix. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum ivory to bright yellow, pronotum usually slightly darker and typical markings sometimes faintly indicated. Tegmen fulvous to luteus semihya- line with veins concolorous, if darker area present, restricted to appendix. Male genitalia: Pygofer long-ovate, almost as wide at constric- tion as length from there to rounded apex; pygofer hook bifid, forks about equal in length, dorsal fork narrowest on outer third, broadest just beyond, apex curved posteriorly, prominent spines at outer fourth on ventral margin; ventral fork slightly falcate, broader than dorsal fork, curved anteriorly, notched along posterior margin. Aedeagus in lateral view barely twice as long as basal width, a pair of triangular lateral processes near apex and a pair of slender apical processes about as long as basal width of shaft of aedeagus ; in ven- tral view, narrowest at base, a pair of triangular processes on outer fourth, apex rounded. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment over twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margin Hepner: Thk Genus Eutettix 263 convex, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a prominent unnotched median lobe extending as far posteriorly as the lateral margins. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and (i male and 1 female paratypes, Miami, Arizona, July 22, 1932, J. D. Beamer. Paratypes from Arizona as follows: 10 males, 1 female, Miami, July 22, 1932, 1 male, 2 females, Yarnell, July 29, 1933, 1 male, July 25, 1932, 1 pair, July 27, 1933, 1 female, Yavapai Co., July 1, 1929, R. H. Beamer. Types and paratypes in the University of Kansas collec- tion. 5. Eutettix subspinosus n. sp. Resembling querci, but larger, brighter yellow, and with forks of pygofer hook much more slender. Length: Male, 5Vi> mm.; female, 6 mm. Vertex slightly more than twice as wide as length at middle, al- most parallel-margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen semi- hyaline luteus with milky spots present, especially in the clavus. Color: Frons, vertex and anterior portion of pronotum lemon yel- low, pronotum darker along posterior margin; scutellum yellow to orange with typical markings faintly indicated. Tegmen luteus semihyaline with veins concolorous; sometimes faintly clouded with white in clavus and adjacent area of corium. Male genitalia: Pygofer oval, almost as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork curved ventrally on basal fourth, widest at base, almost parallel-margined on outer three-fourths to sharp apex, ventral fork almost straight, widest near middle, apex sharp. Aedeagus in dorsal view bifid on outer fifth, about five times as long as basal width, a pair of erect lateral spines near middle and a pair of smaller, lateral, triangular processes near apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment slightly less than twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins irregularly convex, posterior margin strongly convex with small median notch. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 5 male and 6 female paratypes, Santa Rita Mts., Ariz., July 17, 1932, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes from Arizona as follows: 6 males, Santa Rita Mts., June 12, 1933; 2 males, 4 females, Ruby, July 22, 1938; 3 males, 4 females, Patagonia, June 24, 1933, 1 male, 2 females, Aug. 21, 193"); 1 pair, Baboquivari Mts., July 19, 1932, 3 pairs, Benson, Dec. 21, 1941, R. H. Beamer: 1 male, 4 females, Santa Rita Mts., July 17, 264 The University Science Bulletin 1932, J. I). Beamer; 1 male. Santa Rita Alts., July 19, 1938, R. I. Sailer; 1 male, Atascosa Mts., Sept. 29, 1935, 4 females, Aug. 16, 1935; 1 male. Tuseon. Apr. 27. 1930, 1 female, Oct. 20, 1929, 1 female. June 16, 1929; 1 pair. Nogales, Aug. 16, 1937. E. D. Ball; !> males. 2 females, Santa Rita Alts., June 16, 1933. 7 males, 4 females, June 27, 1933; 3 males. 2 females, Patagonia, June 24. 1933, 1 male, Sasabe, Oct. 17. 1937. P. W. Oman. Types in the University of Kansas collection; paratypes in this collection, E. D. Ball col- lection and the National Museum. The specimen collected by E. D. Ball at Tucson. Ariz., on April 27, 1930, was labeled "blue oak." 6. Eutettix latus n. sp. Resembles querci, but slightly darker and with the forks of the pygofer hook greatly broadened and the aedeagus with shorter apical processes. Length: Male, 5% mm.; female, 6% mm. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle, slightly pointed, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen fulvous semihyaline, sometimes slightly clouded in appendix and at base of claval veins. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow in male, ivory in female, markings sometimes lightly indicated, pronotum darkest. Tegmen fulvous semihyaline with numerous milky trans- lucent spots, especially in the female, veins concolorous, rarely darkening posteriorly, sometimes clouded with fuscous at apex ot claval veins and in appendix. Male genitalia: Pygofer bluntly pointed, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook bifid, both forks directed posteriorly, dorsal fork broadest near base, curved posteriorly just beyond middle, gradually narowing to a sharp point, ventral fork falcate, smaller, broadest near middle, narrowing to a sharp point. x\edeagus in lateral view relatively short, about four times as long as greatest width, gradually narrowed to outer third, slightly broader at apex, a pair of apical processes about as long as narrowest width of aedeagus; in ventral view, par- allel-margined to outer fifth, broadest at apex, bifurcate on outer fifth, and with apical processes about as long as width of aedeagus at apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin deeply excavated on either side ot a distinct unnotched median lobe extending slightly further pos- teriorly than lateral margins. Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 2(>5 Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 8 male, 5 female para- types. Redding, California, June 28, 1935, E. I. Beamer. Paratypes from California as follows: 3 pairs. Redding, .June 28, 1935; 1 fe- male. Clayton, July 20, 1935; 1 male, 3 female, Dales, June 28, 1935; 12 male, 15 female. Santa Rosa, Aug. 16, 1938, R. H. Beamer; 3 male, 7 female, Santa Rosa, Aug. 16, 1938; 1 female, Aroyo Seco River, Aug. 8, 1938, L. W. Hepner; 3 male, 2 female, Santa Rosa. Aug. 16, 1938; 6 female. Arroyo Seco River. Aug. 8, 1939, R. I. Sailer; 1 male. Pasadena. July 12, 1931, 1 female, June 21, l!):^; 2 female, June 19, 1931; 3 female, Pine Valley, July 6, 1931; 1 pair, Beaumont, June 12, 1931; 1 pair, Lebec, June 25, 1934, 2 male, Med- ford, Ore., Aug. 26, 1934, 2 pairs, Aug. 12, 1934, E. D. Ball; 8 male. 21 female, Redding, June 28, 1935; 4 male, 1 female, Three Rivers, June 9, 1935; 2 female, Winters, June 26, 1935. P. W. Oman; 1 fe- male. Laguna Mts., July 27, 1940; 1 female, Pinon Flat. Santa Rosa Mts., July 1, 1941, D. J. A' J. N. Knull. Types in the Kansas Uni- versity collection. Paratypes in this collection. Ohio State collec- tion. E. D. Ball collection and National Museum. 7. Eutettix aequalis n. sp. Similar to querci, but with ventral fork of pygofer hook larger and directed posteriorly; shorter processes at apex of aedeagus; distribu- tion, Colorado to Arizona. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female. (> mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline without vermiculations or extra cross veins. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum, scutellum and tegmen light yel- low to fulvous, vertex and scutellum the same color as the prono- tum and tegmen slightly darker; typical markings sometimes faintly indicated; apical cells may lie very lightly clouded. Male genitalia: Pygofer long-ovate, slightly over two-thirds as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork curved ventrally just beyond middle and posteriorly near outer fifth, gradually broadening from base to outer fifth, apex pointed; ventral fork slightly falcate, widest near middle. apex directed posteriorly. Aedeagus in lateral view extending about as far as apex of styles, narrowest near middle with a pair of short apical processes about as long as greatest width of shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin almost straight except for a dis- tinct unnotched median lobe. 266 The University Science Bulletin Types: Holotype male, allotype female, Glenwood Springs, Colo., Aug. 17, 1929, P. W. Oman. Paratypes: 1 male, Aug. 17, 1929, Glenwood Springs, Colo., L. D. Anderson. 1 female, Glenwood Springs, Colo., Aug. 16, 1936; 3 males, Sloss, Colo., Aug. 17, 1929; 2 males, Oak Creek Canyon, Ariz., Aug. 14, 1927, 1 male, July 31, 1933, 1 female, Aug. 9, 1932; 2 females, Ash Fork, Ariz., Aug. 8, 1932; 2 females, Yarnell, Ariz., July 27, 1933, 1 female, July 25, 1932; 2 females, Prescott, Ariz., July 29, 1933, 1 female, Aug. 7, 1932; 1 pair, Granite Dell, Ariz., July 30, 1933; 2 pairs, Pintura, Utah, Aug. 11, 1929; 5 females, Cedar City, Utah, Aug. 13, 1929; 1 female, Salt Lake City, Utah, July 3, 1931, R. H. Beamer. 1 female, Prescott, Ariz., Aug. 7, 1932, J. D. Beamer. 1 male, Cim- arron, Colo., Aug. 22, 1896, 1 female, Trinidad, Colo., July 12. 1899, C. P. Gillette. 1 female, Pintura, Utah, Aug. 11, 1929; 2 males, 1 female, Granite Dell, Ariz., June 29, 1933; 9 males, 13 females, Yarnell Heights, Ariz., June 29, 1933, P. W. Oman. 3 males, Glenn Oaks, Ariz., July 19, 1929, 4 males, 5 females, Oct. 7, 1929, 2 males, 4 females, July 18, 1929; 7 males, 6 females, Granite Dell, Ariz., Oct. 6, 1929, 6 females July 17, 1929; 6 females, Yar- nell Heights, Ariz., Oct. 8, 1929, 1 female, Oct, 4, 1929, 2 females, July 21, 1929; 1 female, Grand Canyon, Ariz., Aug. 1, 1930; 2 females, Patogonia, Ariz., July 20, 1930; 1 pair, Cedar, Utah, Sept. 12, 1915 ; 1 male, Durango, Colo., Aug. 13, 1933, E. D. Ball. 1 male, Richfield, Utah, Sept. 12, 1930, E. W. Davis. 1 male, 5 females, Salt Lake City. Utah, Aug. 27, 1906, 3 females, July 13, 1908, 1 male, 3 females, Aug. 29, 1908; 2 males, 1 female, Palmer Lake, Colo., Sept. 18, 1901; 1 male, Durango, Colo., Aug. 9, 1900; 3 males, Ashfork, Ariz., July 14, 1929; 8 females, Oak Creek Canyon, Ariz., Aug. 15, 1938, 1 male, Aug. 1, 1938, 2 females, July 13, 1940; 1 male, 5 females, Prescott, Ariz., June 8, 1941, 5 males, 1 female, June 2, 1937, 1 male, 15 females, July 14, 1940, 1 male, June 6, 1937, 1 pair, June 20, 1937, 1 female, Aug. 18, 1938, 2 males, 4 females, Lincoln Co., N. M., July 9, 1940, D. J. & J. N. Knull. 1 male, 2 females, Palmer Lake, Colo., 3 males, Granite, Utah, July 4, 1936, 1 male June 24, 1926, 3 males, 1 female, June 26, 1936, 1 male, July 14, 1936, 1 pair, June 15, 1936, 1 male, July 8, 1936, 1 pair, July 17, 1936, 1 female, July 21, 1935, 4 females, July 21, 1935, 2 females, July 15, 1936, 1 female, July 24, 1935, 2 females, July 25, 1935, W. M. Allen. 4 males, 1 female, Big Cottonwood Canyon, Utah, July 13, 1935; 2 females, Granite, Utah, Aug. 6, 1935; 2 males, 1 female, Herriman, Utah, Nov. 3, 1935; 1 male, Santaquin, Utah, Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 267 Sept. 15, 1935; 1 male, Salt Lake City, Utah, July 13, 1935; 1 male. Tropic, Utah, Sept. 19, 1935, 1 male, Parley Canyon, Utah, Sept. 6, 1932, G. F. Knowlton. 2 males, Big Cottonwood Canyon, Utah, Aug. 27, 1935, C. J. Sorcenson. 1 male, Ogden, Utah, Sept. 20, 1935, R. C. Roskelley. 1 male, Oak Creek Canyon, Utah, July 16, 1936, L. Jeppsen. Types are in the Kansas University collection and paratypes are in this collection and the Colorado State, Utah State, Ohio State and E. D. Ball collections and the National Mu- seum. This species replaces querci west of the continental divide and cast of California. There is some variation in the shape of the pygo- fer hooks of the specimens from Colorado, Utah, and Arizona, but all are undoubtedly the same species. Gillette and Baker's querci types from Glenwood Springs, Colorado, were probably this species, but all of them apparently have been lost. Eutettix aequalis eb emeus n. sub sp. Similar to aequalis, but slightly smaller, much lighter in color, aedeagus slightly shorter and with the dorsal fork of the pygofer hook almost straight. Length: Male, 4% mm.; female, 5% mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen ivory white to light fulvous semihyaline without clouded areas. Color: Frons, vertex, scutellum and pronotum ivory white to light fulvous, brightest in males ; markings on scutellum sometimes faintly indicated. Tegmen semihyaline light fulvous with veins concolorous, occasionally slightly darkened in appendix and adjacent apical cell. Abdomen without darker markings. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, about three-fifths as wide at con- striction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork almost parallel-margined to outer fifth, apex pointed; ventral fork falcate, broadest near middle, apex pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view short, about four times as long as greatest width, narrowest just beyond middle and broadest near base and apex, a pair of apical processes about as long as average wTidth of aedeagus ; in ventral view bifurcate on outer fifth, almost twice as wide at apex as at base, gradually broadening from base to apex, processes hidden. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a prominent unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 4 male and 10 female 18—4815 268 The University Science Bulletin paratypes, Tombstone, Ariz., July 16, 1936, E. D. Ball. Additional paratypes as follows: 6 male, 1 female, Tombstone, Ariz., June 9, 1936, E. D. Ball, all in the E. D. Ball collection at the National Museum. This species may be separated externally from querci albus by the absence of any darker markings on the abdomen. 8. Eutettix apicalis n. sp. Resembles querci, but slightly smaller and luteus in color; ventral fork of pygofer hook curved anteriorly. Length: Male, 5mm.; fe- male, 5.25 mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined to slightly pointed, transverse furrow usually distinct; tegmen luteus semihyaline except for occasionally a lightly clouded area in appendix. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum bright yellow to luteus with typical markings sometimes lightly indicated. Tegmen semihyaline luteus to fulvous with veins concolorous, sometimes apices slightly clouded. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, about two-thirds as wide at con- striction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork slightly longer, widest on outer fourth, curved ventrally just beyond middle, and posteriorly on outer fifth; ventral fork fal- cate, almost parallel-margined near middle, then tapering to a sharp apex. Aedeagus in lateral view reaching as far as apex of style, about four times as long as greatest width, widest at base, and al- most parallel-margined on outer third; a pair of apical processes about one-third length of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, posterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, rounded on lateroposterior corner, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a prominent unnotched median lobe ex- tending further posteriorly than the lateral margins. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 7 pairs of paratypes, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., July 14, 1938, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes from Arizona as follows: 2 male, 2 female, Chiricahua Mts., July 8, 1932, 7 male, 1 female, Aug. 7, 1941, 1 female, June 9, 1933, 2 female, Aug. 7, 1941; 1 female, Chiricahua Nat'l Monument, Aug. 24, 1935; 1 male, Sunnyside Canyon, Huachuca Mts., July 9, 1940, R. H. Beamer; 1 male, 1 female, July 14, 1938, R. I. Sailer; 1 female, Chiricahua Nat'l Monument, Aug. 24, 1935, Jean Russell; 4 male, 4 female, Chiricahua Mts., July 6, 1930; 3 male, 1 female, Faraway Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 269 Ranch, July 26, 1935, E. D. Ball; 2 male, 1 female, Chiricahua Mts., June 15, 1939, 1 male, Sept. 14, 1938, 1 female, July 26, 1937, D. J. & J. N. Knull. Types in the Kansas University collection and para- types in this collection and the Ohio State and E. D. Ball collections. 9. Eutettix variabilis n. sp. Resembling querci, but luteus, darker in the male; pygofer more sharply pointed and dorsal fork strongly curved just beyond middle. Length: Male, 5% mm.; female, 6^/2 mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel margined, transverse furrow usually distinct; tegmen semihyaline luteus. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum, and scutellum light yellow to luteus in female, much brighter in the males, typical markings some- times present. Tegmen of female light luteus; of male, dark luteus, veins concolorous. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, two-thirds as wide at constriction ;is length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork curved ventrally just beyond middle and curved posteriorly near apex, ventral fork barely reaching to margin of pygofer, straight or slightly curved anteriorly. Aedeagus long, about six times as long as greatest width, widest near base, but almost parallel-margined throughout its length, a pair of apical processes about one-third length of shaft; in ventral view, parallel-margined, bifid on outer sixth. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly produced near middle, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a notched or unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 3 male and 1 female, Fayetteville, Arkansas, 1938, M. W. Sanderson; Paratypes as fol- lows: 32 male, 6 female, Washington Co., Ark., June 30, 1940, M. W. Sanderson. Types and paratypes in the Kansas University collec- tion. 10. Eutettix querci Gillette & Baker Eutettix querci, Gillette & Baker, Hemiptera of Colorado, p. 101, 1895. Resembling apicalis, but fulvous in color and with the ventral fork of the pygofer hook straight and reduced. Length : Male, 4% mm. ; female, 5% mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen fulvous semihyaline with veins darkening pos- teriorly in the male and almost opaque in the female. 270 The University Science Bulletin Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow-green in the male, fulvous in the female, typical markings sometimes indicated; tegmen semihyaline fulvous in the male with veins darkening pos- teriorly, more opaque in the female and with a slightly greenish color. Male genitalia: Pygofer long-ovate, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to rounded apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork about twice as long as ventral, almost parallel- margined to outer fourth, curved ventrally on outer fourth and pos- teriorly on outer fifth, prominent teeth along ventral margin; ventral fork slender and straight to a pointed apex. Aedeagus in lateral view about six times as long as greatest width, almost parallel- margined throughout ; a pair of apical processes about one-third length of shaft ; in ventral view parallel-margined and bifid on outer sixth. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, posterior margin almost straight, lateral margins somewhat convex, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a prominent, unnotched median lobe. Types: Lectotype female, Manitou, Colorado, Sept. 29, 1894, C. P. Gillette, (swept from Quercus undulata) in the Colorado State collection. This species was described from one male and nine fe- males collected at Manitou, Colorado and Glenwood Springs, Col- orado. The specimens collected at Glenwood Springs were evidently aequalis, since querci does not extend that far west. The only speci- men of this series that I was able to locate was the one female co- type in the Colorado State collection, which I here designate lecto- type. In case the other co-types are lost, I designate as a neotype a male specimen collected at Trinidad, Colorado, July 13, 1890, in the Colorado State collection. Specimens of this species were ex- amined from Santa Rosa, N. Mex., Cimarron, N. Mex., Cloudcroft, N. Mex., Colfax Co., N. Mex., Davis Mts., Tex., Montezuma Co., ( Colorado and Durango, Colorado. Eutettix querci albns n. sub sp. Similar to querci. but white to ivory in color and with the ventral fork of the pygofer hook somewhat more reduced. Length: Male, 4.75 mm.; female, 5.25 mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, slightly more pointed than querci, transverse furrow distinct ; tegmen hyaline to opaque white to ivory. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow to greenish- Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 271 yellow in the male, white to ivory in the female, typical markings on the scutellum sometimes present, Tegmen white to ivory, semi- hyaline in the male, more opaque in the female with veins usually darkened posteriorly, especially in the male. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, about two-thirds as wide at con- striction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork over twice as long as ventral, almost parallel margined to outer fifth, where it curves abruptly posteriorly; ventral fork straight, narrow and sharply pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view about six times as long as basal width, almost parallel-margined for the entire length of the shaft, a pair of apical processes about one- third length of shaft ; in ventral view, parallel-margined and slightly bifid at apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, posterior margin almost straight, lateral margins faintly sinuate, rounded on lateroposterior corner, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a prominent unnotched median lobe ex- tending further posteriorly than the lateral margins. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 8 male and 17 female paratypes, Kenna, N. Mex., Aug. 9, 1941, R. H. Beamer. Additional paratypes as follows: 2 pairs, Kenna, N. Mex., Aug. 9, 1941, B. Hodgden, 2 pairs, July 16, 1936, D, R. Lindsay; 6 males, 7 females, Shramrock, Tex., Aug. 10, 1941, R. H. Beamer, 2 pairs, Aug. 10, 1941, E. L. Todd. Types in the Kansas University collection. This species is separated from aequalis eberneus by a more east- erly distribution, presence of fuscous markings on the abdomen and longer apical processes on the aedeagus. It differs from qucrci by being lighter in color and with a shorter ventral fork on the pygofer hook. The specimens collected by R, H. Beamer Aug. 9, 1941, at Shamrock, Tex., were collected on Querci prinoides. 11. Eutettix tristis Ball Eutettix subaenca var tristis, Ball, Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., xii, p. 34. Similar to pictus, but lighter in color, without the dark markings on cheeks and with dorsal fork of pygofer hook extending as far as ventral. Length: Male, 5y2mm.; female, 6% mm. Vertex over twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen semihyaline fulvous throughout. Color: Frons yellow with two large basal spots, black, oblique markings sometimes faintly indicated, vertex yellow with two large dark spots along anterior margin, usually separated by a narrow 272 The University Science Bulletin yellow line, pronotum yellow except for wide fulvous to fuscous band usually covering most of posterior half, lighter in female; scutellum yellow to fulvous with typical markings sometimes present. Teg- men semihyaline fulvous with white spots at apex of clavus at least indicated, usually darkened on both sides of this spot, veins usually concolorous but may darken posteriorly, apical cells sometimes slightly infuscated. Male genitalia: Py gofer slightly over one-half as wide at con- striction as length from there to pointed apex, py gofer hook bifid, dorsal fork "goosenecked" near base, widest near middle, apex pointed, ventral fork widest near base, extending about as far as dorsal, pointed at apex. Aedeagus in lateral view slightly over three times as long as greatest width, almost parallel-margined to outer third, narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin near apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment slightly less than twice as wide as length at middle, almost straight along anterior and lateral margins, posterior margin almost straight except for large unnotched median lobe. Type: A specimen of this species in the National Museum bears Ball's name label and is designated as lectotype. It is a female labeled "Jacksonville, Fla." and has a small "TYPE" on the pin. In the original description no specimen is named as a type. Material examined: Specimens are on hand from Florida, Loui- siana, South Carolina, Georgia, Maine, Illinois and Kansas so that one might say that this species may be found in most of the eastern part of the United States. Occasionally specimens of this species may have the band on the pronotum very light or indistinct, but the large pair of dark mark- ings at apex of vertex readily separates this species from mar- moratus, which it resembles in having semihyaline fulvous tegmen. 12. Eutettix prinoides n. sp. Resembles slossoni, but with vertex slightly pointed, with males and females the same color, with forks of pygofer hook longer and home slender; more western in distribution. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female, 6 mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, obtusely pointed, transverse furrow shallow ; tegmen semihyaline, approaching opaque- ness in clavus and spots in corium. Color: Face yellow with two black spots at base extending from ocelli to center, separated by a narrow yellow line; vertex yellow Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 273 except for two large black spots along anterior margin; pronotuni gray to yellow except for broad brown band near posterior margin and a small brown dot at middle of anterior margin; scutellum ivory white to yellow with typical markings sometimes faintly indicated. Tegmen semihy aline to opaque fulvous in the clavus and adjacent area of corium, a large white spot near apex of clavus; margin of clavus, a spot in discal cell and in each anteapical cell and sometimes apical cells, infuscated. In some specimens the white in the tegmen is replaced by yellow. Male genitalia: Pygofer about one half as wide at constriction as length from there to bluntly pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, forks about equal in length, dorsal fork "goosenecked" near base, slightly broadest on outer half to pointed apex, ventral fork slightly broader than dorsal. Aedeagus in lateral view about five times as long as greatest width, broadest near middle, narrowing to a rounded apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin on outer fifth; in ventral view, bifid on outer two-fifths and a pair of short lateral processes on outer third. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin excavated on each side of a dis- tinct unnotched median lobe extending slightly further posteriorly than lateral margins. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 16 male and 13 fe- male paratypes, Shamrock, Texas, Aug. 10, 1941, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes as follows: 9 male, 3 female, Shamrock, Tex., Aug. 10, 1941, E. L. Todd; 2 male, 1 female, Kenna, N. Mex., July 16, 1936, D. R. Lindsay; 1 male, 2 female, Kenna, N. Mex., July 16, 1936; 1 male, 2 female, Sutton Co., Tex., July 16, 1928; 1 female, Ozona, Tex., July 9, 1936; 1 female, Kendall Co., Tex., July 22, 1928; 1 female, Concan, Tex., July 6, 1936; 1 female, San Antonio, Tex., July 4, 1936, R. H. Beamer; 3 male, 14 female, Concan, Tex., June 4, 1933, P. W. Oman. Types in the University of Kansas collection and paratypes in this collection and in the National Museum. This species was collected at Shamrock, Tex., on Quercus prinoides by R. H. Beamer. 13. Eutettix pediculus n. sp. Resembles pictus, but larger, approaching orange in color except on tegmen and with the ventral fork of the pygofer hook much nar- rower on basal half than on apical half. Length: Male, 5.75 mm.; female, 7 mm. 274 The University Science Bulletin Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen varying from opaque along margin of clavus to transparent along costal margin. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow to orange, except for following fuscous markings: A spot on disc of frons; two large spots enclosing both ocelli, covering anterior half of vertex and basal portion of frons, separated mesally by a narrow light line; broad band across posterior half of pronotum. Markings on scutel- lum sometimes lightly indicated. Cheeks and lorae may or may not be darkened. Clavus and adjacent area of corium and apical cells opaque black, costal cell transparent. Male genitalia: Pygofer about two-thirds as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork curved abruptly near base, almost parallel-margined to pointed apex; ventral fork narrowest on basal third, much broader near mid- dle, pointed at apex. Aecleagus in lateral view about six times as long as greatest width, almost parallel-margined on basal three- fifths, gradually narrowing to a rounder apex, a pair of short proc- esses on dorsal margin near apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior and lateral margins almost straight, lat- eral margins slightly converging posteriorly, posterior margin almost straight except for distinct unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 1 male and 2 female paratypes, Clarksville, Tenn., July 22, 1915, 1 male, Woodville, Miss., July 25, 1921, C. J. Drake; 1 male, Coffeyville, Kansas, July 4, 1939, 1 female, July 25, 1939, L. W. Hepner; 1 female, Elk City, Kansas, July 3, 1926, Beamer & Lawson; 1 male, Hilliard, Fla., Aug. 31, 1930, R. H. Beamer; 1 male, Caddo Parish, La., Aug. 19, 1928, Jack Beamer; 1 pair, Thebes, 111., July 11, 1935, LeLong & Ross; 1 male, Elizabethtown, 111., July 8, 1935, Ross & DeLong; 1 male, Rosiclare, 111., July 5, 1935, Frison & Mohr. This species resembles pictus externally, but the genitalia resem- bles more nearly that of nitens. 14. Eutettix pictus Van Duzee Eutettix -pictus, Van Duzee, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, xix, p. 301, 1892. Eutettix magnus, Osborn, Ent. News, xi, p. 395, 1900. Resembles slossoni, but larger, darker, with the cheeks beyond lorae usually infuscated and with the dorsal fork ''goosenecked" near base. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female, 6V2 rnm. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle, almost Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 275 parallel-margined, transverse furrow indistinct; tegmen varying from semihyaline along costal margin to opaque in clavus. Color: Frons of female yellow with the base dark, of male, yellow with base dark and markings on disc, fuscous to black; lorae and adjacent area of cheeks usually infuscated; vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow to orange, darkest in the male with apical half of pronotum and a broad band on posterior half of pronotum, brown to black. Tegmen with white opaque spot near apex of clavus; clavus and adjacent half of corium brown to fuscous, darkest along margin of clavus and in discal cell; remainder of wing fulvous semihyaline except for infuscated apical cells. Male genitalia: Pygofer slightly over half as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid with ventral fork pointed, broader than dorsal and extending slightly farther than dorsal, widest on outer third, dorsal fork "goosenecked" near base, gradually broadening to outer third, apex pointed. Aede- agus in lateral view slightly over four times as long as greatest width, largest near middle, narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin near apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior and lateral margins almost straight, pos- terior margin shallowly excavated on each side of a prominent un- notched median lobe. Types: Holotype female, Pennsylvania, C. W. Johnson, in the Iowa State collection, Ames, Iowa. The allotype male of magnus, Morgan Co., 111., June 29, 1892, F. M. McElfresh, in the Ohio State collection, Columbus, Ohio. Specimens are on hand from most of the eastern half of the United States from Florida to Texas on the south and from Wisconsin to Pennsylvania on the north. The specimens from the southern part of this area are smaller than those from points farther north. As a rule, both the male and female have the checks somewhat infuscated, but occasionally an entire series is found in which this marking is absent in the female. The "goosenecked" basal portion of the dorsal fork of the pygofer hook readily separates this species from slossoni, while its color is much darker than tristis. 15. Eutettix slossoni Van Duzee Eutettix slossoni, Van Duzee, Bull. Soc. Nat. Sci., v. p. 210, 1894. Similar to tristis, but smaller, more darkly colored and with the dorsal fork of the pygofer hook without the gooseneck near base. Length : Male, 4 mm. ; female, 5 mm. 276 The University Science Bulletin Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined, transverse furrow almost absent; tegmen varying from semihyaline in females to opaque in males. Color: Frons of female yellow with two large apical spots, fus- cous; of male, black with typical markings yellow; vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow with two large spots on anterior margin of vertex and band across posterior part of pronotum, brown to black. Tegmen of female semihyaline light fulvous with veins darkening posteriorly and darkened along outer margin of clavus, in apical ceds, and in center of discal cell; males opaque black in clavus and adjacent area of corium, outer half of corium partly semihyaline and partly opaque, both sexes have distinct white spot at apex of clavus. Male genitalia: Pygofer slightly over one-half as wide at con- striction as length from there to sharp apex, pygofer hook bifid with forks about equal in width, but with ventral fork usually slightly longest and with no gooseneck near base of dorsal fork. Aedeagus in lateral view slightly over three times as long as greatest width, slightly widest near middle, narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin near apex; in ventral view, bifid on outer half. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior and lateral margins almost straight, pos- terior margin excavated on each side of a prominent, unnotched median lobe, which extends slightly further posteriorly than the rounded lateroposterior corner. Types: Holotype female, Charlotte Harbor, Florida, Annie Trum- bull Slosson in the Iowa State collection, Ames, Iowa ; allotype male, labeled "Florida" here designated, in the Iowa State collection. Material examined from Florida: Hilliard, Suawnee Springs, La- chooche, Tampa, Hiberia, La Belle, Cedar Keys, Zolpho Springs, Hudson and Duval Co. 16. Eutettix rubianus (Ball) Ollarianus rubianus, Ball, E. D., Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., v. xxvi, p. 432, 1936. Resembling subaenem, but shorter, tegmen opaque ivory-grey, black spots along anterior margin of vertex and with dorsal fork of pygofer hook bifid at apex. Length: Male, 5% mm.; female, 6 mm. Vertex about three times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct, tegmen opaque with ve'ns darker. Color: Frons light yellow with typical markings fulvous; vertex Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 277 ivory-yellow with one or two marks inside each eye, fulvous, a spot just above each ocellus and a pair of lines near apex, black; pro- notum ivory-grey, lightest along anterior margin with four pairs of spots sometimes evident; scutellum ivory-yellow with typical mark- ings yellow to light fulvous except for a black dot along each lateral margin. Tegmen opaque ivory-grey with veins brown. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, slightly over one-half as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex, pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork curved and parallel-margined on basal two-thirds, split at apex with two sharp points, ventral fork straight, about as long as dorsal, broadest near outer third, a small process on dorsal marg'n near middle, apex pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view about five times as long as greatest width, slightly narrowed from bas to apex, a pair of narrow erect apical processes about one-fourth length of shaft of aedeagus and a pair of broader processes about one-half length of shaft, directed anteriorly. Female genitalia: Anterior margin of last ventral segment almost straight, lateral margins somewhat convex, posterior margin rounded marginally, slightly excavated on each side of a distinct, unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype female, Atascosa Mt., Ariz., Nov. 3, 1935, E. D. Ball, in the National Museum, Washington, D. C. Material studied: Specimens studied from Atascosa Mt,, Ariz., in April and May, 1936. 17. Eutettix subaeneus (Van Duzee) Thamnotettix subaeneus, Van Duzee, Ent. Am., vi, p. 77, 1890. Resembles luridus, but much longer, narrower and aedeagus with two pairs of apical processes; Pacific coast species. Length, 6mm., 7 mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, bluntly pointed, transverse furrow^ distinct; tegmen fulvous semihyaline with occa- sional clouded areas. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum ivory-yellow with typical markings usually lightly indicated. Tegmen semihyaline fulvous with veins darkening posteriorly, somewhat clouded at ends of claval veins, in discal cell, middle anteapical cell and in apical cells. Male genitalia: Pygofer slightly over half as wide at constriction as length from there to bluntly pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, ventral fork longest, curved posteriorly, narrowing gradually to a sharp apex, dorsal fork curved ventrally on basal third, parallel- 278 The University Science Bulletin margined on basal half, then narrowing gradually to a sharp point. Aedeagus in lateral view about six times as long as basal width, gradually narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex with two pairs of apical processes, one erect pair, one-fourth length of shaft, project- ing anteriorly and the other pair, one-third length of shaft, largest near middle, projecting posteriorly. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins, slightly convex and converging, posterior margin almost straight ex- cept for a distinct unnotched median lobe. Types: Lectotype male, allotype female, Cal., Coquillet, in the Iowa State collection, Ames, Iowa. Material on hand from California is as follows: Alpine, Lompoc, Miramar, San Antonio Canyon, San Diego, Stinson Beach, Santa Cruz Mts., Irvine Park, Jamesburg, Monterey, Los Angeles and Taylorville. There is also one male specimen from Pendleton, Oregon. This species and latus are the only ones in the genus found in California. E. subaeneus is easily separated from latus by the darker color of the tegmen and the pointed vertex. 18. Eutettix glennanus Ball Eutettix glennanus, Ball, E. D., Fla. Int., xv. p. 2, 1931. Resembles subaeneus, but smaller, with the vertex rounded and sometimes with two to four black spots along margin of vertex present, forks of pygofer hook almost equal in length. Length: Male, 5 mm. ; female, 6V2 mm. Vertex almost three times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline fulvous irregularly clouded with opaque fulvous markings. Color: Frons light fulvous with typical markings absent or slightly darker; vertex light fulvous with two spots just inside each eye and line along transverse furrow, slightly darker, a spot just above each ocellus and a pair near apex, fuscous or fulvous; pronotum greyish- fulvous, lightest along anterior margin where four pairs of fulvous spots are sometimes present; scutellum ivory to light fulvous with two black dots along lateral margins usually present, other typical markings sometimes dark fulvous. Tegmen semihyaline light ful- vous, with some clouded areas present, veins dark fulvous, com- missural spot present. Male genitalia: Pygofer ovate, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to broadly pointed apex; pygofer Hefner: The Genus Etjtettix 279 hook bifid, both forks about the same width and extending just be- yond margin of pygofer, dorsal fork curved ventrally near basal fourth, almost parallel-margined to sharp apex, ventral fork straight or slightly curved anteriorly. Aedeagus in lateral view slender, about six times as long as greatest width, gradually narrowing from base to apex, two pairs of slender apical processes, one pair, about one-third length of shaft, directed anteriorly and the other, about one-half length of shaft, directed posteriorly. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment slightly less than twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins rounded evenly to convex posterior margin, distinct un- notched median lobe. Types: Holotype female, allotype male and 1 female paratype, Glenn Oaks, Ariz., Oct. 7, 1929, E. D. Ball. Material examined: (Arizona) Huachucua Mts., Patagonia, Tucson, Santa Rita Mts., Hualpai Mt., Pinaleno Mt., (Colorado) Fort Collins, Poudre River Canyon, Montezuma Co. (Utah) St. George, (Texas) Davis Mts. Specimens of this species from Colorado are larger and have been confused with siibaeneus and luridus. The type material, collected in the fall, has the dark markings along the anterior margin of the vertex. However, specimens collected in the summer usually lack these markings. 19. Eutettix nitens Van Duzee Eutettix nitens, Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist., ix, 223, 1909. Resembles luridus, but with tegmen of male opaque black and clavus of female opaque fulvous to yellow; ventral fork of pygofer hook with slender basal pedicel. Length: Male, 5% mm. ; female, 6 mm. Vertex over twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- jnargined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen varying from fulvous semihyaline in corium of female to opaque black in male. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum ivory to bright yellow without color markings. Tegmen of female fulvous semi- hyaline in corium, becoming opaque in clavus, opaque yellow spot near apex of clavus, brown along anterior margin of clavus, along claval suture, on apical cells and often spots in corium; of male, opaque brown to black, becoming semihyaline along costal margin. Male genitalia: pygofer long, slightly over one-half as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, ventral fork slightly longest, very narrow on basal two-fifths, widest 280 The University Science Bulletin slightly beyond middle, gradually narrowing to a sharp point, dorsal fork curved near base, widest on outer third, pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view about four times as long as greatest width, largest near middle, narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex, a pair of very short processes on dorsal margin on outer fifth. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins convex, slightly converging; posterior margin slightly convex on both sides of an unnotched median lobe. Types: I was unable to locate the types of this species, but co- types of bartschi, described at the same time, are in the California Academy Science Museum so the types of this species may also be there. The species was described from various localities in Florida. Material studied: (Florida) Sanford, St. Augustine, Hobe Sound, Cold, Hudson, Palm Beach, Branford, La Belle, Cedar Keyes and Inverness. Eutettix nitens pellucidus n. sub sp. Similar to nitens, but smaller and with tegmen semihyaline ful- vous. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female, 5% mm. Vertex almost three times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen semihyaline, approaching transluscency in clavus. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum fulvous-yellow, markings on scutellum sometimes faintly indicated. Tegmen trans- lucent fulvous in clavus and adjacent area of corium; remainder of tegmen semihyaline fulvous, darkest along outer margin of clavus except for distinct yellow commissural spot near apex of clavus. Male genitalia: Pygofer about three-fifths as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork slightly shortest, curved ventrally near base, gradually narrow- ing to pointed apex; ventral fork narrowed on basal two-fifths, broadest near middle, narrowing gradually to a sharp apex. Aede- agus in lateral view about five times as long as greatest width, broadest near middle, narrowing to a bluntly pointed apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin at outer fifth, in ventral view, bifid on outer third. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin almost straight on each side of a distinct unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 1 pair of paratypes, Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 281 Ocala, Florida, Aug. 13, 1926, E. D. Ball. Additional paratypes from Florida as follows: 1 female, Ocala, Aug. 14, 1926, 3 males, 2 females, Nov. 6, 1927; 1 pair, Apopka, Aug. 14, 1926; 1 pair, Jack- sonville, May 8, 1927; 1 pair Sanford, July 3, 1926, 1 female, Sept. 2, 1926, 1 male, 2 females, May 30, 1926, 1 pair, Apr. 30, 1926. E. D. Ball; 1 male, Coconut Grove, Aug. 9, 1930, L. 1). Tuthill. 20. Eutettix flavus n. sp. Resembles nitens, but smaller with tegmen fulvous to golden in both male and female; ventral fork of pygofer hook not greatly compressed near base. Length: Male, 4x/2 mm.; female, 5}4 nun. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen semihyaline to translucent, becoming almost transparent along costal margin. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum yellow to fulvous with markings, if present, faintly indicated. Tegmen fulvous, vary- ing from translucent in the clavus to almost transparent along the costal margin, veins in apical third of wing distinct; commissural spot present near apex of clavus. Male genitalia: Pygofer about two-thirds as wide at constriction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifurcate, both forks straight and about equal in length and width. Aedeagus in lateral view about five times as long as greatest width, broadest near middle, narrowing to a rounded apex, a pair of short, erect processes on dorsal margin near apex, on ventral margin bifid on outer third. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin excavated on both sides of a median unnotched lobe that extends about as far posteriorly as the latero-posterior corners. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 2 male and 3 female paratypes, Likely, Florida, July 24, 1934, R. H. Beamer. Additional paratypes from Florida as follows: 1 male, Lake Jovita, July 20, 1934, R. H. Beamer; 1 male, Sanford, Aug. 22, 1933, C. O. Bare; 6 male, 4 female, Sanford, July 22, 1926, 1 female, May 28, 1926, 4 female, June 22, 1926, 2 female, Oct. 7, 1926, 1 female, July 3, 1926, 1 male, 2 female, Oct. 24, 1926, 1 female, Apr. 28, 1926, 3 male, Nov. 3, 1925, 1 male, Jan. 15, 1926, 1 female, Feb. 15, 1926, 4 pairs, Aug. 4, 1926, 3 female, July 1, 1926, 2 female, June 16, 1926, 2 male, 3 female, July 4, 1926, 2 female, Aug. 17, 1926, 2 female, Sept. 27, 1926, 1 female, May 19, 1926, 1 male, 2 female, Sept. 9, 1926, 1 282 The University Science Bulletin female, Jan. 21, 1926, 1 male, May 28, 1926, E. D. Ball; 4 male, 8 female, Sanford, July 22, 1939, P. W. Oman. Types in the Kansas University collection; paratypes in this collection, the E. D. Ball collection and National Museum. This species was listed by Doctor Ball as E. bartschi, but it differs from that species in the coloration of the frons as well as in the genital characters. 21. Eutettix parvus n. sp. Resembles nitens, but smaller, lighter in color with typical mark- ings usually evident, and without ventral fork of pygofer hook greatly narrowed at base. Length: Male, 4% mm. ; female, 5y2 mm. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihy aline fulvous. Color: Frons, vertex, and scutellum ivory white to yellow, bright- est in male, markings usually evident; pronotum darker than vertex in male, concolorous in female. Tegmen semihyaline fulvous in male, translucent fulvous in female, veins sometimes darkening pos- teriorly; margin of clavus darkened, except for commissural spot near apex. Male genitalia: Pygofer long-ovate, about two-thirds as wide at constriction as length from there to rounded apex; pygofer hook bifid, both forks about equal in length, dorsal fork curved abruptly near base, almost parallel-margined to pointed apex, ventral fork parallel-margined on basal half, widest on outer fourth, pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view about four times as long as greatest width, slightly broadest near middle, narrowing to a rounded apex; in ven- tral view, bifid on outer third. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex and converging, posterior margin excavated on both sides of an unnotched median lobe extending slightly further pos- teriorly than lateroposterior corner. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 2 female paratypes, Suwanee Springs, Florida, July 29, 1930, R. H. Beamer. Additional paratypes from Florida as follows: 1 female, Wakulla Springs, July 14, 1934, R. H. Beamer; 1 female, Suwanee Springs, July 29, 1930, 1 male, Old Town, Julv 11, 1939, P. W. Oman. Types and para- types in the Kansas University collection. This species is closely related to flavus, from which it may be sep- Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 283 arated by its slightly larger size, markings on vertex and irons usually present and the longer, more slender forks of the pygofer hook. 22. Eutettix bartschi Van Duzee Eutettix bartschi, Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soe. Nat. Sci., ix, 223, 1909. Resembling luridus, but smaller, with Irons of female unmarked except for basal band, with long processes at apex of aedeagus and with pygofer hook small and single. Length: Male, 4.2 mm.; fe- male, 5 mm. Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel- margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline with some light and clouded areas. Color: Frons of male dark fuscous, almost black, with about six diagonal arcs on each side, yellow; female, yellow with only base fulvous to fuscous and arcs sometimes faintly indicated; vertex and scutellum ivory to yellow with typical markings fulvous, usually darker in the male; pronotum darker than vertex, lightest along an- terior margin. Tegmen semihyaline fulvous, darkest in male, veins distinct only in light areas, commissural spot distinct, Male genitalia: Pygofer long-ovate, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook short, slightly longer than one-half width of pygofer at constriction, sinu- ately narrowed to a sharp point. Aedeagus in lateral view about five times as long as basal width, almost parallel-margined throughout its length, a pair of erect, apical processes about one-half length of shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, almost straight along anterior margin, lateral mar- gins slightly convex, posterior margin straight, except for distinct unnotched median lobe. Types: Lectotype male, allotype female, in the Ohio State Uni- versity collection, Columbus, Ohio. Material studied: (Florida) Fort Myers, Homestead, Orange Co., St. Petersburg, Sanford, St. Augustine, Hudson, La Belle, Hobe Sound, Likely, Cocoanut Grove, Tampa, Sebring, Elfers. Old Town and West Palm Beach. The female of this species can be separated easily from any other species in the genus by the peculiar coloration of the frons. How- ever, occasionally a specimen will be found in which the band ex- tends over most of the frons. 19—4815 284 The University Science Bulletin 23. Eutettix minutus n. sp. Resembling bartschi, but smaller in size, with slightly longer ver- tex, with frons yellow and with typical markings only faintly indi- cated. Length: Male, 4 mm.; female, 5 mm. Vertex slightly less than twice as wide as length at middle, bluntly pointed, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline with small clouded areas sometimes present in the clavus. Color: Frons ivory-yellow with markings faintly indicated in the male and absent in the female; vertex and scutellum ivory-yellow to light fulvous with typical markings distinct and slightly darker; pronotum fulvous to brownish-grey, lightest along anterior margin, much darker in the male than in the female. Tegmen semihyaline fulvous with veins darkening posteriorly, four spots along claval margin, and extreme apex, fuscous, commissural spot usually only lightly indicated. Male genitalia: Pygofer ovate, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to rounded apex; pygofer hook reaching almost to apex of pygofer, broadest on outer third, notched on outer fifth, apex pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view almost five times as long as basal width, broadest near middle, a pair of apical processes broadest near apex, slightly less than one-half length of shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, almost straight along anterior margin, lateral mar- gins convex and converging, posterior margin almost straight except for distinct notched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 11 male and 1 female paratypes, Shamrock, Tex., Aug. 10, 1941, R. H. Beamer. Addi- tional paratypes as follows: 3 male, Shamrock, Tex., Aug. 10, 1941, E. L. Todd; 1 female, Sutton Co., Tex., July 16, 192S; 1 male. Wichita National Forest, Okla., June 28, 1936, R. H. Beamer; 1 male, Concan, Tex., June 4, 1933, P. W. Oman. Types in the Kansas University collection and paratypes in this collection and the Na- tional Museum. This species resembles fulvous, but may be separated by its slightly more pointed vertex, more slender processes at apex of aedeagus, notch near apex of pygofer hook and distribution. 24. Eutettix fulvous n. sp. Resembles southwicki, but smaller, with a sharper vertex, tegmen darker and with the markings on vertex darker. Length: Male, 4.2 mm.; female, 5 mm. Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 285 Vertex about twice as wide as length at middle, obtusely pointed; transverse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline but usually with irregular clouded areas. Color: Frons, vertex, pronotum and scutellum ivory-yellow to fulvous with typical markings usually distinct and slightly darker; tegmen fulvous semihyaline with fuscous clouded areas in discal cell, at end of claval veins and in apical cells; veins darkening pos- teriorly. Male genitalia: Pygofer ovate, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook reaching almost to apex of pygofer, gradually broadening to outer fifth, then narrowing suddenly to a sharp point. Aedeagus about five times as long as basal width, almost parallel-margined throughout its length, a pair of apical processes widest on outer third and slightly longer than one-half length of shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment slightly less than twice as wide as length at middle, almost straight along anterior margin, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin straight, except for notched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and one pair of paratypes, Lacoochee, Fla., Aug. 18, 1930, R. H. Beamer. Additional paratypes from Florida as follows: 1 male, Yankeetown, July 31, 1930; 1 male, Sanford, July 22, 1939, P. W. Oman; 1 male, Hudson, July 13, 1939, R. H. Beamer; 3 pairs, Sanford, Nov. 3, 1925, 1 male, Sept. 10, 1925, 3 male, June 2, 1926, 1 male, Sept. 2, 1926, 2 male, Oct. 24, 1926, 2 male, 5 female, June 18, 1926, 1 female, Feb. 14, 1926, 1 female, Sept, 7, 1925, 2 female, June 22, 1926, 2 female, July 3, 1926, 2 female, Sept. 9, 1925, 1 female, Sept. 4, 1926, E. D. Bail. Types in the Kansas University collection and paratypes in tins collection, the E. D. Ball collection and National Museum. 25. Eutettix hibernus n. sp. Similar to nitens, but with pronotum about same color as tegmen and with markings on vertex and frons distinct. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female, 6% mm. Vertex slightly over twice as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen varying from translucent in clavus to semihyaline along costal margin. Color: Frons of male fulvous with typical markings ivory-white, frons of female ivory-yellow with markings fuscous except for choco- late-brown band covering basal third; vertex and scuttellum ivory- white to fulvous with typical markings at least faintly indicated; 286 The University Science Bulletin pronotum reddish-brown, darkest in male, with four pairs of dots along anterior margin distinct. Clavus and adjacent area of corium translucent to opaque dark brown to reddish-brown, outer half of corium light fulvous semihyaline. Male genitalia: Pygofer about two-thirds as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork curved abruptly near base, slightly broadest on outer third, apex pointed, ventral fork much narrowest on basal two-fifths, broadest near mid- dle, apex pointed. Aedcagus in lateral view about four times as long as greatest width, almost parallel-margined on basal three- fifths, narrowing to a rounded apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin near apex; in ventral view, bifid on outer two-fifths. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex and converging posteriorly, posterior margin almost straight except for unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female and 1 male paratype, Grisdon, Florida, Feb. 4, 1941, L. W. Hepner. Paratypes: 1 male, Seminole Co., Fla., Jan. 10, 1930, 1 male, Jan. 3, 1930, W. M. Loe; 1 male, St. John Co., Fla., Feb. 28, 1930, L. L. Knight; 1 female, Columbia Co., Fla., Jan. 27, 1930, R. B. Howard. Types in the Kansas University collection and paratypes in this collection and the National Museum. At first it seemed that this might be a winter form of nitens, but typically colored nitens specimens have also been collected in the winter. 26. Eutettix borealis n. sp. Resembles nitens, but larger, pronotum about same color as teg- men, markings on frons distinct and found in northeast United States. Length: Male, 6V2 mm.; female, 7 mm. Vertex almost two and one-half times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct; tegmen vary- ing from transluscent in clavus to semihyaline in costal cell. Color: Frons fulvous with markings lighter, some dark markings in the male; vertex fulvous with typical markings brown to reddish- brown ; pronotum brownish-yellow to reddish-brown, light mark- ings, along anterior margin distinct ; scutellum fulvous with typical markings darker; tegmen reddish in the female, brownish-yellow in the male, varying from translucent in the clavus to semihyaline fulvous in the costal cell. Mah genitalia: Pygofer about two-thirds as wide at constriction Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 287 as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork slender, almost parallel-margined, curved abruptly near base, ventral fork much narrowed on basal two-fifths, broadest near mid- dle, apex pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view about four times as long as greatest width, almost parallel-margined on basal half, then narrowing to a rounded apex, a pair of short processes on dorsal margin near apex. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, posterior and lateral margins almost straight, lateral margins slightly converging posteriorly, posterior margins somewhat convex with a prominent unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, Durham, N. H., Sept. 21, 1922; allotype female, Woods Hole, Mass., July 4, 1925, E. D. Ball. 1 female paratype, Woods Hole, Mass., July 7, 1925, E. D. Ball. Types and paratypes in the E. D. Ball collection. The genitalia of this species resemble those of nitens, but borealis is found in the northeastern part of the country and differs in being reddish-brown in color. 27. Eutettix luridus (Van Duzee) Thamnotettix luridus. Van Duzee, Can. Ent. xxii, p. 250, 18f)0. Resembles subaeneus, but shorter, with a shorter vertex and with- out two pairs of apical processes on the aedeagus. Length: Male, 51/2 mm.; female, 6 mm. Vertex slightly more than twice as wide as length at middle, al- most parallel-margined, transverse furrow shallow; tegmen varying from translucent on the clavus to semihyaline on the corium. Color: Frons fulvous with typical markings lighter, vertex and scutellum ivory-yellow with typical markings fulvous to deep red- dish-brown, pronotum fulvous to reddish-brown with typical mark- ings usually distinct. Tegmen translucent with clavus and adjacent area of corium deep fulvous to bright reddish-brown except for large white spot near apex; corium fulvous semihyaline with veins darker, apical cells sometimes slightly clouded. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, about two-thirds as wide at con- striction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork shorter than ventral, gradually narrowing to sharp apex, ventral fork slightly broader than dorsal, almost parallel-margined to a sharp apex. Aedeagus in lateral view slightly over four times as long as greatest width, largest near middle, narrowing to a rounded apex on apical third; in ventral view bifid on outer third. 288 The University Science Bulletin Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior margin almost straight, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior margin slightly convex except for large unnotched median lobe. Tapes: Lectotype male, Ames, Iowa, May 19, 1881, allotype fe- male Agricultural College, Michigan, October 24, 1888 in the Iowa State collection. Mat) rial studied: Material is on hand from many points in the eastern half of the United States. The species is replaced west of Kansas by discolor. 28. Eutetti.v discolor n. sp. Resembles luridus, but with transverse furrow more distinct, duller colored and with the dorsal fork of the pygofer hook curved abruptly near base. Length: Male, 5% mm. ; female, 6 mm. Vertex two to two and one-half times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined in female, slightly pointed in male, trans- verse furrow distinct; tegmen semihyaline with clouded spots in clavus, discal cell and apical cells. Color: Frons fulvous with typical markings darker, vertex and scutellum ivory-white with markings fulvous and distinct, pronotum darker with typical markings usually evident; tegmen light semi- hyaline fulvous, darker along margin of clavus, except for white spot near apex of clavus, brown spot in discal and middle anteapical cells, apical cells sometimes slightly infuscated. Male genitalia: Pygofer long, about two-thirds as wide at con- striction as length from there to pointed apex; pygofer hook bifid, dorsal fork shortest, curved sharply near base, almost parallel-mar- gined to sharp apex, ventral fork widest on outer half, apex pointed. Aedeagus in lateral view about seven times as long as greatest width, almost parallel-margined to outer third, narrowed to a rounded apex, a pair of short spines on dorsal margin at apical fourth. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior and lateral margins almost straight, pos- terior margin slightly excavated on each side of a slightly notched median lobe. Types: Holotype male, allotype female, and 17 pairs of para- types, Ruidosa, N. Mex., Oct. 10, 1940, John Medler. Additional paratypes as follows: 5 male, 2 female, Coffeyville, Kansas, Oct. 15, 1939, L. W. Hepner; 2 pairs, Douglas county, Kansas, Oct. 15, 1936, R. H. Beamer; 1 male, Cherokee County, Kansas, July 19, Hepner: The Genus Eutettix 289 1941, R. H. Beamer; 1 male, Anderson County, Kansas, Oct. 24, 1929, P. W. Oman; 1 male, Galena, Kansas, Oct., 1912; 1 male, 3 female, Riley County, Kansas, Oct., Marlatt; 1 male. 2 female, Chisos Mts., Tex., Sept. 19, 1938, D. J. & J. N. Knull; 6 male, 5 female, Douglas County, Kansas, Oct. 8, 1938; 1 pair, Ruidosa, N. Mex., June 26, 1940, R. H. Beamer. Types in the Kansas Uni- versity collection; paratypes in this collection and the National Museum. This species replaces luridus in the western part of the country, but differing in color and in the genital characters. 29. Eutettix southwicki Van Duzee Eutettix southwicki. Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., v, 209, 1894. Resembles marmoratus but with apical processes of aedeagus much longer; pygofer hook smaller. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female, 6 mm. Vertex almost two and one-half times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow shallow, especially in the male; tegmen semihyaline fulvous, darkest in the male, with apical cells slightly infuscated. Color: Face fulvous with markings, if present, darker; vertex, pronotum and scutellum fulvous to dark gray, darkest in the female, with markings distinct. Tegmen of male semihyaline fulvous throughout; veins of female darkening posteriorly with a few fuscous spots in clavus and adjacent area of corium with apical cells in- fuscated. Male genitalia: Pygofer oval, about two-thirds as wide at con- striction as length from there to truncate apex; pygofer hook single, almost parallel-margined on outer three-fourths, extending almost to apex of pygofer. Aedeagus in lateral view about four times as wide as greatest width, almost parallel-margined throughout, a pair of broad apical processes about twice as long as greatest width, over one-half as long as shaft of aedeagus. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, slightly convex on lateral margins. Posterior mar- gins slightly excavated on each side of a distinctly notched median lobe. Types: Lectotype male, New York City, Aug. 12, 1891, E. B. Southwick in the Iowa State College collection, Ames, Iowa; allotype female, New Haven, Conn., Aug. 23, 1934, C. 0. Dunbar, here desig- nated, in the Kansas University collection. 290 The University Science Bulletin Ball (Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., xii, 36, 1907) stated that E. brunneus is a synonym of this species, but examination of the types showed that these two are distinctly different. Series of this species are rare and the females are much like marmoratus. 30. Eutettix marmoratus Van Duzee Eutettix mnrmoratus. Van Duzee, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, xix, 302, 1892. Eutettix brunneus, Osborn, in 20th Rep. St. Ent. N. Y.. o30. Resembles tristis, but with markings on pronotum and frons ab- sent, with aedeagus not bifid and with apical processes on aedeagus. Length: Male, 5 mm.; female, 6 mm. Vertex almost three times as wide as length at middle, almost parallel-margined, transverse furrow distinct ; tegmen semihyaline. Color: Frons fulvous with typical markings slightly darker, ver- tex and scutellum ivory-yellow to fulvous with typical markings darker, scutellum fulvous to gray, lightest along the anterior margin; tegmen semihyaline fulvous with clouded areas across tegmen on anterior third and on apical cells. In some of the specimens, all color markings are absent and the specimens are fulvous throughout. Male genitalia: Pygofer ovate, about three-fourths as wide at constriction as length from there to apex; pygofer hook extending almost to apex of pygofer, broadest on outer third. Aedeagus in lateral view about five times as long as greatest width, almost par- allel-margined, a pair of slender apical processes about one-third length of shaft. Female genitalia: Last ventral segment about twice as wide as length at middle, anterior and lateral margins almost straight, pos- terior margin slightly excavated on both sides of the unnotched median lobe. Types: Holotype female. Balsam, N. C, July 23, 1890, W. J. Palmer in the Iowa State collection. E. brunneus types in the Ohio State collection. This species is either quite variable or else there are several closely related subspecies. Collected material is rather scanty in the group with series small. The aedeagus may be much longer and more slender than typical and the pygofer hook may vary from slender to twice as wide as that of the type. Hepxkh: The Genus Eutettix 29] Plate XXII 9. E. variabilis 10 E querci 10 E querci 292 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXIII 19 E. nitons 20 E. flavus 2 0. E flavus Hepxer: The Gexus Eutettix 293 Plate XXIV 29. E southwicki 30 E. mormoratus 30. E. mormoratus THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS SGIENGE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII, pt. II] November 15, 1942 [No. 14 New Caudata and Salientia from Mexico By EDWARD H. TAYLOR, Department of Zoology, University of Kansas Abstract: A series of new Salientia is described from Mexico, as follows: Bolitoglossa lavae, from near La Joya, Veracruz (Caudata, Plethodontidae) ; Eleut herodactylus hidalgoensis, north of Tianguistengo, Hidalgo, Eleuthcrodac- tylus decoratus, six miles west of Jalapa, Veracruz, Eleutherodactylus bolivari, Ixtapan del Oro, Mexico, Syrrhnphus modestus, Hacienda Paso del Rio, Colima (Salientia, Leptodactilidae) ; Hyla pachyderma, Pan de Olla, Veracruz, Hyla beltrani, Tapachula, Chiapas (Salientia, Hylidae); Rana megapoda, near Cha- pala, Jalisco (Salientia, Ranidae). Most of the species are figured. Bolitoglossa lavae (Plate XXVII, figs. 5-6) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 28937 $ ; collected 2 miles west of La Joya, Veracruz, August 16, 1941, by Edward H. Taylor. Paratypes.— EHT-HMS Nos. 28930-28936; 28938-29064. Topo- types collected at same time and place by Dyfrig Forbes, Gabino Garcia, and Edward H. Taylor. Diagnosis. — A small bromeliad salamander belonging to the chi- roptera group; tip of toes rounded, the toes touching or slightly over- lapping when limbs are adpressed; 11 costal grooves, the inguinal and axillary apparently wanting; 25-26 Maxillary-premaxillary teeth on each side of jaw; vomerine teeth about 6 on each side curving strongly backwards, separated medially by a distance equal to more than distance between two teeth, and from parasphenoid teeth by a distance three times as great; parasphenoid teeth in double series separated medially by a narrow interval. In males maxillary-premaxillary teeth reduced to from three to five on each side, those of the premaxilla piercing the lip. Description of the type. — A small species, the known maximum snout to vent measurement, 35 mm. (295) 296 The University Science Bulletin Head broader than body; width of head (6 mm.) contained in the distance between tip of snout and anterior end of vent (33 mm.) 5.5 times; distance between orbits, (2mm.), much wider than an eyelid (1.3mm.); nostril small, a slight swelling of the subnarial region on upper lip; a minute fold back of the corner of eyelid (in some specimens, when the eye is not open widely the posterior cor- ners of the eyelid are tucked under this fold) ; dorsal surface of head and snout flat, strongly and uniformly pitted; snout narrowed, nearly truncate anteriorly, lacking a canthus rostralis; nuchal fold on throat curving back slightly on side of neck, then curving forward to meet its fellow on the middorsal line; a vertical groove just back of the jaw angle reaches the dorsal surface of neck; an indistinct groove connects the two vertical grooves; no groove running back from behind eye. Eleven distinct costal grooves, the axillary groove and one in the inguinal region missing; tail not or but slightly constricted posterior to the anus; tail not especially fragile as none of the type series has the tail broken; about 36 indistinct caudal grooves behind anus; tail very slightly compressed laterally ; body a little broader than high ; adpressed limbs overlap the length of one costal fold; fold formed by the posterior extension of hyoid terminates at the second costal fold. A small gland behind the insertion of hind leg. Skin smooth, not puckered on sides; pits over most of body much smaller than those on head; anal opening (of female) with diagonal folds (of male, with papillae). Limbs large, well developed, the hand and foot spread wide; digits very wide, rounded at tip, minutely narrowed some distance back from tip. The web involves the first finger completely, the proximal phalanges of each of the other fingers and part of the second; foot with the web involving first toe, the proximal phalanges and proxi- mal parts of the second series of the other toes. Tongue boletoid, free; a semicircular, sublingual fold; maxillaiy- premaxillary teeth 28 on each side (allowing for missing teeth); about the same number of mandibular teeth; vomerine teeth 6-6, lying almost wholly between the inner level of choanae, curving back strongly, the two series separated by a distance a little greater than that between two teeth; separated from the parasphenoid teeth by a distance three times as great; parasphenoid teeth in two elon- gate series, which are widened posteriorly; palatal membranes with considerable pigment about the posterior part of the parasphenoid teeth; posterior to the maxillary-premaxillary teeth, the gums are strongly papillate; choanae moderately large. Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 297 Color. — Above dull brownish with indistinct spotting of darker color, somewhat more concentrated in the dorsolateral region; low on the sides of head and body, and the entire ventral surface, dirty whitish (actually evenly pigmented black on creamy background); a trace of two short cream diagonal lines on dorsal surface at base of the tail. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 33; snout to arm, 10.2; axilla to groin, 18; tail, 42; arm, 10.2; leg, 10.2. Variation. — In the very large series of paratypes there is a con- siderable variety in color pattern. 1. A series of about 20 have the ventral surfaces dark, the tails being usually equally dark above and below. The color above on back is dark brown or blackish, or there may be a median cream line, a pair of dorsolateral lines, of pinkish or cream, distinctly separated from the blackish lateral coloration. In practically all there is some variegation of the dorsal surface. There also may be a lighter spot on shoulders and a pair of short, light lines at the base of the tail. All of the dark specimens are young, to nearly grown, females. 2. All the remainder of both sexes are nearly equally light on the ventral surfaces but vary much in dorsal color and markings. Eight of these have the head variegated brown, the dorsolateral region dark and the back and dorsal surface of the tail nearly uniform cream. A similar number of specimens have two narrow dorsolateral lines, the back and tail, light, with numerous fine spots or reticu- lations. A few specimens appear nearly uniform lavender above, the sides lacking the dark areas. The larger part of the remainder are marked much as is the type. In almost all, however, there is a light nuchal spot and two short, lighter lines at base of tie tail (often forming a V-shaped mark) are present. There is little variation in the number of teeth in the adult fe- males. Very young males resemble females in the number of max- illary teeth but in old males only three or four are present, these much enlarged. There is a slight difference in the relative lengths of the limbs, to the axilla-to-groin length, in adult males, and the overlap of the adpressed limbs is a little greater than in the type. Remarks. — This variety of color pattern is present in most of the forms of the chiroptera group. It is certainly present in xolocalcae, terrestris and multidentata ; to a lesser extent this variation occurs also in chiroptera, chondrostega, and arborea. Whether this condi- tion obtains in mosaneri I do not know. 298 The University Science Bulletin This species may be separated from the above species by the char- acter of the teeth and the relatively large limbs and feet. This character seems to be associated with its arboreal habitat. All the specimens were taken from bromelias growing in the stunted forest of the lava fields west of La Joya, Veracruz. Eleutherodactylus bolivari sp. now (PI. XXVI, figs. 1 to 4) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 29564 $ ; collected at Ixtapan del Oro Mexico, Mexico, by Dr. C. Bolivar Pieltain, June 11, 1941. Diagnosis. — A member of the augusti group, probably most closely related to Eleutherodactylus tarahumaraensis Taylor, but differing from this and other members of the group in lacking a vocal sac. Description of the type. — A small species of the agusti group, the snout to vent measurement 44 mm. Body and limbs slender lacking all trace of an interdigital membrane; head a little wider than body; width of eyelid (4.2 mm.) minutely greater than interorbital dis- tance (4.1 mm.); length of eye (5.7 mm.) greater than interval between eye and nostril (5.1 mm.) ; length of snout (7 mm.), greater than eye length; width of tympanum (2.6 mm.), less than its height (3.3 mm.), its greatest diameter almost half greatest diameter of eye; elevation of head immediately in front of eye equals distance between eye and nostril; canthus rostralis rounded; loreal region sloping obliquely to lip, not or very slightly concave. Tongue longer than wide, slightly nicked behind, free for one- fourth of its length behind, and for nearly a third of its width lat- erally save near tip; vomerine teeth in two slightly diagonal, ele- vated groups which lie between, but fail to reach forward to the posterior level of the choanae; the groups closely approximated, but separated from choanae by an interval equal to more than twice the width of one group; palatal glands open medially, near the an- terior level of choanae, by ten longitudinal slits. Arms slender, rather long; first finger longer than second; tips of digits very slightly wider than the digits, the tips bulbous or swollen, lacking any trace of a transverse groove at tip ; subarticular tuber- cles large, elevated, rounded, not pointed at top; six supernumerary tubercles; median palmar tubercle, large, elongate, elevated, lying close to, and partially joined to the posterior part of the smaller, outer tubercle; inner tubercle intermediate in size, strongly elevated anteriorly; under side of arm smooth, without pustules. Legs slender, rather short, the tibiotarsal articulation reaching anterior corner of eye or slightly beyond; tips of toes similar to those Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 299 of fingers; subarticular tubercles smaller than those on fingers; eight supernumerary tubercles on sole and traces of intercalary tubercles; outer metatarsal tubercle more than half the area of the large inner tubercle but less elevated; no trace of a tarsal fold or outer tarsal tubercles; length of inner metatarsal tubercle more than half the interval between tubercle and tip of toe. Skin very smooth, but with numerous, flat, smooth-surfaced tubercles visible on back and femur; an indistinct skinfold across occiput; sides somewhat more strongly tuberculate; chin, breast, and most of the venter, smooth, the lateral granulation encroaching on the latero-posterior edges of the ventral disk; no inguinal or axillary glands; ventral and posterior faces of femur with strong granulation on proximal parts and indistinct granular patches on each side of the groove, posterior to anal opening. Color. — The ground color is light, bluish-gray with numerous blackish spots, varying in size; upper lip spotted; venter clouded with brown; limbs strongly barred with alternating broad and narrow, dark brown bands, separated by cream bands. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 44; width of head, 18; length of head, 17.5; arm, 31; leg, 64; tibia, 21.5; foot, 28. Remarks. — The absence of the vocal sac clearly differentiates this species from the presumed related Mexican forms, Eleutherodactylus agusti, cactorum, latrans, and tarahumaraensis. E. laticeps differs in having a small web between the toes, and a sharp-edged tarsal fold. This species is named for its discoverer, Prof. C. Bolivar Pieltain, a noted Spanish scientist. Eleutherodactylus hidalgoensis sp. nov. (Plate XXV, figs. 5 to 8 ; Plate XXVII, fig. 10) Type.— EH.T-~H.MS No. 24454 $ ; collected about 4 miles north of Tianguistengo, Hidalgo, July 3, 1940, by Edward H. Taylor. Paratope.— EHT-HMS No. 24455 collected with the type. Diagnosis. — Belonging in the aljredi group of the genus. Tibio- tarsal articulation reaches a little beyond tip of snout; tympanum less than one half the diameter of the eye. Digits dilated similar to those of spatulatus, but not so distinctly emarginate; vocal sac pres- ent; canthus rostralis rounded. Description of type. — A small frog, the head as wide as body, somewhat constricted back of the head. Eyelid (3 mm.) equal to the interorbital distance (3 mm.); length of eye (4 mm.) greater 20—4815 300 The University Science Bulletin than interval between the eye and nostril (3.2 mm.) ; tympanum a little higher than wide, its greatest diameter (1.75 mm.) less than half the length of the eye; length of snout. 4.6 mm. Tongue subcircular notched behind, free for one third of its length behind and widely free on the sides ; openings of the vocal sacs dis- tinct; vomerine tooth groups diagonal, elongated, lying behind the posterior level of the choanae, but between the level of their inner margins; groups are separated from the choanae by a distance more than twice as great as that which separates the two groups. The several openings of the palatal gland lie between the anterior part of the choanae; choanae much larger than area of one vomerine tooth group. Arm moderate, the digits with much widened terminal disks, es- pecially on outer fingers, the two outer disks with slight, medial, terminal emarginations (seen from above) ; first ringer, with very small disk, much shorter than second finger; subarticular tubercles large, rounded; six supernumerary tubercles, some nearly as large as the subarticular tubercles; the median palmar tubercle elongate, curved, separated from the outer tubercle by a curved line; inner palmar tubercle intermediate in size but more rounded and nearly same area as middle; a row of tubercles under the forearm. Leg moderately long, the tibiotarsal articulation reaching very slightly beyond the tip of the snout; large inner metatarsal tubercle more than twice the size of the outer, its length a little less than half the interval between the tubercle and tip of first toe; disks on toes much smaller than those of fingers; third and fifth toes reach fur- ward to the same point; toes rather flattened with sharp lateral edges, and a trace of an interdigital membrane; toe disks with slight emargination on middle toes, all disks with transverse terminal grooves; only a faint trace of inner tarsal fold (one or two indistinct tubercles), and several irregular outer tarsal tubercles; three or four very small, indistinct, supernumerary tubercles on sole. Skin above very rugose, with small tubercles and pustules; an in- distinct, occipital fold; a semicircular fold above tympanum; no dorsal skinfolds; sides pustular or granular; these encroach on the well-defined ventral disk; chin with ample skinfolds of the vocal sac; breast wrinkled or slightly corrugated. Inguinal gland present but indistinct; no distinct axillary gland; dorsal surface of femur, tibia, and arm pustular; more medial parts of ventral and posterior faces of femur with pavement-like granules; several tubercles below and behind tympanum; apparently no paratoid gland; when legs Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 301 are folded at right angles to the body, the heels overlap one-half to one millimeter. Color in life. — Yellowish cream above with indistinct darker markings on head, dorsum and sides; an indistinct W-shaped dark pattern back of occiput; legs barred with grayish, the lines contin- uous across femur, tibia, and foot when limb is folded; ventral sur- faces bright greenish^ellow with a minute peppering of blackish pigment; underside of hand and foot yellowish. Measurements of type and paratype in mm. — Snout to vent, 28.5, 22; width of head, 11.5, 8.9; length of head, 11.8, 9.4; arm, 20.2, 15; leg, 49.5, 41; tibia, 16, 14; foot, 20.5, 18. Variation. — The single paratype is smaller but otherwise resem- bles the type in most characters. Both are males. Remarks. — The specimens were obtained at night from trees by tracing their calls. The call is difficult to describe, but when first heard at some distance it resembled the querulous notes of Rana pipiens; and until I discovered that the sound came from trees I was certain I was trailing a Rana. Many individuals were heard, but the difficulty involved in ascending trees with a lantern during a shower, and then locating the frog, mitigated against acquiring a series. The key given under Eleutherodactylus decoratus shows the dif- ferential characters of the members of the alfredi group of the genus. Eleutherodactylus decoratus sp. nov. (Plate XXV, figs. 1-4; plate XXVII, fig. 9) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 28720 5 ; collected near Banderia, 6 miles west of Jalapa, Veracruz, Aug. 16, 1941 by Edward H. Taylor. Pa ratype.— EHT-HMS No. 28719; collected two miles west of La Joya, Veracruz, Aug. 15, 1941, by Edward H. Taylor. Diagnosis. — A small Eleutherodactylid of the alfredi group re- lated to E. spatulatus (see Plate XXVII, figs. 7, 8 and 11), but dif- fering in having a longer leg, the tibiotarsal articulation reaching considerably beyond the snout; canthus rostralis distinct, mod- erately sharp; tips of digits all more or less emarginate at tip (seen from above), but a little smaller than in spatulatus or other related forms. Description of the type. — A small species, the known maximum size 25 mm. ; width of eyelid (2.2 mm.) less than interorbital dis- tance (3.3 mm.) ; diameter of the tympanum (1.25 mm.) less than half the diameter of the eye (3 mm.) ; diameter of eye equals in- terval between eye and nostril; length of snout 4.65 mm.; canthus 302 The University Science Bulletin rostralis moderately distinct, the lines of which, if projected, intersect- about half way between nostrils and tip of snout; areas about nos- trils distinctly elevated, moundlike, with a broad depression be- tween; snout pointed; loreal region broadly sloping to lip, not, or but slightly concave; the skin of the loreal region pustular and cor- rugated, with a few tiny tubercles below eyes; top of head very smooth ; lying between the orbits and on occiput is a circumscribed, elevated, median area having somewhat the appearance of a blunt arrow, directed backwards. The entire elevation is bordered by a minute ridge. Tongue slightly longer than broad, notched behind; free behind for more than one-third of its length, and broadly free on sides save at tip; vomerine tooth groups diagonally placed, lying behind choanae, but well within the level of the inner margins of choanae, separated from them by a distance greater than the length of one group, and from each other by less than half this distance; palatal glands open in a short, medial, transverse groove, which lies at the anterior level of choanae; choanae small, about the area of a group of vomerine teeth. Arm rather short; fingers with widened, flattened disks, notched at the tip (seen from above), each with a distinct transverse groove at tip; no trace of interdigital membranes; subarticular tubercles large, rounded; seven supernumerary tubercles; median palmar tu- bercle much larger than the outer and separated from it only by a groove; inner tubercle of intermediate size. Legs long and slender, the tibiotarsal articulation reaching beyond the snout, a distance equal to interval between eye and nostril ; third and fifth toes reach forward to the same point on the fourth toe; toes rather flattened with sharp lateral edges and traces of inter- digital membranes; disks of toes are distinctly smaller than finger disks; inner metatarsal tubercle compressed, strongly salient; outer tubercle more than half as large; a few supernumerary tubercles. A very indistinct broken ridge begins behind posterior corner of eye, runs diagonally backward some distance then continues parallel to body dorsolateral^ ; area on back between these lines, smooth anteriorly but pustular and granular posteriorly; sides more or less tubercular or pustular; chin and breast smooth; ventral disk mod- erately distinct, the posterior part of which is roughened by small granules or corrugations; more medial parts of femur on ventral and posterior surfaces granular; upper surface of femur with some pustules; a trace of tarsal fold indicated by an elongate tubercle; a Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 303 slight fold above tympanum. Inguinal gland present but indistinct, its extent on the surface is discernible by the pitted nature of the skin; an indistinct paratoid gland above arm. Color in life. — The head dark above; back bright red (faun color in preservative) between the dorsolateral ridges; sides darker, indefi- nitely streaked or mottled with black; lip spotted dark and light, with a larger dark spot below eye; a dark spot in supratympanic region; legs barred with brown with lighter intervals between; under surfaces of hands and feet dark; venter mottled and clouded, with dark; under surface of femur and tibia speckled brown. Measurements in mm. of type and paratype. — Snout to vent, 25, 24; width of head, 9.7, 9.7; length of head 10.3, 10.1; arm, 17, 17; leg, 49, 47; tibia, 16, 16; foot, 19.5, 20. Variation. — The paratype differs but little from the type. It is a male with vocal sacs. The terminal pads on the toes and fingers are a trifle larger. The length of the eye (3.4 mm.) is about equal to the interval between eye and nostril, 3.2; the width of an eyelid is about the same as the interorbital width. The tibiotarsal artic- ulation reaches the same distance beyond the snout as in type and the diameter of the tympanum (1.4 mm.) is less than half the diameter of eye. The height of the tympanum is a little greater than its width. The color pattern, however, differs somewhat. The light dorsal coloration, pinkish in life (clay color in alcohol) reaches to the tip of the snout; the sides are a little darker and the underside of the femur and tibia is clouded rather than speckled with dark; the dorsal surfaces of femur and tibia are strongly barred with six brown lines, and when limbs are folded the lines are continuous on femur and tibia. The elevation on the top of the head is less distinct than in type. Remarks. — The type was obtained from a bromelia, in a tree growing from lava rocks, in company with small salamanders also new to science. The paratype was obtained in camp early in the morning, while I was preserving specimens obtained the previous night, It hopped to within ten inches of my preserving pan. A key is given herewith to assist in distinguishing the four Mexi- can forms of this group. The recently described Eleutherodactijlus xucanebi Stuart is a member of this group. 304 The University Science Bulletin Key to Species of the Alfredi Group of the Genus Eleutherodactylus A. Vocal sac lacking; tympanum more than half (about %) diameter of eye, usually brown with a lighter center ; tibiotarsal articulation reaches much beyond tip of snout ; Westi in Veracruz in the region about Cordoba E. alfredi Boulenger. AA. Vocal sac present ; tympanum less than half the diameter of eye, usually a little higher than wide, the upper part of tympanum usually blackish. B. Tibiotarsal articulation reaching anterior edgi of eye; above darkly mottled or spotted; usually one or two dark diagonal lines on side separated by a cream line; usually an inguinal black spot. Tips of three outer finger and three middle toes strongly emarginate (seen from above). Western Veracruz in the Cordoba region. Elevation about 2,500 ft. (See plate xxvii, figs. 7, 8, 11) E. spatulatus Smith. BB. Tibiotarsal articulation reaching tip of snout or beyond. Emargination of disks less distinct. C. Tibiotarsal articulation reaching much beyond the tip of ths snout. Sides much darker than dorsum, which is reddish or pinkish in life ; canthus rostralis distinct. A median elevated area on occiput and interorbital region. Between Las Vigas and Jalapa in Veracruz. .E. decoratus sp. nov. CC. Tibiotarsal articulation to tip of snout; sides are not darker than dor- sum; canthus wanting or rounded. No elevated area on head. Body and sides colored alike. North Hidalgo. Elevation 4,000 ft. E. hidalgoensis sp. nov. Syrrhophus modestus sp. nov. (Plate XXIX) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 3756, collected at Hacienda Paso del Rio, Colima, Mexico, July 8, 1935 by Doctor Hobart M. Smith. Paratypes.— EHT-HMS, Nos. 3754, 3755, 3757, 3758, collected by the same collector, same date and locality as type. Diagnosis. — A very small species of the genus, maximum known length 21 mm. Tips of digits somewhat widened and truncate; tu- bercles very large; ventral disk rather indistinct; paratoid and in- guinal glands present but rather indistinct; vocal sac present; eye shorter than its distance from the nostril; tympanum small, less than half the diameter of the eye; when limbs are folded at right angles to the body the heels fail to touch; tibiotarsal articulation reaches tympanum or between tympanum and eye. Skin smooth over dor- sal, lateral and abdominal surfaces; interorbital distance more than double the width of an eyelid. Above generally yellowish brown or brownish gray, with an irregular broken lateral mark and several irregular dark spots on the back. Description of the type. — Head broader than long; eye rather large, its length a very little less than its distance from the nostril, which is situated near the anterior edge of the snout; snout truncate extending but little beyond the mouth ; interorbital distance double the width of an eyelid, equal to the length of the eye; tympanum not sharply distinct, its height a little greater than its width, the height more than one-third, but less than one-half of the eye length ; Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 305 pupil of eye horizontal; canthus rostralis rounded, not distinct; loreal region oblique with a slight lateral depression behind nostril ; tongue rather narrowed for half of its length anteriorly, then wid- ened behind, but not emarginate, free behind for two-fifths of its length; vomerine teeth absent, the choanae widely separated, some- what lateral and partly concealed by the overhanging jaw when seen from below; the palatal glands open in an indistinct groove between the middle of the choanae; premaxillae push down below the level of the maxillae, so that the premaxillary teeth jut down prominently. Skin smooth on back, sides and venter, save in the inguinal region where the inguinal gland is outlined on the surface by pits and cor- rugations; a similar area slightly behind the tympanum outlining the paratoid gland; two small glandular tubercles at the lower pos- terior side of the tympanum, and a raised area above and somewhat behind the tympanum indicating, perhaps, a remnant of a supra- tympanic fold; tympanum indistinct, higher than wide, its height less than half of the length of the eye ; vocal sac present as evidenced by ample folds of skin on the chin and breast, as well as by the vocal slits on the sides of the floor of the mouth, near the inner edge of the lower jaw; the greater part of the ventral and posterior face of the femur strongly granular; no trace of granules on the abdomen. Limbs slender, the digits somewhat widened and truncate at the tip, the pads under the tips apparently but little developed ; no trace of an interdigital membrane between fingers or toes; subarticular and supernumerary tubercles of hand strongly developed, with other small granules inserted between the tubercles; a very large promi- nent median palmar tubercle; no outer tubercle, the inner tubercle at the base of the first finger moderate; first finger only a little shorter than second; toes with very strongly developed subarticular and supernumerary tubercles; surface of foot between tubercles with minute granules. Inner metatarsal tubercle large, salient, its length equal to about half of the length of the first toe; outer metatarsal tubercle large, its summit directed forward. When the legs are placed at right angles to the body the heels do not touch; the tibio- tarsal articulation reaches to near the posterior corner of eye. Color. — Above generally yellowish brown with indistinct blackish spots; those on the dorsolateral region tend to form a broken longi- tudinal stripe, while those of the back tend to merge in the dorsal coloration; limbs and digits distinctly barred with blackish; loreal region dark, the upper lip light, this color extending up between the tympanum and the eye somewhat; the ventral surface, except for 306 The University Science Bulletin the median abdominal region, with a fine powdering of pigment visi- ble only under the lens ; the throat has a little heavier pigmentation than the other ventral surfaces, except hands and feet, which are dark. Measurements of Syrrhophus modesties sp. nov. No 3756 3757 3755 3758 3754 Sex $ $ $ $ $ Snout to vent 21 19 19.3 20 18 Width of head 7.6 7 7 7.1 6.7 Length of head 7.1 6.8 6.7 7 7.1 Diameter of eye 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.2 Snout to eye 2.7 2.6 3 3.3 3 Interorbital width 2.75 2.4 2.5 2.8 2.4 Upper eyelid 1.35 1.25 1.3 1.5 1.3 Foreleg 11.8 11.4 11.2 10.8 9.9 Hind leg 27 24.2 24.1 25.5 22.5 Tibia 8.3 8 7.2 8 7.2 Foot 11.8 10.5 9.9 11.3 11.5 Free part fifth toe 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 Free part fourth toe 4.1 4 4 4.4 3.8 Variation: The table of measurements shows some slight varia- tions in measurements, but these are more apt to be due to the state of preservation than actual proportional differences. (If the eye is pushed down to the level of the head, it has apparently a greater length. Often the snout is apparently shortened by having been pressed against container.) The tympanum is rather indistinct in all and in some the greatest diameter is about one third of the eye length. The snout is less truncate and more oval, extending a little farther beyond the tip of the upper lip, in one specimen. The color does not differ, but the spots on the paratypes are often smaller and more numerous. These spots are irregular in size and position, often elongate, frequently confluent with others. The head usually lacks spots, but in one there is a slight suggestion of an in- terorbital bar, and there may be small flecks on the top of the head. Hyla beltrani sp. nov. (Plate XXVI, figs. 5 to 8) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 29563 ; collected at Tapachula, Chiapas, August 1, 1941, by A. Magafia. Diagnosis. — A medium sized hyla, the snout to vent length 44 mm.; tympanum about % eye; canthus rostralis distinct; dorsal skin smooth; inner metatarsal tubercle very large, salient, contained Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 307 twice in its distance from tip of first toe; outer tubercle very indis- tinct; a narrow tarsal fold; toes more than half webbed. Above grayish lavender, with scattered white spots; chin spotted; posterior face of thighs reticulated brown and cream; sides cream, spotted with lavender. Description of type. — Head narrow, not wider than body; canthus rostralis distinct but slightly rounding, the lines of the canthus if projected, intersect slightly in advance of a line connecting nostrils; loreal region concave; width of interorbital region (4.7 mm.) much greater than width of an eyelid (3.2 mm.) ; intercanthal and inter- orbital regions as well as loreal region finely corrugated; tip of snout and lip smooth; diameter of tympanum (3.5 mm.) more than % of eye (4.4 mm.) Six vomerine teeth on raised triangular areas which lie directly between the large choanae, their anterior parts nearly reaching the anterior level, their posterior edges reaching the posterior level, of choanae. The areas are closely approximated medially, and sepa- rated from choanae by a distance a little more than half the width of one area; tongue large, somewhat cordiform, very slightly emargi- nate, its length equals its width, free for about V4 to Ys of its length. The specimen is a female, and consequently lacks vocal sacs. (It is not known whether vocal sacs are present in the males.) The opening of the palatal glands in a sinuous groove, the ends of which curve down strongly. Hand showing a small web at base of outer fingers, with first fin- ger more or less opposed to other three ; terminal pads moderately wide, those of three outer fingers slightly larger than the pads on toes; subarticlar tubercle of the outer finger is not divided; two outer ' palmer tubercles fused; inner tubercle at base of first finger, large, salient; surface of palm indistinctly granular; a few, very indistinct tubercles on under surface of arm. (Second finger of left hand am- putated. ) Toes a little more than two-thirds webbed, the fourth toe rather short; inner metatarsal tubercle large, salient, somewhat compressed, its length contained twice in its distance from tip of first toe ; outer metatarsal tubercle indistinct, reaching to upper level of inner; a distinct, narrow, tarsal fold; when limbs are folded at right angles, the heels touch or overlap very minutely ; the tibiotarsal articulation reaches to nostril. Skin on anterior part of head minutely corrugated, on back very smooth; sides of body and ventral surface of abdomen strongly 308 The University Science Bulletin granular; chin and throat indistinctly granular; a faint fold across breast; anal flap very short, with a deep medial groove behind anus, and a few indistinct granules anterior to anal flap; a heavy fold begins behind eye, passes above tympanum and is continued as a broad skinfold to groin; an indistinct fold, branches down behind tympanun to a point above arm; pupil of eye horizontal. Color. — Dorsal coloration lavender, with a few scattered creamy white spots; sides of body cream with numerous spots of dark laven- der; chin cream, speckled with brownish lavender; abdomen cream; arms and legs lavender, indistinctly barred with darker color; an- terior and posterior faces of femur cream with irregular brown spots or reticulations. Top of foot cream with brownish spotting; under- side of foot and heel with much dark pigment; hand cream with very little pigment. Iris black, minutely flecked with silver. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 44; width of head, 16; length of head, 17; arm, 24; leg, 69; tibia, 22.5; foot, 30. Remarks. — The exact relationship of this frog has not been ascer- tained since the type is a female and significant characters such as the presence or absence of the vocal sac, and nuptial callosities or spines are unknown. I believe, however, that it is related to Hyla phaeota. Only the single type is known. I take pleasure in naming the species for Prof. Enrique Beltran, noted Mexican parasitologist, who forwarded the specimen to me. Hyla pachyderma sp. nov. (Plate XXVII, figs. 1 to 4) Type. — United States National Museum No. 115029; collected at Pan de Olla, south of Tezuitlan, Veracruz, Mexico, by Dr. Hobart Smith. Paratypes.—XJ. S. N. M. Nos. 115026-115028. Same data as type. Diagnosis. — A medium sized hyla, lacking a vocal sac. Males with spiny nuptial callosities; skin very thick, glandular, smooth; tibio- tarsal articulation to the anterior corner of eye; a breast fold pres- ent; vomerine teeth as close to the choanae as to each other; toes about three fourths (or slightly more) webbed. Description of the type. — Head not wider than the body, short, a little wider than long; diameter of the eye (4.7 mm.) much less than length of snout (5.5 mm.) ; width of an eyelid (4.1mm) equal to the interorbital width; canthus rostralis rounded; the loreal region somewhat concave between the eye and nostril; nostril equidistant from eye and the median anterior point of the upper lip; tympanum concealed by thick skin. Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 309 Vomerine teeth in two groups which lie between the large choanae, each group smaller than a choanae, separated from the choanae by a distance equal to that which separates the two groups; tongue sub- circular, very slightly free behind (about one sixth of its length) ; palatal glands opening in a long sinuous groove, curving forwards laterally, and backwards medially, lying about midway between the vomerine teeth and the premaxillary. Fingers without or with only a faint trace of webbing; terminal pads moderately widened; the first finger not opposed to the other three; distal subarticular tubercles large, the proximal ones small; supernumerary tubercles rather indistinct ; median and outer palmar tubercles forming a combined tripartite tubercle; inner palmar tubercle large (first finger missing on left hand) ; a few indistinct pustules on the underside of the forearm. Leg moderate, the tibio- tarsal articulation reaching between the eye and the nostril; a thick- ened, but at the same time rather indistinct, tarsal fold; toes between two thirds and three fourths webbed, the webs nowhere extending to the disks save as narrow margins; a moderately large inner meta- tarsal tubercle, sharply compressed on its inner edge; a free flap of skin on the inner edge of the first toe to the tubercle, and a similar flap on the two distal joints on the outer side of the fifth toe; numerous supernumerary tubercles, small and indistinct, and a small indistinct outer metatarsal tubercle; the terminal disks of the toes are smaller than those of the fingers. Skin of the back thickened, glandular, however presenting a sur- face that is nearly smooth; a very strong thickened fold from the eye to above the arm insertion, curving partly over the tympanic region; chin, abdomen and most of the under surface of the femur with large granules; a fold across the breast interrupted medially; anal flap somewhat elongated, with a thickened fold running dia- gonally from the sides of the anus. Color-. — Above dark lead to grayish lead, the hands and feet lighter, especially the hidden parts of the digits ; venter bright lemon yellow, with grayish black mottling or reticulations; chin marbled black; a few yellowish or cream flecks on the sides; part of the breast and the underside of the arms cream ; a transverse series of cream spots anterior to the anus, and two somewhat elongate spots posterior to the anus; posterior face of the femur darker than the venter. Measurements in mm. — Snout to vent, 49; width of head, 15.2; length of head, 13.3; arm, 32; leg, 72; tibia, 25; foot, 37. Variation. — The male lacks vocal sacs, and bears a large nuptial 310 The University Science Bulletin callosity covered with blackish horny spines. These are similar in shape to those of Hyla robertsorum but are very considerably larger and heavier. A row of the spinules is present on the inner edge of the second finger, and a few spinules are present on the third, at the base of the disk. The male is considerably lighter on the venter. The row of cream spots anterior to the anus may be continued across the posterior face of the femur; the posterior side of the foot may show a number of light spots. Remarks. — This species is related to Hyla robertsorum of Hidalgo, and Hyla robustoj emora of Oaxaca. All have the glandular skin, the spiny nuptial callosities and all lack the vocal sac. When the skin is cut the glands appear as small spherical objects, set closely together, cream or yellow in color. When examined on the surface, under a lens, the skin of the dorsal and ventral surfaces shows small deep yellow spots. I he three species may be easily separated by the following key: A. Tympanum small, exposed; toes about three- fourths webbed. High mountains of Hidalgo H. robertsorum Taylor. AA. Tympanum concealed. B. Toes fully webbed ; nuptial callosities similar to those of robertsorum but usually darker. Cerro San Felipe, Oaxaea, Oaxaca. . . .H. robustofemora Taylor. BB. Toes about three-fourths webbed. Spinules of the nuptial callosities more than double the size of either of the two preceding species. Pan de 011a, Vera- cruz H. pachydermia sp. nov. Specimens of an undescribed frog were collected by Dr. Hobart M. Smith near Chapala, Jalisco, Mexico, during the summer of 1935, at which time a series of ten young and middle-aged specimens were obtained. Later, in 1939, he collected a second series at La Palma; Jalisco. Among this lot of eight specimens two were young while the others were very large adults. This form is a member of the group of species which includes Rana montezumae, Rana areolata, and Rana pipiens, a group char- acterized by the presence of lateral vocal sacs which protrude behind the angle of the mouth, below the tympanic region. Rana megapoda sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII, figs. 1 and 2) Type.— Edward H. Taylor-Hobart M. Smith collection, No. 3280; collected near Chapala, Jalisco, July 2, 1935, by Hobart M. Smith. Paratypes.— EHT-HMS Nos. 3271, 3272, 3272A, 3273-3279, topo- types; U. S. National Museum Nos. 113998-114005, La Palma, Lake Chapala, March 23, 1939, Dr. and Mrs. Hobart M. Smith. Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 311 Diagnosis. — Hands and feet very large, the first finger equal to or shorter than the second; second and fourth nearly equal and but little shorter than third; toes webbed to the tips, which terminate in small but distinct rounded pads; skin of back generally smooth; tympanum small; heels do not touch; belly reticulated with dark color inclosing lighter spots. Description of type. — Head moderately depressed, the loreal re- gion very oblique, not concave; nostril equidistant between eye and tip of snout; head oval, seen from above, the canthus rostralis faintly indicated from eye to nostril ; sides of head back of eye very oblique; interorbital width about two-thirds the width of an eyelid; length of the eye more than three-fourths the length of the snout; distance between tympanum and eye equal to distance from eye to nostril ; diameter of tympanum about equal to its distance from eye ; length of head to jaw angle, a little greater than head width at jaw angle. Tongue longer than wide, with two posterior papillate horns, free for about one-fourth of its length; choanae very small, trans- versely elongate; vomerine teeth on two rounded elevations almost wholly behind a line drawn between the choanae; the elevations much closer to each other than to choanae, each bearing five teeth; openings of the palatal glands in a straight series, midway between the vomerine teeth and the premaxillae. Arms strong, thickened, the wrist brought forward reaches the tip of the snout or beyond; palm broadened, the fingers alongate, straight, the first not extending beyond the second, but equal to, or minutely shorter than second; second minutely shorter than fourth; third toe relatively short in proportion to others; the second and third fingers have a slight fold or ridge along the sides of their distal joints, while the first and fourth have a slight indication of a fold or ridge on the inner side of the distal joints. A small palmar tu- bercle on the base of the first finger; other palmar tubercles obsolete; subarticular tubercles small. Legs large, the femoral region much thickened. When the legs are folded at right angles to body the heels fail to touch by five or six millimeters; tibiotarsal articulation reaches the anterior corner of the eye. Toes almost entirely webbed, the membrane extending to the rounded terminal pad, at least on one side of the digit ; outer edge of the fifth toe and the inner edge of the first with a free skin flap or fold; a distinct elongate flattened inner metatarsal tubercle, with a free outer edge; no outer meta- tarsal tubercle; a widened fold forms a somewhat diagonal line on the tarsus; subarticular tubercles very small, usually about half the size of the terminal pads. 312 The University Science Bulletin Skin generally smooth on back; however, posteriorly, there are some smooth indistinct pustules; these ffattended pustules are more or less evident on sides of body, and along the tibiotarsal surface. A broad dorsolateral fold begins behind the eye and continues to near the groin, passing above the tympanum. Color. — Above and on sides grayish with indistinct fine blackish reticulation, and a few scattered elongate black spots; ventral sur- face cream with an indistinct brownish or grayish reticulation; limbs gray with larger black spots or transverse bars; feet some- what darkened; dorsolateral fold cream. Measurements of Rana megapoda in mm. Type Number 3280 113998 114001 114002 114005 114004 114003 Sex 9 $ 9 9 9 9 9 Snout to vent 82.5 117 130 142 146 148 152 Head length* 31.5 44 47.5 54 52 53.5 53 Head width 31 46.5 52 56 58 59 59 Snout length 9.2 11 12.2 14 15.4 16.2 14.5 Eye length 7.5 10 12 12.2 11 12.4 11 Interorbital width ... 3.6 5.5 7 6.8 7.8 7 8 Tympanum 5.9 7 9 9 9 9 10 Arm length 37.3 72 87 100 98 88 104 Leg 139 195 212 224 220 226 240 Tibia 41.4 58 62.5 68 69 72 75 Foot 64.3 87.5 97 101 103 103 110 Heel to 1st toe 36 55 59 60.5 64 62 69 Heel to 2d toe 45.6 66 73 78 80 78.8 80 Heel to 3d toe 54.4 76 86 93 92.5 93 96 Heel to 4th toe 64.3 87.5 97 101 103 103 110 Heel to 5th toe 53.3 77 85 86 90 88 96 Variation. — The dark reticulation on the ventral surface of larger specimens is more distinct than in type, inclosing very numerous small irregular spots of cream. In certain specimens the hands and feet are blackish, punctated with cream. The single male specimen is uniformly reticulated on the back and has only a single black spot; the limbs are, however, rather heavily spotted. In several specimens the dark spots are bordered by lighter color. The dor- solateral fold usually has the color of the back in the larger speci- mens. The dorsolateral fold usually terminates before the groin is reached, although one specimen shows it continued back farther. There is only a faint suggestion of a posttympanic fold and this in * Measured to jaw angle; width measured between angles of jaws. Taylor: New Caudata and Salienti \ 313 only a part of the specimens. Some of the specimens have a few smooth tubercles behind the angle of the jaw. The smooth granula- tion on the sides of the body seems to be invariably present in larger specimens. The size of the terminal enlargements on the digits varies a little; however, they are often deformed or worn away. In younger specimens the head is a little longer than wide while in the older specimens the width is greater than the length. The tympanum has an irregular shape, and its greatest diameter is usually equal to its distance from the corner of the eye in both sexes. Remarks. — Rana megapoda is found in a region where Rana montezumae likewise occurs, and it seems almost certain that speci- mens that have been taken by other collectors have been referred to R. montezumae by various authors. The differences, however, between these two species are numerous. If specimens of the two species, having equal snout to vent measurements, are compared, it will be found that the head of montezumae is much shorter and nar- rower, the snout longer, the eye a little larger, the interorbital width a little greater, the tympanum much larger, the arm and hand shorter and more slender and the fingers smaller, with the first longer than the second. The leg, as well as its parts, is very much shorter, while the fourth toe is proportionally longer than the other toes. The skin of the back and sides will be rough and granular. I believe R. megapoda to be a very much larger species than R. montezumae. Boulenger (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., 55, 1920, pp. 431-433) lists certain specimens as Rana montezumae measuring from snout to vent, 145, 140, and 136 millimeters, from '"'Lazuna del Castillo," Guadalajara. These, however, I suspect belong to mega- poda. His description gives ample evidence that he has confused the two species. The largest of 52 specimens of Rana montezumae in the EHT- HMS collection measures only 116 mm. .314 The University Science Bulletin PLATE XXV Fig. 1. Eleatherodactylus decoratus sp. nov. Type, EHT-HMS No. 28720 9 , Banderia, Veracruz. (Actual snout to vent length, 25 mm.) Fig. 2. Same, lateral view of the head, enlarged. Fig. 3. Same, under surface of foot, enlarged. Fig. 4. Same, under surface of hand, enlarged. Fig. 5. Eleutherodactylus hidalgoensis sp. nov. Type, EHT-HMS No. 24454 $ , North of Tianguistengo, Hidalgo. (Actual snout to vent length, 28.5 mm.) Fig. 6. Same, lateral view of head, enlarged. Fig. 7. Same, under surface of foot, enlarged. Fig. 8. Same, under surface of hand, enlarged. Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 315 Plate XXV 21—4815 316 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXVI Fig. 1. Eleutherodactylus bolivari sp. nov. Type. EHT-HMS No. 29564 $ , Ixtapan del Oro, Mexico. (Actual snout to vent length, 44 mm.) Fig. 2. Same, lateral view of head, enlarged. Fig. 3. Same, under side of hand, enlarged. Fig. 4. Same, under side of foot, enlarged. Fig. 5. Hyla beltrani sp. nov. Type, EHT-HMS Xo. 29563. Tapachula, Chiapas. (Actual snout to vent length 44 mm.) Fig. 6. Same, lateral view of the head, enlarged. Fig. 7. Same, under side of the foot, enlarged. Fig. 8. Same, under side of the hand, enlarged. Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 317 Plate XXVI 318 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXVII Fig. 1. Hyla pachyderma sp. nov. Type, USNM No. 115029 9 . Pan de Olla, near Tezuitlan, Veracruz. Under side of foot, enlarged. (Actual length of foot, 37 mm.) Fig. 2. Same, under side of hand. (Actual length of hand and forearm. 18.6 mm.) Fig. 3. Same, spinules on the nuptial callosities. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 4. Hyla robertsorum Taylor, spinules on the nuptial callosities, en- larged as in the preceding, showing the much smaller size. Fig. 5. Bolitoglossa lava< sp. nov. Type, EHT-HMS No. 28937 9. Two miles west of LaJoya, Veracruz. Dorsal view of foot. (Actual length of foot and tibia, 8 mm.) Fig. 6. Same, dorsal view of hand and forearm. (Actual length, 7 mm.) Fig. 7. Eleutherodactylus spatulatus Smith. EHT-HMS No. 24444. Under side of hand, enlarged. (Actual length of hand and forearm, 17 mm.) Fig. 8. Same, under side of foot. (Actual length of foot and tarsus, 30 mm.) Fig. 9. Eleutherodactylus decoratus sp. nov. Tips of digits of foot and hand, enlarged. (Specimen 25 mm. snout to vent.) Fig. 10. Eleuthi rodactylus hidalgoensis sp. nov. Tips of digits of foot and hand, enlarged. (Specimen 28.5mm. snout to vent.) Fig. 11. Eleutherodactylus spatulatus Smith. Tips of digits of foot and hand, enlarged. (Length of specimen, 27 mm. snout to vent.) Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 319 Plate XXVII a. 0 70 //. Q w w 320 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXVIII Fig. 1. Rami megapoda sp. nov. Paratype, EHT-HMS No. 3271. Near Chapala, Jalisco. (Snout to vent length, 68 mm.) Fig. 2. Same. Type. EHT-HMS No. 3280, same locality. (Snout to vent length, 82.5 mm.) Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia :;i'l Plate XXVIII 2. 322 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXIX Fig. 1. Syrrhophus modestus sp. nov. Type. EHT-HMS Xo. 3756, Hacienda Paso del Rio, Colima, X 3. P'ig. 2. Same. Lateral view of head. X 5. Fig. 3. Same. Underside of hand. X 5. Fig. 4. Same. Underside of foot, X 5. Taylor: New Caudata and Salientia 323 Plate XXIX THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS SCIENCE BULLETIN Vol. XXVIII, pt. II | November 15, 1942 [No. 15 The Snake Genera Conopsis and Toluca By EDWARD H. TAYLOR and HOBART M. SMITH, Department of Zoology Kansas University, and Department of Zoology University of Rochester respectively Abstract: A review of the genera Conopsis and Toluca, shows the follow- ing recognizable forms: Conopsis nasus Gunther and Conopsis biserialis sp. nov. (type locality 10 miles W. Villa Victoria, Mexico). Toluca megalodon sp. nov., Cerro San Felipe, Oaxaca, Toluca conica sp. nov., San Juan Guivini, Oaxaca, Toluca lineata lineata Kennicott, Toluca lineata varians (Jan). Toluca lincata acuta (Cope). All forms are figured. THE group of small snakes that has been variously referred to the genera or subgenera Conopsis Gunther, Pseudoficimia Bocourt, Toluca Kennicott, Oxyrhina Jan, Achirhina Jan, E.vorhina Jan, Epirhina Jan, Ogmius Cope (and by some authors placed in the recognized genera Contia, Ficim io and Chionactis), has not been represented heretofore by specimens in sufficient numbers or from a sufficient number of localities to evaluate properly the status of the generic or specific names that have been assigned. Even at the moment, although more than 800 specimens are before us,* some of the species are represented by adequate series while others are repre- sented by far too few specimens to be able to make unequivocal assignments. Moreover, certain of our conclusions must perforce be of a tentative nature, pending examination of the types now in European museums. The following generic or subgeneric names have been proposed: 1858 Conopsis Gunther. Cat. Col. Snakes, p. 6. Type. Conopsis nasus. 1859 Toluca Kennicott. In Baud, U. S. and Mexican Bound. Surv., II, Rept., p. 23. Type, Toluca lincata. * We wish to acknowledge the courtesy of the United States National Museum, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago Academy of Sciences, American Museum of Natural History, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, in the loan of specimens. (325) 326 The University Science Bulletin 1862 Oxyrhina Jan (non Agassiz). Arch. Zool. Anat. Fis., II, Fasc. I, pp. 59-60. Typo, Oxyrhina varians. 1862 Achirhina Jan (subgenus). Loc. cit., p. 61. Type, Achirhina De Filippii — Tallica lineata Kennicott (no separate generic description). 1862 Exorhina Jan (subgenus). Loc. cit., p. 61. Type, Exorhina maculata (no separate generic description). 1862 Epirhina Jan. Loc. cit., pp. 62-63. Type, Epirhina tessellata (no separate generic description). 1869 Ogmius Cope. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. II, 1869, p. 162. Type, Oxyrhina varians Jan. Proposed as a substitute for Oxyrhina Jan, preoccupied. The following species have been listed or described: 1857 St< norrhina variam Jan. Sist. Rett. Anf. Milano (Cenni sul Museo Civico di Milano). p. 48. Nomen nudum. 1857 Stenorrhina {part.); Bocourt, Miss. Sci. au Mexique et I'Amerique Central, Etude sur les Reptiles, Livr. 9, 1883, pp. 563-564. pi. XXXV, figs. 2, 2a-2d (Mexico); Cope, Amer. Nat., 18, Feb.. 1884, p. 162 (synonymizes Eihorluna [sic] macvlata .Ian with Conopsis nasus Giinther); and Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 2. 1S87, p. 82 (part.); Giinther, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Rept. Batr., Aug.. 1893, p. 97 (part.), pi. XXIV, figs. B and B" (Milpas, Durango; La Cumbre de los Arrastrados, Jalisco); Duges, Mem. Gob. Guanajuato, 1895, p.? (Guanajuato); and Mem. Soc. Cient. Antonio Alzate, 9, 1895-1986 (1896), pp. 409- 413, pi. 5 (part, same content as preceding article, but in French rather than Spanish); Cope, Amer. Nat., 30, 1896, p. 1021 (listed as occurring in Austrocentral District); and Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 (1900), pp. 934-935, 1229 (part.); Duges, La Naturaleza, Ser. 2, 2, 1896, p. 481 (Tanganzicuaro, Guanajuato, Moro Leon, Zacatecas) ; Herrera, Cat. Rept. Batr. Mus. Nac. Mexico, Ed. 2, 1904, p. 30 (Mexico); Amaral, Mem. Inst. Butantan, Vol. 4, 1929, p. 182; Werner, Zool. Jahrb., 57, 1929, p. 149 (part.); (Mexico); Dunn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1936, p. 477 (Alvarez, S. L. P.); Taylor and Knobloch, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 53, 1930, pp. 128-129 (Chihuahua, Michoacan, Jalisco, Guanajuato, Durango). Oxyrhina (Exorhina) macvlata Jan, Arch. Zool. Anat. Fis., 1862, 2, pp. 54, 61-63 (type description; type locality, "Messico"). Oxyrhina maculata Jan, Elenco. Sist. Ofid., 1863, p. 41 (Mexico) (part.); J. W. Miiller, Reisen Ver. Staat. Can. Mex., 1865. p. 606; Jan, Icon. Gen., Livr. 48, 1876, pi. 2, figs. 2-4 (part.); Garman, Bull. Essex Inst.. 1884, 16, p. 30 (Mexico); Herrera, Cat. Rept. Batr. Mus. Nac. Mexico, Ed. 2, 1904, p. 30 (Mexico). Oxyrhina maculata anomala Duges, La Naturaleza, 1869, p. 144 (Guanajuato; nomen nudem). Ficimia maculata Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 8, 1883, pp. 84, 162 (Mexico; re- description). 330 The University Science Bulletin Conopsis maculatus Cope, Anier. Nat., Feb., 1884, p. 162; Duges, Elem. Zool., 1884, p. 336; Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex. Cent. Anier., Etude Rept., Livr. 9, 1883, pp. 564-565, pi. 35, fig. 3. Contia nasus Boulenger, Cat. Snakes British Museum. 2d Ed., Vol. 2, 1894, pp. 268-269 (part.); Boettger, Kat. Rept. Senck. Mus., 2, 1898, p. 77 (Mexico, Jalisco, 8,500 ft.); Gadow, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, pp. 196, 233 (part.; Contreras, D. F.); and Zool. Jahrb., 29, 1910, p. 707; and Jorullo, 1930, p. 50 (Michoacan, above 3,500 ft.). ('anopsia [nanus nasus] Terron, Anal. Inst. Biol. Mex., 1. 1930, p. 176 (Tepexpam, Mexico; "Especie tipo"). Conopsis nasus heliae Tenon, Anal. Inst. Biol. Mex., 1, 1930, pp. 175-176 (San Luis Potosi, S. L. P.). Fig. 1. Conopsis nasus Gunther. EHT-HMS Xo. 21415. 5 miles East Lake Patzcuaro. three views of head. X 3. (Since the type description is given no synopsis of this form is offered.) Variation. — The variation observed in the 175 specimens that have been available for study, has been considerable. This material may be divided into three geographical groups: Alvarez (southern San Luis Potosi), northern Michoacan and Guanajuato, and Dis- trito Federal. In color and markings the first two groups are very similar, save that in specimens from the northern locality the median line of dots is somewhat less distinct. In the specimens from the Distrito Fed- eral the median spots are much enlarged, covering 8 to 15 scales (instead of parts of four scales). Apparently it is a specimen of this sort that is the type of Oxyrhina maculata Jan. The variation in the ventral scutellation may be summed up as follows: Alvarez (125 specimens) males, ventrals 118-127; sub- caudals 30-37; average 122.6-32.9; for females, 122-132, 22-27, av- Taylor and Smith : Conopsis and Toluca 331 erage 127.2 and 24; data taken on the more southern and western specimens show the males to have a range of 119-133; 30-38; av- erage 126.3 and 33.2; females 124-137; 22-31; average 132.1 and 26. The loreal variation is considerable. In the 125 Alvarez speci- mens it is absent in 6 out of 250 times. In 20 specimens from Michoacan the loreal is absent in 28 out of 40. In five ( luanajuato specimens it is absent only once in 10 times. It is present in the single specimens from Zacatecas and Chihuahua. In the nine speci- mens from Distrito Federal, the loreal is absent in five out of 18 times. The internasals are normally wanting in the entire series from all localities, but in a few specimens there is either partial or com- plete segmentation; in one case there is complete segmentation on one side and none on the other, and eight cases out of a possible 348 there is partial segmentation. A few other anomalies have been observed: a fusion of a parietal and a postocular on one or both sides; the entrance of the second labial into the orbit; the splitting of the anterior end of a supraocular, and a median longitudinal scale on the snout. In most cases these have been found but once. With regard to the tendency in certain specimens of the prefrontal to split, we do not regard this as evidence of intergrading with bise- rialis which has the prefrontal normally separated from the inter- nasal. The maxillary teeth number 13 or 14, and are uniform in size, none with grooves; 9 palatine teeth, slightly smaller than the max- illary teeth; 12 pterygoid teeth, larger than the maxillary teeth; and 15 dentary teeth. The hemipenis is 11 or 12 caudals long; 4 or 5 basal caudal lengths spineless, ridged; distal to this point large spines begin and extend toward the tip, covering all except the terminal 2 or 3 caudal lengths; the spines in the basal four caudal lengths number about 34; numerous, exceedingly minute spines are scattered amongst the larger spines; the spines decrease in size distally and merge with the papillae bordering the large terminal calyces; latter in 4 to 6 rows, covering the terminal 2 or 3 caudal lengths. Whether it will be possible to recognize as a subspecies the large spotted form from Guanajuato and Distrito Federal will depend upon larger series of specimens, a series which will show a continuity of distribution and constancy of character. The subspecies nasus heliae was erected for a group of specimens from the neighborhood of San Luis Potosi (city) said to have two 22—4815 332 The University Science Bulletin preoculars. In the material we have examined we find this anomaly occurring on one side of a specimen from Alvarez, San Luis Potosi. At the present time we cannot regard these as warranting subspecific designation. Concerning the generic designation Oxyrhina Jan we believe it to be in part a synonym of Conopsis, in part of Toluca. Jan apparently was not aware that Gi'mther had already described the genus Co- nopsis or that Kennicott had described Toluca. The subgenus Ac- hirhina, type Achirhina de Filippii, is apparently a synonym of Toluca, having apparently been separated off from Oxyrhina to re- ceive a specimen having the prefrontals separated and the frontal in contact with the internasals (the condition obtaining in the type of Toluca linea t a ) . The subgenus Exorhina, type Exorhina maculata was devised for specimens having the internasals and prefrontals fused and in con- sequence this is a synonym of Conopsis nasus. The genus Epirhina, type Epirhina tessellata, was erected for a single specimen of 0. (Exorhina) maculata having only six suprala- bials. The second labial is apparently fused with the third, since it touches the nasal and preocular, and enters the orbit. The loreal is absent, and three lower labials touch the first chinshields. The color is the same as maculata. We have found some thirty cases where the reduction of the upper labials takes place usually on one side, but in some 6 specimens on both sides. The second labial forms part of the lower rim of the orbit in certain cases. Specimens Examined. One hundred and seventy-five, from the following localities: Mojarachic (EHT-HMS 1), Chihuahua; East of Santa Cruz (AMNH 6), Cuidad de Chiquihuite (AMNH 1), Distrito Federal; Guanajuato (USNM 4), Maravatio (EHT-HMS 3), Guanajuato; 6 miles NE. Morelia (EHT-HMS 3), 10 miles E. of Morelia (USNM 1), Cojumathtn (EHT-HMS 1). 4 mi. E. of Lake Patzeuaro (EHT-HMS 14 1. Tacicuaro (EHT-HMS 7, USNM 4), Michoacdn; Alvarez (MCZ 125), San Luis Potosi; Plateado (USNM 1), Zacatecas; no locality (AMNH 2, USNM 2). Literature records for localities other than these are for Contreras, Distrito Federal; Milpas, Durango; Moro Leon. Guanajuato; La Cumbre de los Ar- rastrados, Jalisco; Tepcxpam, Mexico; Tangancicuaro, Michoacdn ; and San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi (see synonymy). Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toluca 333 Conopsis biserialis sp. nov. (PI. XXXI, fig. 1; XXXV fig. 9; text fins. 2, :-! ) Type.— EHT-HMS No. 23648, collected 10 mi. west of Villa Vic- toria, Mexico, 1940, by E. H. Taylor. Para types.— EHT-HMS Nos. 4708-4719, 4721, 5091 A, 5092-5101, 5101A, 5102-5108, 5300, 23635, near Tres Cumbres, Morelos; 4690, 4702, 4757-4759, 475!)A, 4760-2, 5313, 15 mi. SE. of Zitacuaro, Mich- oacan; 4768-9, 2 mi. south of San Martin, Mexico; 16244-16245, 21488, 23647-23648, 23696-23697, 10 mi. west Villa Victoria, Mexico; all collected by either H. M. Smith or E. H. Taylor. Also Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Nos. 37091-37113, Tancitaro, Michoacan; and Chi- cago Acad Sci. No. 6983, Uruapan, Michoacan. -HRW- Fig. 2. Conopsis biserialis .-p. nov. Type. EHT-HMS Xo. 23648, 10 miles W. Villa Victoria, Mexico. Three views of head, X 3. Diagnosis. — Characterized normally by the presence of paired internasals and prefrontals; a loreal ; nasal single, pierced by nostril, the part posterior to the nostril wider than part anterior; and ven- tral-subcaudal range, 122-133 and 36-41 Variation in ventral and subcaudal scale counts of Toluca conica sp. nov. Locality Sex Guerrero 6 Guerrero 9 Oaxacat 6 Oaxaca 9 Toluca lineata lineata Kennicott (Plate XXXIV, figs. 2, 4, 5; XXXV. figs 3. 7. 8; text fig. 6) Stenorrliina De Filippii Jan. Ind. Sist. Rett. Anf. Milano, 1857, p. 48 ("Messico" ; nomen nudem ). Toluca lineata Kennicott, in Baird. Rep. U. S. Mex. Bound. Survey, 1858, pp. 23-24, pi. 21, fig. 2 (type description; type locality, Valley of Mexico); Baird, Expl. Surv. R. R. Route from Miss. R. to Pacific Ocean, 10, 1859, p. 16, pi. 35, fig. 8a-8e; Cope, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 12, June 26, 1860, p. 241 (Toluca Valley); Garman. Bull. Essex Inst., 16, 1884, p. 30; Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 22, 1885, p. 387 (Xochimilco) ; Bocourt, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 17, 1892. p. 41 (reports a specimen in the oviduct of a Conopsis lineatus such as the one figured by Kennicott as Toluca lineata): Giinther, Biologia Centrali -Americana, Rept. Batr., May 1893, p. 95; Gadow, Proc. Zo61. Soc. London. 1895, p. 233 (Toluca, 8600 '); Cope, Amer. Nat., 30, 1896, p. 1021 (distribution); and Rep. I'. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 (1900), pp. 946-947. Oxyrhina (Achirhina) De Filippii Jan, Arch. Zool. Anat. Fis., 2. fasc. 1, 1862, pp. 54, 61, 75 (type description; type locality "Messico"). Oxyrhina de Filippii Jan, Elenco Sist. Ofid., 1863. p. 41 ; J. W. Miiller, Reisen Ver. Staat. Canada, Mexico, 1865, p. 606. Ficimia lineata Garman. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 8. 1883. pp. 101-102. Conopsis lineatus Bocourt. Miss. Sci. Mex. Amer. Cent., Etude Rept., Livr. 9, 1883, pp. 565-566. pi. 35, fig. 4 (Puebla) ; Bocourt, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fiance, 17. 1890, p. 41. Conopsis lineata Duges, Mem. Soc. Cient. Antonio Alzate, 9, 1896, p. 413 pi. 5 (part.); and Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 7, 1896, 319-323 (part.). Achirhina de Filippii Duges, La Nat., Ser. 2, 2, 1896, p. 481. Conopsis nasus Smith, Zool. Ser. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 24, No. 4, Jan. 30, 1939. p. 32 (Chalco, Mexico, and Orizaba, Ver. ; part.; the Orizaba specimen is lineata various). Toluca lineata Kennicott was the first species of this genus to be described and is consequently the genotype. The type specimen is. anomalous in the character of the anterior head scales. The pre- frontals are reduced in size and a forward projection of the frontal separates them and is in contact with the internasals. Cope, in the "Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes," has retained the genus and species primarily on the basis of the anomaly, commenting that he does not regard it an anomaly. Save for this fact it seems likely that he would have discarded the genus Ogmius for the species having the enlarged posterior maxillary teeth, and used Kennicott's generic name. Our reason for believing that the condition is anomalous is that occurring in the region where these specimens are found are other specimens having all of the characteristics save that of the separated prefrontals, and these considerably outnumber the others. Thus f Includes the presumed Oaxaca specimens of the USNM collected by Boucard. 344 The University Science Bulletin we have found the condition present in four specimens out of twenty males, and in five out of thirteen females. Thus the percentage of occurrence is about 27 percent. The same anomaly has been ob- served once in a specimen of Conopsis nasus. It may occur in other forms of Toluca. We do not regard the condition as taxonomically significant. Throughout most of the range the color pattern remains constant. However, there are certain scale characters that are variable, par- ticularly the condition of the loreal and the number of the lower labials. The ground color of the species is a dark olive or brown Fig. 6. Toluca lineata lineata Kennicott. Paratype, USNM No. 2104, Valley of Mexico. Three views of head, X 3. olive. Usually five darker lines are visible. These are a median line, usually the most distinct, a lateral line, often nearly obsolete, and between these two an indistinct dorsolateral line. When the epidermis is removed the lines appear to be rows of small dots or flecks rather than continuous lines. The space between the two outer is usually lighter in color than the remaining ground color, and when the epidermis is removed takes on the appearance of a grayish stripe. Most specimens have small spots on the ventrals. Throughout the range occasional specimens are reddish or pinkish in color. In these the dark lines are very dim, and occasionally the lateral and dorsolateral lines are obsolete. The pigmentation of the venter and the black spots are missing. In these the apical pit is usually very distinct, if the epidermis has not been removed. The reduction of the number of lower labials takes place much Taylor and Smith : Conopsis and Toluca 345 more frequently in the eastern and northeastern part of the range. In a group of sixteen specimens from the region near Lake Patzcuaro, all were provided with seven lower labials; the loreal was present in 12 eases in 32; normally the loreal touches the preocular, but in three eases in 32, the second labial was in contact with the pre- frontal. In a series of 6 specimens from Hidalgo, the loreal is pres- ent in 6 out of 12 times. Seven lower labials occur 11 times out of 12. In the extreme northeastern part of the range the reduction in the labials occurs the greatest number of times. In a series of 72 speci- mens from Tezuitlan, Puebla, there are seven lower labials 47 times in 144; the loreal is present 65 times in 144. In a series of 40 speci- mens from Totalco, Puebla, about 20 miles south of Tezuitlan, there are seven lower labials 42 times out of 80, and the loreal is present 43 times in 80. At Cruz Blanea and the region near Las Yigas the loreal was present 44 times in 68 and seven labials occurred 41 times in 68. The variation in the ventral counts is 114-126 (average 119.2) in males, and 118-132 (average 125.9) in females. The subcaudals are 33-45 in males (average 38.5), while in females the range is 23-33 (average 28.8). The subcaudals are normally divided in this species but 65 speci- mens in 257 examined for this character showed undivided scales. These range from 1 to 23, but the average number is two or three. The length of the tail varies somewhat with age and sex. The average percent of tail to total length in males is 19.8 (132 speci- mens) and in females 15.1 (116 specimens). The hemipenes are typical of the genus. The calyces cover a small area, about two or three rows, less than one caudal scale in length. The maxillary teeth are usually 12 or 11, the last three en- larged and distinctly grooved on the outer side; palatine teeth 7 or 8; pterygoid teeth 12 to 14 (rarely less); 14 or 15 dentary teeth. Many of the teeth show a slight depression on the side. Specimens examined — Two hundred and fifty-eight, from the fol- lowing localities: Cruz Manca (AMNH 1), Mexico (City) (MCZ 6, UMMZ 1) , San Juan Teotihuacan (AMNH 3, MCZ 1 ) , east of Santa Cruz (AMNH 3), 1% mi. E. of Santa Lucia (AMNH 8), Distrito Federal; San Felipe (EHT-HMS 2), 3 miles N. E. of Santa Rosa (EHT-HMS 1), Guanajuato (USNM ll ; Guerrero (MCZ 49, EHT- HMS 11, Minas Viejas (EHT-HMS 5), San Miguel (MCZ 2. UMMZ 1), Tianguistengo (EHT-HMS 2), Tulancmgo (USNM 1 ), 346 The University Science Bulletin Velasco (MCZ 5, UMMZ 1), Hidalgo; Chalco (FMNH 2), Mt. Popocatepetl (MCZ 7), Toluca (EHT-HMS 4), 15 kilometers W. of Toluca lUSNM 5, EHT-HMS 4), Mexico; Nahuatzin (USNM 11, 4 miles E. of Lake Patzcuaro (EHT-HMS 15) , 5 miles S. of Carapa (EHT-HMS 9), between Zacapu and Zamora (EHT-HMS 4), Michoacdn; Zempoala (EHT-HMS 3), Morelos; Rio Frio (UMMZ 6), Puebla (USNM 1), Tezuitlan (EHT-HMS 3), Puebla; Mts. near Jesus Maria (USNM 1), San Luis Potosi; Cruz Blanca (EHT-HMS 18), El Limon (Totalco) (EHT-HMS 35), Las Vigas (EHT-HMS 1, USNM 2), Pan de 011a (UMMZ 13, USNM 18), Tequeyutepec (EHT-HMS 1), Toxtlacuaya (EHT-HMS 2), Veracruz; no locality (AMNH 5, UMMZ 1, USNM 3). Toluca lineata acuta (Cope) (Plate XXXIII, figs. 1-6; text fig. 7) Olgmius] acutus Cope, in Ferrari-Perez, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 9, 1886, p. 189 (type description: type locality, "Tuchitan on the Pacific side of the isthmus of Tehuantepec," probably in error). Ogmius acutus Cope, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 32, 1887, p. 82 (W. Tehuantepec); Boulenger, Cat. .Snakes British Museum, 2d Ed., Ill, 1896, p. 229 (W. Tehuantepec); Werner, Arch. Naturg., ?9 (A 12), 1924, p. 148. Ogmius varians Cope (non Jan) Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1809, p. 162. Chionactis diasii acutus Cope, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 (1900), p. 943 ("Juchitan," Tehuantepec). Fig. 7. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). p]HT-HMS No. 16190, near Cacaloapan, Puebla. Three views of head, X 3. This form may be characterized as differing from lineatus in hav- ing a median series of transverse spots often only narrowly separated from the lateral series. Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toluca 347 The tails are longer, averaging more than 21 percent of the total length in adult males, the loreal is present, seven lower labials; some pigmentation on ventral surface (sometimes confined to tails). The ventral range is from 123-1.31 in females; 111-123 in males; the sub- caudal counts vary from 25 to 35 in females, 35 to 42 in males. Variation. — The variation in ratio of tail length to body length is largely a matter of age, the tail being proportionally shorter in young specimens. The average percent in males is 20.8 (39 speci- mens) and 16.3 (25 specimens) in females. The teeth include 12 maxillary, the last three enlarged and deeply grooved; 8 or 9 palatine teeth; 12 or 13 pterygoid teeth and 15 dentary. HlW Fig. 8. Toluca sp.f EHT-HMS No. 23641, foot of Cerro San Felipe, Oaxaca, Oaxaca. Three views of head, X 3. The hemipenes I EHT-HMS No. 5316) have extremely small areas of papillate calyces at the tip. The spines merge gradually from the small ones near the calyces to the large ones near the base; basal part (2% caudal lengths) spineless. This form seems to be an inhabitant of the upper Balsan faunal district. There is evidence of intergrading in the northern part of Puebla with Toluca lineata lineata. Specimens examined: Sixty-four, all with definite locality, from the state of Puebla. Localities represented are Cacaloapan (USNM 2, UMMZ 1, EHT-HMS 13), Laguna San Bernardino, nr. Miahuat- lan (EHT-HMS 2), Tepeyahualco I EHT-HMS 35), and El Seco (UMMZ 25). Specimens from doubtful localities are the type, USNM 30552, said to be from Juchitan, Oaxaca, but probably not; and five specimens, UMMZ 88698, said to be from El Limon (Totalco). Veracruz, but which do not agree with some 35 others 23—4815 348 The University Science Bulletin from that locality, and do agree with more southern specimens from the vicinity of Tehuacan. A single specimen which one of us (Taylor) collected at the foot of Cerro San Felipe near the village of San Felipe, has not been referred to any of the listed species. We are unable to say whether the presence of the internasals is the normal condition or not. More specimens from this critical region will be necessary before this matter can be determined. It may represent an undescribed form. Figures of the head and maxilla are given. (See Plate XXXV, fig 6 ; and text fig. 8.) Toluca lineata varians (Jan) (Plate XXXI, figs. 2, 3; plate XXXII, fig. 1; plate XXXIV, fig. 3; plate XXXV, fig. 2; text figs. !», 10) Stenorrhina varians Jan, Ind. Sist. Rett. Anf. Milano (Cenni sul Museo Civico de Milano), 1857, p. 48 (nomen nudem), Oxyrhina varians Jan, Arch. Zool., 2, fase. 1, 1862, pp. 54, 60, 61, 75 (type description; type locality, "Messico"); and Elenco Sist. Ofid., 1863, p. 41; ?Duges, La Nat., I, 1869, p. 144 (Oxyrrhina ; "Guanajuato"; locality probably erroneous or the specimen wrongly identified; perhaps this is T. lineata); J. W. Miiller, Reisen Ver. Staat. Canada Mexico, 1865, p. 606; and Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 7, 1884, p. 285 (Orizaba [Mt. ?]). Ogmjus varians Sumichrast, Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., 46, 1873, p. 249 (cold regions, 2250 meters); Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 18, 1879, p. 265 (Guanajuato, Mexico Plateau; the Guanajuato reference is probably incorrect); and Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 9, 1886, p. 189; and Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, 1887, p. 82. Ogmius (Oxyrhina) varians Sumichrast, La Nat., 6, 1882, p. 42 (part.). Conopsis varians Bocourt, Miss. Sci. Mex. Amer. Cent., Etude Rept., Livr. 9, 1883, p. 566, pi. 35, fig. 5; Duges, Elem. Zool., 1884, p. 336; and La Nat., Ser. 2, I, 1888, pp. 123-124, pi. 12, fig. 10 (Valle de Mexico, Guanajuato, lineatus); and Mem. Gob. Guanajuato, 1895 (listed from Guanajuato, probably erroneously); and Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 7, 1896, pp. 319-323; and La Nat., Ser. 2, 1896, p. 481 (Texcoco, Guanajuato, Mexico; probably confused with lineatus): and Mem. Soc. Cient. Antonio Alzate, 9, 1896, p. 413, pi. 5 (synono- Fig. 9. Toluca lineata variaiu (Jan). EHT-HMS No. 4748, Acultzingo, Veracruz. Three views of head, X 3. Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toli:ca 349 mizes Chionactis diasii [sic. ] Cope and Conopsis hneatus Bocourt) ; Taylor and Knobloch, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 53, 1940, p. 128 (part.; included Hneatus). Chionactis various Cope, Amer. Nat., 30, 1896, p. 1021 (distribution); and Hep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1808 (1900), p. 944. Chionactis diasii Cope, in Ferrari -Perez, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. 9. 1886, pp. 188-189 (type description; type locality, Puebla, Puebla); and Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 32, 1887, p. 82 (Puebla): and Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 14, 1891, p. 605. Chionactis diasii diasii Cope, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1898 (1900), p. 943. Conopsis nasus Ruthven, Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci., 14, 1912, p. 231 (Orizaba. Ver.); Smith, Zool. Ser. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 24, 1939, p. 32 (port.) the Orizaba specimen). This form may be characterized as being somewhat larger than lineata lineata, usually lacking the typical 3 or 5 lined pattern; the tail of adult specimens averages 20 percent or more of the total length; loreal rather large and invariably present; ventrals ranging in males from 119-130, in females 128-141; subcaudals 36-45 in males, in females 29-36. Ventral scales lacking pigment or spots. Variation. — The average percentage of the tail in total length for all females is 15.8 (106 specimens) and 19.8 in males (109 speci- mens). A few specimens were found having the subcaudals undivided. In females six specimens have from one to three; in males 13 speci- mens show from 1 to 16, Only two of these have more than three; one seven, and one sixteen. The maxillary teeth number from 11-13, twelve apparently being the normal number. The last three (4) are deeply grooved and con- siderably enlarged. The other teeth are 6 to 8 palatine, 12 to 14 pterygoid, 13 or 14 dentary. Many of these teeth show grooves or depressions on one lateral face. HRVJ Fig. 10. Toluca lineata varians (Jan). EHT-HMS No. 23637, Cacaloapan, Veracruz. Three views of head, X 3. 350 The University Science Bulletin The hemipenes (EHT-HMS 16207) have a very small distal area of papillate calyces, grading into small spines which gradually in- crease in size towards the base of the hemipenes. They are of the length of 11 caudal scales, the basal part (2 caudal lengths) spine- less. A series of specimens from the region near Tehuacan appear to be intergrades (at least we so interpret them) between lineata varians, lineata lineata, and lineata acuta. These vary in color and mark- ings, the typical lineata marking frequently appearing. All lack ventral marking or pigmentation, and the loreal is invariably present. Specimens examined. — Two hundred and thirteen: Acultzingo and vicinity IUMMZ 38, USNM 62, EHT-HMS 90), Orizaba and vi- cinity (USNM 2), Veracruz; Pajaro Verde (USNM 1), and vicinity of San Vicente (UMMZ 20), Puebla. The last series contains inter- grades between I. varians and /. acutus, but most specimens are nearest /. varians; and certain groups of specimens from near Acult- zingo are intergrades between /. varians and I. lineatus. it Si It) Fig. 11. Map showing distribution of the species of the genus Conopsis Gunther. Taylor and Smith : Conopsis and Toluca 351 Fig. 12. Map showing distribution of the species of the genus Toluca Kennicott. 352 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXX Fig. 1. Toluca megalodon sp. now Type, EHT-HMS No. 23640 $ , Cerro San Felipe, Oaxaca, Oaxaca. Fig. 2. Conopsis nasus Gunther. EHT-HMS No. 16181, about 8 Km. northeast of Morelia, Michoaean. Fig. 3. Conopsis nasus Gunther. EHT-HMS No. 21415, 5 miles east of Lake Patzcuaro, Michoaean. Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toluca 353 Plate XXX 354 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXXI Fig. 1. Conoptis biserialis sp. now Type. EHT-HMS No. 23648, 10 miles west of Villa Victoria, Mexico. Fig. 2. Toluca lineata varians (Jan). EHT-HM.S Xo. 16213, Acultzingo, Veracruz. Fig. 3. Toluca lineata varians (Jan). EHT-HMS Xo. 21463, Acultzingo, Veracruz. Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toluca 355 Plate XXXI 356 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXXII Fig. 1. f Conopsis lineata various (Jan). EHT-HMS No. 23637, near Cacaloapan, Puebla (perhaps separable from varians). Fig. 2. Conopsis nasus Giinther. USNM No. 25362. probably Guanajuato, Guanajuato (Duges specimen). Fig. 3. Conopsis nasus Giinther. USNM No. 110664, Guanajuato, Guana- juato (maculatus type). Fig. 4. Conopsis nasus Giinther. USNM No. 110665, Guanajuato, Guana- juato {maculatus type). Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toluca Plate XXXII 357 358 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXXIII Fig. 1. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). EHT-HMS No. 16193, Tepeyahualco, Puebla. Fig. 2. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). USNM No. 110762, Cacaloapan, Puebla. Fig. 3. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). EHT-HMS No. 16188, Cacaloapan. Puebla. Fig. 4. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). EHT-HMS No. 5315, near Cacalo- apan, Puebla. Fig. 5. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). EHT-HMS Xo. 5314, near Cacalo- apan, Puebla. Fig. 6. Toluca lineata acuta (Cope). EHT-HMS Xo. 5318, near Cacalo- apan, Puebla. Plate XXXIII 360 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXXIV Fig. 1. Toluca conica sp. now Paratype. MCZ Xo. 42654. "Omilteme and Sierra de Burro." Guerrero. Fig. 2. Toluca lineata lineata Kennieott (reddish phase). UMMZ Xo. 56485. Velaseo, Hidalgo. Fig. 3. Toluca lineata uarians (Jan) (reddish phase). EHT-HMS No. 4748, near Aeultzingo. Veracruz. Fig. 4. Toluca lineata lineata Kennieott. EHT-HMS Xo. 4704. 9 miles X. W. Toluca. Mexico. Fig. 5. Toluca lineata lineata Kennieott. EHT-HMS Xo. 4704A. 9 miles X. W. Toluca. Mexico. Taylor and Smith : Conopsis and Toluca 3G1 Plate XXXIV 362 The University Science Bulletin Plate XXXV Fig. 1. Toluca megalodon sp. nov. EHT-HMS No. 23640. Summit Cerro San Felipe, near Oaxaca, Oaxaca. Maxilla (right), enlarged. Fig. 2. Toluca lineata variant? EHT-HMS No. 23637. Cacaloapan, Puebla (referred with some doubt). Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 3. Toluca lineata lineata Kennicott. UMMZ Xo. 89368B. Rio Frio. Mexico. Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 4. Conopsis nasus Giinther. Uncertain locality (probably near Lake Patzcuaro). Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 5. Conopsis nasus Giinther. EHT-HMS Xo. 16183. 5 miles East of Lake Patzcuaro, Michoacan. Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 6. Toluca sp. EHT-HMS Xo. 23641. at foot of Cerro San Felipe, near Oaxaca, Oaxaca. Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 7. Toluca lineata lineata Kennicott. EHT-HMS Xo. 23643, by Lake Zempoala, Morelos. Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 8. Toluca lineata lineata Kennicott. USNM Xo. 2104. para type of Toluca lineata Kennicott. Maxilla, enlarged. Fig. 9. Conopsis biserialis sp. nov. Type. EHT-HMS Xo. 23648, 10 miles west Villa Victoria, Mexico. Maxilla, enlarged. Taylor and Smith: Conopsis and Toltjca 363 Plate WW 24—4815 PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT w. C. AUSTIN. State Printer TOPEKA. 1942 19-481:") Publications of the University of Kansas Recently adopted postal charges are 1 cent for each two ounces in the United States and possessions, and 1% cents to all foreign countries. In transmitting postage for mailing, find proper amount of postage for your zone by weight indicated. Volume KANSAS university quarterly I No. 1, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 2, 3, supply exhausted. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. II Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted. Ill Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. No. 3, weight, 16 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. IV No. 1, weight, 9 ounces. No. 2, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 3, 4, weight each, 8 ounces. V No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. No. 2, weight, 6 ounces. Vol. V consists of only two numbers. VI, A . . .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted. VI, B ...No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. No. 2, weight, 12 ounces. No. 3, weight, 8 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. VII, A . . .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted. VII, B ...Nos. 1-2, weight, 12 ounces. No. 3, weight, 8 ounces. No. 4, weight, 16 ounces. VIII, A ...No. 1, weight, 9 ounces. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces. No. 3, weight, 12 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. VIII, B ...No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. Publication of Series B was suspended with this number. IX No. 1, weight, 10 ounces. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces. No. 3, weight, 9 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces. X Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, weight each, 12 ounces. Volume university or kansas science bulletin I Nos. 1-4, weight, 8 ounces. Nos. 5-9, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 10-12, weight, 6 ounces. II Nos. 1-3, weight, 20 ounces. Nos. 4-9, weight, 11 ounces. Nos. 10-15, weight, 20 ounces. Ill Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 7-10, weight, 25 ounces. IV Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 7-20, weight, 28 ounces. V Nos. 1-11, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 12-21, weight, 27 ounces. VI No. 1, weight, 27 ounces. Nos. 2-7, weight, 19 ounces. VII Nos. 1-17, weight, 50 ounces. VIII Nos. 1-10, weight, 52 ounces. IX Nos. 1-21, weight, 54 ounces. X Nos. 1-15, weight, 17 ounces. XI No. 1, weight, 20 ounces. XII Nos. 1-2, weight, 19 ounces. XIII Pt. I, Nos. 1-9, weight, 12 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 10-15, weight, 10 ounces. XIV Nos. 1-21, weight, 34 ounces. XV Nos. 1-6, weight, 18 ounces. XVI Nos. 1-6, weight, 14 ounces. XVII Pt. I, No. 1, weight, 18 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 2-7, weight, 8 ounces. XVIII Nos. 1-13, weight, 38 ounces. XIX Pt. I, Nos. 1-7, weight, 6 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 8-14, weight, 16 ounces. XX Pt. I, Nos. 1-6, weight, 11 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 7-21, weight, 15 ounces. XXI Nos. 1-16, weight, 32 ounces. XXII Nos. 1-18, weight, 32 ounces. XXIII No. 1, weight, 40 ounces. XXIV Nos. 1-21, weight, 38 ounces. XXV Nos. 1-22, weight, 43 ounces. XXVI Nos. 1-15, weight, 40 ounces. XXVII Pt. I, weight, 20 ounces. XXVIII Pt. I, weight, 20 ounces. The Kansas University Quarterly and the Science Bulletin will be sent in exchange for other publications of like character, or will be sent on receipt of the amount of postage according to weight mentioned above, or may be sent by express, charges collect. Separates of all articles in the Science Bulletin, not out of print, are available. Application should be made to Science Bulletin, Library of the University of Kansas. Date Due . (•£}{]'{ vlmf'f'Wwjf'r